As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 2012.

 

Registration No. 33-11371

File No. 811-4982

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

__________________________

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No. __ [  ]
Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 [X]

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940

 

 

Amendment No. 61 [X]

 

 

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

__________________________

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

789 NORTH WATER STREET, SUITE 500

MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (414) 347-7777

 

Vinita K. Paul

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

Copy to:

Fredrick G. Lautz, Esq.

Quarles & Brady LLP

411 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

[ ] immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ X ] on May 1, 2012 pursuant to paragraph (b)
[ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
[ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
[ ] on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

[ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

 

 
 

 

 

[Heartland Funds’ Logo]

 

value at work.

 

The hard work of farmers across the Midwest earned this region its nickname as “America’s Heartland.”

 

 

[graphic]

  

Prospectus

 

May 1, 2012

 

 

Select Value Fund Value Plus Fund Value Fund
Share Class Ticker Share Class Ticker Share Class Ticker
Investor HRSVX Investor HRVIX Investor HRTVX
Institutional HNSVX Institutional HNVIX Institutional HNTVX

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful
or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 
 

 

This page intentionally left blank.

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FUND SUMMARY SECTION  
   
Heartland Select Value Fund 2
Heartland Value Plus Fund 4
Heartland Value Fund 6
Summary of Other Important Information Regarding Shares of The Funds 8
   
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS  
   
Heartland Group 9
Heartland Advisors 9
Portfolio Managers 9
   
PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS  
   
The Heartland Investment Philosophy 12
Heartland’s 10 Principles of Value Investing TM 12
Heartland Select Value Fund 12
Heartland Value Plus Fund 13
Heartland Value Fund 13
Principal Investment Risks Common to All Funds 13
Temporary Positions 14
Other Investment Strategies and Investment Risks 14
Portfolio Turnover 16
Portfolio Holdings 16
   
HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE 18
   
HOW TO INVEST  
   
Purchasing Shares of the Funds 19
Purchasing Investor Class Shares 19
Purchasing Institutional Class Shares 19
Purchasing Shares Generally 19
How to Purchase Shares 21
   
HOW TO REDEEM  
   
Redeeming Shares Generally 23
How to Redeem Shares 24
   
ACCOUNT POLICIES  
   
How to Receive Account Information 25
Exchanging Shares 25
Other Policies 25
Share Price 27
   
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION AND REPORTING  
   
Heartlandfunds.com 28
Investment Reports and Prospectuses 28
E-Delivery of Fund Documents 28
Dividends and Capital Gains Distributions 28
Taxes 28
Privacy Policy 30
Financial Highlights 31

 

This Prospectus contains information you should know about Heartland Group, Inc. (the “Funds”) before you invest. Unless otherwise stated, the investment objectives discussed in this Prospectus and in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information may be changed without shareholder approval.

 

 
 

 

heartland select value fund

 

INVESTMENT GOAL

 

The Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE SELECT VALUE FUND

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor or Institutional Class Shares of the Select Value Fund .

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases None None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) None None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends/Distributions None None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased, exclusive of wire service charges of $4.00 and express mail charges of $22.00, if applicable) 2% 2%
Exchange Fee None None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Management Fees 0.75% 0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25 None
Other Expenses 0.22 0.16
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.22 0.91

 

Example . This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Select Value Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  One Year Three Years Five Years Ten Years
Investor Class Shares $  124 $   387 $  670 $ 1,476
Institutional Class Shares 93 290 504 1,119

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Select Value Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 47% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the SELECT VALUE FUND

 

The Select Value Fund invests primarily in a concentrated number (generally 40 to 60) of common stocks of all sizes, selected on a value basis and whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s (“Heartland Advisors”) judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. They normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisors’ perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

 

The Fund utilizes Heartland Advisors’ disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Select Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from a diversified, actively managed portfolio of stocks of all sizes. It is constructed as a core value holding for investors who can accept the volatility and other investment risks of the broad-based equity markets, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Select Value Fund

 

The principal risk of investing in the Select Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline. At times, the Fund may invest in stocks of small or mid-sized companies, which are generally more volatile and less liquid than stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

As the Select Value Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60), a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

Past Performance

 

The following tables show historical performance of the Select Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the total returns before taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class Shares have varied from year to year for the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns compare to those of two different securities market indices. Performance information for the Institutional Class Shares prior to May 1, 2008 is based on the performance of the Investor Class. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. Recent performance information for the Fund is available on the Fund’s website at www.heartlandfunds.com or by calling 1-800-432-7856.

 

2
 

 

heartland select value fund

 

 

TABLE I

Select Value Fund - Investor Class Shares - Year-by-Year Total Returns

 

 

 

Best Quarter: Worst Quarter:
2nd Quarter of 2003 . . . .23.10% 4th Quarter of 2008 . . . .-23.59%

 

TABLE II

Select Value Fund - Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended 12/31/11)

 

  One
Year

Five Years

Ten Years
Lifetime
(since 10-11-1996)
INVESTOR CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -6.68% 1.73%  7.04% 9.57%
Return After Taxes on Distributions -6.90 1.36 6.65 8.89
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares -4.06 1.46 6.18 8.32
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -6.42 1.98 7.16 9.65
Russell 3000 Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
-0.10 -2.58 4.08 6.90
S&P 500 Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
2.11 -0.25 2.92 5.91

 

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In addition, after-tax returns are shown only for Investor Class Shares, and after-tax returns for the Institutional Class Shares will vary.

 

Investment Advisor

 

Heartland Advisors serves as the investment advisor to the Select Value Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The Select Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of David C. Fondrie, Theodore D. Baszler and William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz .

 

Mr. Fondrie has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. Mr. Fondrie is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors.

 

Mr. Baszler has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004.

 

Mr. Will Nasgovitz has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since May 2006. Mr. Will Nasgovitz is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors and since May 2012 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”).

 

OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING FUND SHARES

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding Shares of the Funds” on page 8 of this Prospectus.

 

3
 

 

heartland value plus fund

 

 

Investment Goal

 

The Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE VALUE PLUS FUND

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor or Institutional Class Shares of the Value Plus Fund .

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases None None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) None None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends/Distributions None None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased, exclusive of wire service charges of $4.00 and express mail charges of $22.00, if applicable) 2% 2%
Exchange Fee None None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Management Fees 0.70% 0.70%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25 None
Other Expenses 0.21 0.17
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses 1.16 0.87

 

Example . This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Value Plus Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  One Year Three Years Five Years Ten Years
Investor Class Shares $  118 $  368 $ 638 $  1,408
Institutional Class Shares 89 277 482 1,072

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Value Plus Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 11% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the Value Plus Fund

 

The Value Plus Fund invests primarily in a concentrated number (generally 40 to 70) of small-capitalization equity securities selected on a value basis. A majority of its assets are generally invested in dividend-paying common stocks. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $250 million and $4 billion at the time of purchase.

 

The Fund utilizes Heartland Advisors’ disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Value Plus Fund is designed for investors who seek capital appreciation from small company stocks that may produce modest dividend income. It is designed for long-term investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Value Plus Fund

 

The principal risk of investing in the Value Plus Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

 

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 70). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies generally involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. The prices of securities of smaller companies are generally more volatile than those of larger companies, and these securities generally will have less market liquidity and may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decreases. There is no assurance that the income-producing features of the securities in which the Fund invests will reduce the risks associated with investing in small companies or the Fund’s volatility.

 

4
 

 

heartland value plus fund

 

Past Performance

 

The following tables show historical performance of the Value Plus Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the total returns before taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class Shares have varied from year to year for the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns compare to those of two different securities market indices. Performance information for the Institutional Class Shares prior to May 1, 2008 is based on the performance of the Investor Class. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. Recent performance information for the Fund is available on the Fund’s website at www.heartlandfunds.com or by calling 1-800-432-7856.

 

TABLE I

Value PLUS Fund - Investor Class Shares - Year-by-Year Total Returns

 

 

Best Quarter: Worst Quarter:
2nd Quarter of 2003 . . . .23.86%  3rd Quarter of 2011. . . .  -22.84%

 

TABLE II

Value plus Fund - Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended 12/31/11)

  One
Year

Five Years

Ten Years
Lifetime
(since 10-26-1993)
INVESTOR CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -5.37% 5.74% 10.15% 10.72%
Return After Taxes on Distributions -5.62 4.95 9.43 9.39
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares -3.15 4.80 8.89 8.96
Institutional  CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -5.07 5.96 10.27 10.79
Russell 2000 Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
-5.50 -1.87 6.40 9.07
Russell 2000 Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
-4.18 0.15 5.62 7.50

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In addition, after-tax returns are shown only for Investor Class Shares, and after-tax returns for the Institutional Class Shares will vary.

 

Investment Advisor

 

Heartland Advisors serves as the investment advisor to the Value Plus Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The Value Plus Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of Bradford A. Evans and Adam J. Peck.

 

Mr. Evans has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Plus Fund since May 2006. Mr. Evans is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors.

 

Mr. Peck has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Plus Fund since August 2007.

 

OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING FUND SHARES

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding Shares of the Funds” on page 8 of this Prospectus.

 

The Heartland Value Plus Fund is closed to certain new investors. See “Purchasing Shares Generally” for new account eligibility criteria.

 

5
 

 

heartland value fund

 

 

Investment Goal

 

The Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE VALUE FUND

 

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold Investor or Institutional Class Shares of the Value Fund .

 

Shareholder Fees

(fees paid directly from your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases None None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) None None
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Reinvested Dividends/Distributions None None
Redemption Fee (as a percentage of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased, exclusive of wire service charges of $4.00 and express mail charges of $22.00, if applicable) 2% 2%
Exchange Fee None None

 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)

Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Management Fees 0.75% 0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees 0.25 None
Other Expenses  0.10 0.16
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses  1.10 0.91

 

Example . This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Value Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 

  One Year Three Years Five   Years Ten   Years
Investor Class Shares $  112 $  350 $  606 $ 1,339
Institutional Class Shares 93 290 504 1,119

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

The Value Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 25% of the average value of its portfolio.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the Value Fund

 

The Value Fund invests primarily in common stocks of small companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization securities, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

 

The Fund utilizes Heartland Advisors’ disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from small company stocks. It is designed for investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of investing in the value fund

 

The principal risk of investing in the Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

 

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies generally involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. The prices of securities of smaller companies are generally more volatile than those of larger companies, and these securities generally will have less market liquidity and may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decrease.

 

Past Performance

 

The following tables show historical performance of the Value Fund and provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Table I shows how the total returns before taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class Shares have varied from year to year for the past 10 years. Table II shows how the Fund’s average annual total returns compare to those of two different securities market indices. Performance information for the Institutional Class Shares prior to May 1, 2008 is based on the performance of the Investor Class. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. Recent performance information for the Fund is available on the Fund’s website at www.heartlandfunds.com or by calling 1-800-432-7856.

 

6
 

 

heartland value fund

 

TABLE I

Value Fund - Investor Class Shares - Year-by-Year Total Returns

 

 

Best Quarter: Worst Quarter:
2nd Quarter of 2003 . . . .35.42% 4th Quarter of 2008 . . . .-26.76%

 

TABLE II

Value Fund - Average Annual Total Returns (for the periods ended 12/31/11)

  One
Year

Five Years

Ten Years
Lifetime
(since 12-28-1984)
INVESTOR CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -6.92%  -1.40% 7.17%  12.37%
Return After Taxes on Distributions -7.85 -2.06 5.97 10.56
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares -3.46 -1.22 6.05 10.42
INSTITUTIONAL  CLASS SHARES:        
Return Before Taxes -6.73 -1.23 7.27 12.41
Russell 2000 Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
-5.50 -1.87 6.40 10.85
Russell 2000 Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
-4.18 0.15 5.62 9.35

 

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In addition, after-tax returns are shown only for Investor Class Shares and after-tax returns for the Institutional Class Shares will vary.

 

Investment Advisor

 

Heartland Advisors serves as the investment advisor to the Value Fund.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz , Bradford A. Evans, and Will Nasgovitz.

 

Mr. Bill Nasgovitz has been a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since commencement of its operations in 1984. Mr. Bill Nasgovitz has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors since founding it in 1983 and is the President and a Director of Heartland Group, Inc.

 

Mr. Evans has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. Mr. Evans is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors.

 

Mr. Will Nasgovitz has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since February 2009. Mr. Will Nasgovitz is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors and since May 2012 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland.

 

OTHER IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING FUND SHARES

 

For important information about the purchase and sale of Fund shares, tax information, and financial intermediary compensation, please turn to “Summary of Other Important Information Regarding Shares of the Funds” on page 8 of this Prospectus.

7
 

 

Summary of Other Important Information Regarding
Shares of the funds

 

 

Purchase and sale of Fund shares

 

Each Fund imposes minimum purchase requirements for initial investments in its shares. The table below shows the initial minimum purchase requirements that apply if you purchase Investor Class Shares directly from a Fund.

 

  Regular Account (1) IRA Account Coverdell ESA
Select Value Fund $1,000 $500 $500
Value Plus Fund 1,000 500 500
Value Fund 1,000 500 500
(1) Regular Accounts include joint accounts, individual accounts, custodial accounts, trust accounts, and corporate accounts. The minimum initial investment is waived when an account is established with an automatic investment plan.

 

The minimum purchase requirement for an initial investment in Institutional Class Shares, including for IRAs, is $500,000. This minimum may be waived for accounts held in qualified retirement or profit-sharing plans opened through a third party service provider or recordkeeper.

 

Subsequent purchases of Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares, other than through dividend reinvestment or an automatic investment plan, must be for a minimum of $100.

 

Investors generally may meet the minimum investment amount by aggregating multiple accounts with common ownership or discretionary control within a Fund. Each Fund may waive or lower its investment minimums for any reason. Different minimums may apply to accounts opened through third parties.

 

The Heartland Value Plus Fund is closed to certain new investors. See “Purchasing Shares Generally” for new account eligibility criteria.

 

You may redeem your Shares in any of the following ways:

 

By Mail

Please mail your redemption instructions to Heartland Funds at the appropriate address below.

 

via US Postal Service
Heartland Funds
PO Box 177
Denver, CO 80201-0177
via Express Courier
Heartland Funds
c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100
Denver, CO 80203

 

By Telephone

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request your redemption (redemption requests for IRA or Coverdell ESA accounts must be in writing).

 

By Internet

You may redeem shares by accessing your account online at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

By Systematic Withdrawal

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request an Account Maintenance Form to add a systematic withdrawal plan to your account.

 

Tax information

 

The Funds may make distributions, which may be subject to federal, state and local taxes as ordinary income or capital gains, or a combination of the two.

 

Payments to broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries

 

If you purchase shares of a Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund, Heartland Advisors, the Fund’s distributor, or any of their respective affiliates may pay the intermediary for the sale of the Fund’s shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your individual financial advisor to recommend the Funds over another investment. Ask your individual financial advisor or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

8
 

 

Management of the Funds

 

 

HEARTLAND GROUP

 

The Funds are each a series of Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland,” “Heartland Funds” or the “Funds”). Each of the Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares of the Funds offered by this Prospectus are “no-load.” Only Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares have been authorized at this time.

 

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. Pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, the Board delegates day-to-day responsibility for the management of the Funds to Heartland’s officers. The Board meets regularly to review the Funds’ investments, performance and expenses. It elects the officers of Heartland and hires the Funds’ service providers, including the Funds’ investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor. As a matter of policy, Heartland requires that 75% of its Board members and the Chairman of the Board be independent of the Funds’ investment advisor, transfer agent and distributor.

 

Heartland, Heartland Advisors (Heartland’s investment advisor), and ALPS Distributors, Inc. (Heartland’s distributor), each has adopted a code of ethics designed to ensure, among other things, that the interests of Fund shareholders take precedence over personal interests of its directors, officers and employees. Under their respective codes, personal investment activities are subject to limitations designed to avoid both actual and perceived conflicts of interest with the investment activities of the Funds.

 

HEARTLAND ADVISORS

 

Founded in 1983 by William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz, Heartland Advisors is an independent firm owned by its employees through Heartland Holdings, Inc. Its principal offices are located at, and its mailing address is, 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 

As of March 31, 2012, Heartland Advisors had approximately $5.4 billion of assets under its discretionary management. Heartland Advisors manages the Funds’ investments subject to the authority of and supervision by the Heartland Funds’ Board of Directors. Heartland Advisors provides investment advisory services to individuals, institutions, retirement plans, a series of another investment company, and sub advisory services to a sub-portfolio of a series of another investment company. Heartland Advisors also provides various administrative services to the Funds.

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

 

Select Value Fund. The Select Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of David C. Fondrie, Theodore D. Baszler and Will R. Nasgovitz . The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Select Value Fund.

 

Mr. Fondrie, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA), has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. Mr. Fondrie, who also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients, is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors, and served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland from May 2006 to May 2012. He served as Director of Equity Research for Heartland Advisors from 2001 to 2011, having joined the firm in December 1994 as an Equity Research Analyst. Previously, he had been President of Casino Resource Corporation from 1993 to 1994, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ransomes, Inc. from 1987 to 1991, and a Senior Manager and in other capacities with Price Waterhouse, LLP from 1976 to 1987.

 

Mr. Baszler, a Certified Public Accountant (CPA) and Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since March 2004. He has been a Portfolio Manager for advisory clients of Heartland Advisors since 2001, after serving as a Research Analyst and Associate Portfolio Manager from 2000 to 2001 and a Senior Mutual Funds Accountant from 1994 to 2000. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Baszler had been a Senior Investment Accountant with Firstar Trust Company from 1990 to 1994.

 

Mr. Will Nasgovitz has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Select Value Fund since May 2006 and the Value Fund since February 2009, after serving as a Research Analyst from 2004 to 2006 and a Research Associate from November 2003 to 2004. He is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors and since May 2012 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Will Nasgovitz had been a Senior Research Associate with Cambridge Associates from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Will Nasgovitz is the son of Mr. Bill Nasgovitz, President and Director of the Heartland Funds and Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund.

 

Value Plus Fund. The Value Plus Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of Bradford A. Evans and Adam J. Peck. The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Plus Fund.

 

Mr. Evans, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Plus Fund since May 2006. He has also served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. Mr. Evans is a Senior Vice President, Director, Portfolio Manager, and Director of Equity Research for Heartland Advisors, having rejoined the firm in June 2004 after serving as Vice President and Research Analyst for High Rock Capital, LLC from April 2001 to June 2004. He had previously been employed by Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to April 2001, first as a Research Associate and then as a Research Analyst.

 

Mr. Peck, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Plus Fund since August 2007 and currently holds the position of Vice President and Portfolio Manager with Heartland Advisors. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Peck was a founding partner at Coral Gables Financial Corporation and was a Senior Investment Analyst there in 2004. Previously, he was a Senior Investment Associate at Northern Trust Bank of Florida from 2000 to 2004.

 

Value Fund. The Value Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals, which consists of Bill J. Nasgovitz , Bradford A. Evans, and Will R. Nasgovitz. The team jointly develops and implements investment strategies for the Value Fund.

 

9
 

 

Mr. Bill Nasgovitz has been a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since commencement of its operations in 1984. Mr. Bill Nasgovitz also serves as Portfolio Manager for advisory clients and the Heartland International Value Fund. He has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors since founding it in 1983 and is the President and a Director of Heartland.

 

Mr. Evans, a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since June 2004. He has also served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Plus Fund since May 2006. Mr. Evans is a Senior Vice President, Director, Portfolio Manager and Director of Equity Research for Heartland Advisors, having rejoined the firm in June 2004 after serving as Vice President and Research Analyst for High Rock Capital, LLC from April 2001 to June 2004. He had previously been employed by Heartland Advisors from January 1996 to April 2001, first as a Research Associate and then as a Research Analyst.

 

Mr. Will Nasgovitz has served as a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund since February 2009 and the Select Value Fund since May 2006. He is a Senior Vice President and Director of Heartland Advisors and since May 2012 has served as Chief Executive Officer of Heartland. He was previously a Research Analyst from 2004 to 2006, and a Research Associate from November 2003 to 2004, for Heartland Advisors. Prior to joining Heartland Advisors, Mr. Will Nasgovitz had been a Senior Research Associate with Cambridge Associates from 2000 to 2002. Mr. Will Nasgovitz is the son of Mr. Bill Nasgovitz, President and Director of the Heartland Funds and a Portfolio Manager of the Value Fund.

 

The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) for the Funds provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts they manage and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of shares of the Funds.

 

CFA is a registered trademark owned by the CFA Institute.

 

Fund Ownership by Employees of Heartland Advisors . As of December 31, 2011, employees of Heartland Advisors, including the Portfolio Managers of the Funds, had approximately $24 million invested across all of the Funds, which includes shares held directly and in retirement accounts. Heartland’s independent directors are also invested in the Funds.

 

Management Fee and Expense Limitation. For Heartland Advisors’ investment management services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, computed as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, each Fund paid the following advisory fees, which are set forth as a percentage of the particular Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

FUND Advisory Fee    
Select Value Fund

0.75%

 

0.70

 

(on the average daily net assets up to $1 billion)

 

(on the average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion)

 

Value Plus Fund 0.70  
Value Fund 0.75  

 

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may waive fees paid to it by a Fund and/or pay other Fund ordinary operating expenses (excluding brokerage commissions, interest and taxes) to the extent necessary to ensure that the Fund’s total annual ordinary operating expenses do not exceed a certain percentage of average net assets. The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to waive certain fees and/or reimburse certain expenses with respect to the Institutional Class Shares of each Fund, to the extent necessary to maintain the Institutional Class Shares’  Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses  at a  ratio of 0.99% of average daily net assets. Heartland Advisors may modify or discontinue these waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice. Waivers and reimbursements have the effect of lowering a Fund’s overall expense ratio and increasing the Fund’s overall return to investors.

 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Directors approving the investment management contracts of the Funds is available in Heartland’s most recent Semiannual Report to Shareholders for the period ended June 30, 2011.

 

Rule 12b-1 Fees. Each Fund has adopted a reimbursement plan under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, whereby each Fund pays the Fund’s principal underwriter and distributor, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), a fee (a “Rule 12b-1 Fee”) which is calculated and paid monthly at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of that Fund’s Investor Class shares. Any amount of such payment not paid by the Distributor during a Fund’s fiscal year for distributing and servicing the Fund’s shares shall be reimbursed by the Distributor to the Fund as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year. The table below shows the rate of the Rule 12b-1 Fee for each class of shares of each Fund.

 

NAME  OF FUND Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Select Value Fund 0.25% None
Value Plus Fund 0.25 None
Value Fund 0.25 None

 

All or a portion of these fees may be paid, pursuant to contractual commitments, to brokers, dealers, banks and others who provide various services to their customers who hold shares of a Fund. Among others, these may include services such as: (1) establishing, maintaining and processing changes in shareholder accounts; (2) answering shareholder inquiries; (3) distributing prospectuses, reports, advertising and sales literature; and (4) preparing account statements and confirmations. Because the fee is paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 plan will increase the cost of your investment in Investor Class Shares and may cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges imposed by some mutual funds.

 

10
 

 

 

Heartland Advisors, the Distributor or their affiliates may, from their own assets, respectively, make cash payments to some, but not all, brokers, dealers or financial intermediaries for shareholder services, and as an incentive to sell shares of a Fund and/or promote retention of their customer’s assets in the Funds.  These payments, sometimes referred to as “revenue sharing,” do not change the price paid by investors to purchase the Funds’ shares or the amount the Funds receive as proceeds from such sales.  Revenue sharing payments may be made to brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries that provide services to the Funds or to shareholders of the Funds, including shareholder servicing, transaction processing, recordkeeping, sub-accounting and other administrative services to their customers in connection with investments in the Funds.  Revenue sharing payments may also be made to brokers, dealers and other financial intermediaries for inclusion of the Funds on preferred or recommended lists and for granting the Distributor or Heartland Advisors access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the broker, dealer or other financial intermediaries. These fees may be in addition to any distribution, administrative or shareholder servicing fees or other fees or charges paid from the Funds’ assets to these financial intermediaries or by shareholders directly.

 

From time to time, and in accordance with applicable rules and regulations, Heartland Advisors may also provide non-cash compensation, such as gifts, meals, tickets or event sponsorship, to representatives of various intermediaries who sell Fund shares or provide services to Fund shareholders. The receipt of these fees and/or non-cash compensation may provide an incentive to a financial intermediary, or its representatives, to favor sales of a Heartland Fund over sales of other financial products. These arrangements will not, however, change the price a shareholder pays for Fund shares or the amount that a Fund receives to invest on behalf of the shareholder.

 

11
 

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

 

 

THE HEARTLAND INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY

 

At Heartland, value investing is our passion and sole focus. We relentlessly seek value, analyzing overlooked and unpopular stocks, which we believe sell at significant discounts to their true worth. This discount is a means to achieve potential appreciation while potentially limiting downside risk.

 

HEARTLAND’S 10 PRINCIPLES OF VALUE INVESTING™

 

We define “value” according to our proprietary 10 Principles of Value Investing.™ For all three Funds, we use the time-tested process to routinely evaluate the stocks we consider for purchase or sale against these distinct criteria:

 

1. Catalyst for Recognition

We look beyond simply discovering undervalued stocks. We identify specific catalysts that we believe will cause a stock’s price to rise, closing the gap between a current stock price and the company’s true worth.

 

2. Low Price in Relation to Earnings

Historically, low Price/Earnings stocks have outperformed the overall market and provided investors with less downside risk relative to other equity investment strategies. 

 

3. Low Price in Relation to Cash Flow

Strong cash flows give a company greater financial flexibility. In the hands of capable management, it can be the foundation for stronger earnings and, in turn, higher stock prices.

 

4. Low Price in Relation to Book Value

Book value is a company’s total assets minus liabilities. We believe low Price/Book Value stocks offer investors potential downside risk protection. It often suggests sentiment about a stock or sector is overly negative.

 

5. Financial Soundness

We prefer investing in companies that are not encumbered by long-term debt. During difficult periods, such low-debt companies are able to direct cash flow to investments in operations, not interest expense.

 

6. Positive Earnings Dynamics

We favor companies with improving earnings and upwardly trending estimates, as earnings tend to drive stock prices.

 

7. Sound Business Strategy

We meet with hundreds of senior executives to understand and evaluate their strategy. It is also typical for us to speak with customers, suppliers and competitors.

 

8. Capable Management and Insider Ownership

Meaningful and increasing stock ownership by company officers and directors can be tangible evidence of their personal commitment, and aligns their long-term interest with the shareholders’ interest.

 

9. Value of the Company

We endeavor to appraise the intrinsic value, or private market value, of each portfolio company. Our goal is to make investments at a significant discount to our estimates of true value.

 

10. Positive Technical Analysis

Technical analysis is a tool useful for avoiding stocks that may already be subject to speculation. We are attracted to stocks that have “bases,” trading within a narrow price range which has typically followed a down trend, or bear market.

 

Although the Funds use the same evaluation criteria in selecting securities for their portfolios, they do not necessarily own the same securities. The Funds have different investment objectives and principal strategies that cause the holdings to differ. The Funds also have different Portfolio Managers who exercise independent judgment.

 

The investment goals and principal investment strategies unique to each Fund are described below.

 

heartland SELECT VALUE FUND

 

INVESTMENT GOAL. The Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund’s investment goal may be changed by Heartland’s Board of Directors upon notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the SELECT VALUE FUND. The Select Value Fund invests primarily in a concentrated number (generally 40 to 60) of common stocks of all sizes, selected on a value basis and whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors’ judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. They normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisors’ perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

 

The Fund utilizes our disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Select Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from a diversified, actively managed portfolio of stocks of all sizes. It is constructed as a core value holding for investors who can accept the volatility and other investment risks of the broad-based equity markets, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Select Value Fund. The principal risk of investing in the Select Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline. At times, the Fund may invest in stocks of small or mid-sized companies, which are generally more volatile and less liquid than stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

12
 

 

As the Select Value Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60), a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

heartland Value Plus Fund

 

INVESTMENT GOAL. The Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. The Fund’s investment goal may be changed by Heartland’s Board of Directors upon notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the Value Plus Fund. The Value Plus Fund invests primarily in a concentrated number (generally 40 to 70) of small-capitalization equity securities selected on a value basis. A majority of its assets are generally invested in dividend-paying common stocks. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $250 million and $4 billion at the time of purchase.

 

The Fund utilizes our disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Value Plus Fund is designed for investors who seek capital appreciation from small company stocks that may produce modest dividend income. It is designed for long-term investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Value Plus Fund. The principal risk of investing in the Value Plus Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

 

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 70). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies generally involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. The prices of securities of smaller companies are generally more volatile than those of larger companies, and these securities generally will have less market liquidity and may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decreases. There is no assurance that the income-producing features of the securities in which the Fund invests will reduce the risks associated with investing in small companies or the Fund’s volatility.

 

heartland Value Fund

 

INVESTMENT GOAL. The Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies. The Fund’s investment goal may be changed by Heartland’s Board of Directors upon notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

Principal Investment Strategies of the Value Fund. The Value Fund invests primarily in common stocks of small companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization securities, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

 

The Fund utilizes our disciplined and time-tested 10 Principles of Value Investing TM framework to identify securities with the potential for appreciation and a potential margin of safety to limit downside risk.

 

The Value Fund is designed for investors who seek long-term capital appreciation from small company stocks. It is designed for investors who can tolerate the greater investment risk and market volatility associated with smaller companies, but want to manage these risks by investing in companies believed to be undervalued relative to their intrinsic value.

 

Principal Risks of Investing in the Value Fund. The principal risk of investing in the Value Fund is that its share price and investment return will fluctuate, and you could lose money. Because the Fund invests in value stocks, it is subject to the risk that their intrinsic values may never be recognized by the broad market or that their prices may decline.

 

Investing in the equity securities of smaller companies generally involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. The prices of securities of smaller companies are generally more volatile than those of larger companies, and these securities generally will have less market liquidity and may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decrease. The Value Fund may hold a significant number of investments in small company securities, where the Fund holds more than 5% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer.

 

principal investment risks common to all funds

 

INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIOn. For all Funds, investments are selected based upon the Advisor’s distinct principles of value investing. Value investments are subject to the risk that their intrinsic value may not be recognized by the broad market.

 

13
 

 

SMALLER COMPANY SECURITIES. Equity securities of the smaller companies in which the Funds invest involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the broad-based equity markets. The security prices of smaller companies generally are more volatile than those of larger companies, they generally will have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. Smaller companies may have lower revenues, limited product lines, less management depth, and a lower share of the market for their products or services as compared to larger companies, any or all of which could give rise to their greater risk. A significant percentage of the outstanding shares of a smaller company may also be held by management of the company, which could cause management to have a greater influence over actions requiring shareholder approval. A Fund’s position in securities of a smaller company may be substantial in relation to the public market for such securities. As a result, it may be difficult at times for a Fund to dispose of such securities at prevailing market prices in order to meet redemptions or other cash needs. The risks of investing in smaller companies generally increase as the size of the companies decreases.

 

The following table shows the median and weighted average market capitalizations as of December 31, 2011, for the companies whose equity securities are owned by the Funds and for the companies included in the indices that are benchmarks for each of those Funds.

 

Market Capitalization of Equity Securities Held by the Funds

(as of 12/31/11)

  Median (in Millions) Weighted Average (in Millions)
Select Value Fund $  6,160 $ 21,816
Russell 3000 Value Index 775 67,934
S&P 500 Index 11,148 95,253
Value Plus Fund 710 1,338
Value Fund 211 763
Russell 2000 Value Index 406 1,074
Russell 2000 Index 454 1,232

 

TEMPORARY POSITIONS

 

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, each Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, Government securities and repurchase agreements. Each Fund may temporarily invest in fixed income securities of any duration. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. Such investments also might prevent a Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested. The level of liquid reserves across the Funds may vary significantly due to differences in investment judgments made by their Portfolio Managers.

 

OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT RISKS

 

In addition to the principal investment strategies discussed above in this Prospectus, each Fund may engage in other non-principal investment strategies discussed below and in its Statement of Additional Information. Unless otherwise stated, investment policies and limitations set forth below and elsewhere in this Prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information that are described in terms of percentages apply at the time a security is purchased.

 

Change or Influence Control over Portfolio Companies. As a passive investor in a portfolio company, each Fund may communicate its views as a shareholder on matters of policy to the company’s management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund’s investment. However, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company’s decision-making, (b) to seek changes in a company’s management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company’s assets, (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company, or (e) to serve as lead plaintiff in a matter related to a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund’s shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer, as well as general market conditions.

 

Investing for purposes of changing or influencing control of management could result in additional expenses to a Fund, including expenses associated with operational or regulatory requirements and the ongoing cost of potential litigation. It could also restrict a Fund’s ability to freely dispose of the securities of a portfolio company with respect to which it is deemed to be investing to effect control, which might adversely affect the Fund’s liquidity as well as the sale price of those securities. Finally, greater public disclosure is required regarding a Fund’s investment and trading strategies in regulatory filings relating to such securities.

 

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

 

Illiquid Securities. No Fund will purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities. A determination of whether a security is illiquid is made based upon guidelines established by the Board of Directors and depends upon relevant facts and circumstances. Under those guidelines, the term “illiquid security” generally includes securities subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or law, interest-only and principal-only mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers, repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days, and any security that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued it. Each Fund may invest in financial instruments that are purchased in private placements (that is, transactions in which securities have not been registered under federal law) and that are subject to restrictions on resale as a matter of contract or law. Securities that are not deemed to be illiquid under guidelines established by the Board of Directors are not subject to a Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

 

14
 

 

 

Securities issued in Pipe transactions. Each Fund may invest in securities that are purchased in private investment in public equity (“PIPE”) transactions. Securities acquired by a Fund in such transactions are subject to resale restrictions under securities laws. While issuers in PIPE transactions typically agree that they will register the securities for resale by the Fund after the transaction closes (thereby removing resale restrictions), there is no guarantee that the securities will in fact be registered. In addition, a PIPE issuer may require a Fund to agree to other resale restrictions as a condition to the sale of such securities. Thus, a Fund’s ability to resell securities acquired in PIPE transactions may be limited, and even though a public market may exist for such securities, the securities held by the Fund may be deemed illiquid.

 

Private placement Securities. Each Fund may also invest in securities that are purchased in private placement transactions. Securities acquired by a Fund in such transactions are subject to resale restrictions under securities laws. In addition, securities acquired in private placements typically are not publicly traded and they may be difficult to sell. Further, because there is generally no public market for these securities, there may be less information publicly available and, thus, it may be difficult to determine their fair value. While securities acquired in private placements are generally presumed to be illiquid, such securities may be ultimately determined to be liquid by the Heartland Board of Directors. Securities that are not deemed to be illiquid under guidelines established by the Board of Directors are not subject to a Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

 

Private company Securities. Each Fund is also permitted to invest in securities that are issued by privately held companies. Securities issued by privately held companies are subject to the risks described above under the heading “Private Placement Securities.” Also, privately held companies are not subject to SEC reporting requirements, are not required to maintain their accounting records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and are not required to maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting. As a result, Heartland Advisors may not have timely or accurate information about the business, financial condition and results of operations of the privately held companies in which the Fund invests. The securities of privately held companies are generally considered illiquid, although such securities may be ultimately determined to be liquid by the Heartland Board of Directors.

 

Foreign companies. Each Fund may invest in foreign companies (including depositary receipts) traded both within and, to a lesser degree, outside of the United States. Investments in foreign companies may be subject to certain risks in addition to those normally associated with domestic stocks. These risks are greater with respect to companies domiciled in developing and emerging countries.

 

Such risks include adverse political and economic developments or social instability; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes or exchange controls; expropriation or nationalization; currency blockage (which could prevent cash from being brought back to the United States); the impact of exchange rate and foreign currency fluctuations on the market value of foreign securities; more limited availability of public information regarding security issuers; the degree of governmental supervision regarding securities markets; different accounting, auditing and financial standards; and difficulties in enforcing legal rights (particularly with regard to depositary receipts in which the holders may not have the same rights as shareholders).

 

Moreover, brokerage commissions, fees for custodial services and other costs related to securities traded on foreign markets generally are greater than in the United States. Foreign securities markets have the potential for less liquidity and more volatility than United States securities markets. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain trades. The inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

 

Initial Public Offerings. Each Fund may purchase equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Such investments may have a magnified performance impact on a Fund due to the typical price volatility of securities sold in IPOs. Investments in IPOs also involve the risks that an active trading market may not develop or be sustained for the securities and that the issuer may not have a significant operating history or may not meet market expectations.

 

Futures and Options. Each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures and options on futures contracts to hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of portfolio securities and increases in the market value of securities it intends to acquire. Each Fund may also engage in such transactions to protect against exposure to interest rate changes. Finally, the Funds may use these instruments to enhance total return or to invest in eligible asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is believed to be possible through direct investments.

 

 

15
 

 

Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. These strategies require the ability to anticipate future movements in securities prices, interest rates, currency exchange rates and other economic factors. Heartland Advisors’ attempts to use such investments may not be successful and could result in reduction of a Fund’s total return. A Fund’s potential losses from the use of futures extend beyond its initial investment in such contracts. Each Fund could experience losses if the prices of its options or futures positions move in a direction different than anticipated, or if the Fund were unable to close out its positions due to disruptions in the market or lack of liquidity. Over-the-counter options generally involve greater credit and liquidity risks than exchange-traded options. Options and futures traded on foreign exchanges generally are not regulated by U.S. authorities, and may offer less liquidity and less protection to a Fund if the other party to the contract defaults.

 

The Funds’ use of options and futures and other investment techniques for hedging purposes involves the risk that changes in the value of a hedging investment will not match those of the asset or security being hedged. Hedging is the use of one investment to offset the effects of another investment. Imperfect or no correlation of the values of the hedging instrument and the hedged security or asset might occur because of characteristics of the instruments themselves or unrelated factors involving, for example, the markets on which the instruments are traded. As a result, hedging strategies may not always be successful. While hedging strategies can help reduce or eliminate portfolio losses, they can also reduce or eliminate portfolio gains.

 

Each Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission.

 

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities; Forward Commitments. Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Although the payment and interest terms of these securities are established at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment, the securities may be delivered and paid for a month or more after the purchase date. The Funds may purchase securities in this manner in order to secure a potentially advantageous price and yield, but the value of the security could change before settlement. Therefore, although the Funds will make such commitments only with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, they may sell the securities before settlement if it is deemed advisable for investment reasons. When-issued or delayed-delivery securities may sometimes be purchased on a “dollar roll” basis, meaning that a Fund will sell securities with a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a future date. Dollar rolls are engaged in when Heartland Advisors believes securities similar to those sold can be purchased a short time later at a lower price.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate indicates changes in its portfolio of securities and will vary year to year, as well as within a year. The Funds may engage in short-term trading if Heartland Advisors anticipates the expected benefits exceed the transaction costs. Portfolio turnover may also be affected by the sale of portfolio securities to meet cash requirements for redemption of shares of a Fund. High portfolio turnover could result in increases in transaction costs, generate realized capital gains that would be taxable distributions to shareholders, and adversely affect a Fund’s performance.

 

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

A description of Heartland’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio securities is available in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

16
 

 

The performance information presented for the Select Value Fund above reflects the exclusion of certain fees that were waived by the Advisor through November 30, 2001. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the total returns of the Select Value Fund for periods prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower.

 

The Advisor has voluntarily agreed to waive certain fees and/or reimburse certain  expenses with respect to the Institutional Class Shares of each Fund, to the extent necessary to maintain the Institutional Class Shares’  Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses  at a  ratio of 0.99% of average daily net assets. The performance information presented for the Institutional Class Shares of each Fund above reflects the impact of these fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. Without these fee waivers and expense reimbursements, the total returns of the Institutional Class Shares of each Fund may have been lower. The Advisor may modify or discontinue these waivers and/or reimbursements at any time without notice.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of a bank, nor insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other governmental agency. It is not designed to be a complete investment program, and while you may make money, you can also lose money. Each Fund’s share price will fluctuate.

 

INDEX DEFINITIONS

 

The Russell 3000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 3000 Index companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

 

The Russell 3000 Index is an index of 3000 U.S. stocks, representing approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market.

 

The S&P 500 Index is an index of 500 U.S. stocks chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation and is a widely used U.S. equity benchmark.

 

The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values.

 

The Russell 2000 Index includes the 2000 firms from the Russell 3000 Index with the smallest market capitalizations.

 

All indices mentioned are unmanaged. It is not possible to invest directly in an index.

 

OTHER DEFINITIONS

 

Total return measures the change in the share price of a Fund and assumes the reinvestment of dividends and capital gains. Cumulative total return is actual return for a given period, but does not indicate how much return fluctuated during the period. Average annual total return is the hypothetical constant annual return that would have produced a Fund’s cumulative return for a given period. It should not be confused with actual annual returns, the sum of which over a given period produces a Fund’s cumulative total return. After-tax returns measure the impact of assumed federal income taxes calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal rates. After-tax returns do not reflect state or local taxes and actual after-tax returns depend on the investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. Return after taxes on distributions measures the effect of taxable distributions, but assumes the underlying shares are held for the entire period. Return after taxes on distributions and sale of Fund shares shows the effect of both taxable distributions and any taxable gain or loss that would be realized if the underlying shares were purchased at the beginning and sold at the end of the period.

 

INFORMATION REGARDING Investment returns

 

Portfolio Performance vs. Index Performance. The information about each Fund’s past performance includes a comparison of the Fund’s average annual total returns to a broad-based market index believed to be representative of the Fund’s portfolio. An index is not available for a direct investment, and past performance cannot guarantee or predict future results. Unlike an index, each Fund is affected by operating expenses and cash flow activity caused by daily purchases and redemptions. In addition, a Fund’s investment portfolio will differ from the index in terms of the specific securities it holds and in terms of the number and size of holdings or securities, their relative sector and industry weightings, the market capitalization of individual securities and the median capitalization of the index and the Fund overall. For these reasons, the performance of each Fund will vary from that of its comparative index. Fee waivers may have been in effect for the Funds during the periods in which performance information is presented. Without fee waivers, the Funds’ returns and yields would have been lower.

 

17
 

 

HistoricAL Performance

 

 

growth of a hypothetical $10,000 investment

 

The following tables show how the growth of a hypothetical $10,000 investment in Investor Class Shares in each of the Funds for the period since inception until December 31, 2011 compared to the growth of two different securities market indices. The Funds began offering Institutional Class shares to investors on May 1, 2008, which are not presented here. The tables do not reflect the deduction of taxes that a shareholder would pay on distributions or redemptions of Fund shares. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher. The investment return and principal value will fluctuate so that a shareholder’s shares, when redeemed, may be worth more or less than the original cost. Subject to certain exceptions, shares of a Fund redeemed or exchanged within 10 days of purchase are subject to a 2% redemption fee. Performance does not reflect this fee, which, if deducted, would reduce an individual’s return. Heartland Advisors voluntarily waived a portion of its fees with respect to the Select Value Fund through November 30, 2001. These waivers are no longer in effect. Without these waivers, the total returns of the Select Value Fund for periods prior to December 1, 2001 would have been lower.

 

Select Value Fund–Investor Class Shares

Growth of a Hypothetical $10,000 Investment Since Inception – 10/11/96

 

 

Value Plus Fund–Investor Class Shares

Growth of a Hypothetical $10,000 Investment Since Inception – 10/26/93

 

 

Value Fund–Investor Class Shares

Growth of a Hypothetical $10,000 Investment Since Inception – 12/28/84

 

 

The Funds also offer Institutional Class shares, performance for which is not reflected in the graphs above. The performance of Institutional Class shares may be higher or lower than the performance of the Investor Class shares shown in the graphs above based upon differences in fees paid by shareholders investing in the Investor Class shares and Institutional Class shares.

 

18
 

 

How to Invest

 

 

PURCHASING SHARES OF THE FUNDS

 

Two Classes of Shares. Heartland offers two classes of shares: Investor Class Shares and Institutional Class Shares. Each Class has its own sales charge, expense structure and minimum investment amounts, allowing you to choose the Class that best meets your situation.

 

The following table shows the available classes of shares and highlights some of the differences between the two classes.

 

Features of Class Investor Class Shares Institutional Class Shares
Eligible investors Open to All Investors * Open only to Eligible Investors (1)*
Front-end sales charge None None
Contingent deferred sales charge None None
Redemption Fee (4) 2% 2%
12b-1 Fee 0.25% of average daily net assets None
Minimum investment amount $1,000 (2)(3) $500,000 (2)(3)
(1) Please refer to “Purchasing Institutional Class Shares” below for a description of investors that are eligible to purchase Institutional Class Shares.
(2) Minimum investment amount may vary according to type of account. Please refer to “Purchasing Investor Class Shares” and “Purchasing Institutional Class Shares” below for a description of minimum investment amounts.
(3) Each Fund may waive or lower its investment minimums for any reason. Different minimums may apply to accounts opened through third parties.
(4) As a percentage of the then-current net asset value of any shares of the Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after they were purchased.

 

* The Heartland Value Plus Fund is closed to certain new investors. See “Purchasing Shares Generally” for new account eligibility criteria.

 

Purchasing Investor Class Shares

 

Eligible Investors . Investor Class Shares are offered to all types of investors directly and through mutual fund supermarkets or platforms offered by broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries.

 

Minimum Investments . If you purchase Investor Class Shares directly from a Fund, your initial investment must be for a minimum of $1,000, except for Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (“ESAs”), and accounts opened with an automatic investment plan. Subsequent purchases made, other than through dividend reinvestment or an automatic investment plan, must be for a minimum of $100. Each Fund may waive or lower its investment minimums for any reason. Different minimums may apply to accounts opened through third parties. The table below shows the minimum initial amounts that apply to your purchases of Investor Class Shares of each Fund.

 

  Regular Account (1) IRA Account Coverdell ESA
Select Value Fund $1,000 $500 $500
Value Plus Fund 1,000 500 500
Value Fund 1,000  500  500
(1) The minimum initial investment is waived when an account is established with an automatic investment plan.

 

Fees . Investor Class Shares of the Funds are sold without a sales charge. The Investor Class Shares of each Fund are subject to a 12b-1 fee calculated at the annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class Shares of that Fund.

 

Purchasing Institutional Class Shares

 

Eligible Investors . Institutional Class Shares are offered to all types of investors directly and through mutual fund supermarkets or platforms offered by broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries, provided that the investor meets the minimum investment threshold for Institutional Class Shares discussed below.

 

Minimum Investments . The minimum investment for the Institutional Class Shares, including for IRAs, is $500,000 and for additional purchases of Institutional Class Shares is $100. This minimum may be waived for accounts held in qualified retirement or profit sharing plans opened through a third party service provider or recordkeeper. Investors generally may meet the minimum investment amount by aggregating multiple accounts with common ownership or discretionary control within a Fund.

 

Fees . Institutional Class Shares of the Funds are sold without a sales charge and are not subject to a 12b-1 fee.

 

Purchasing Shares Generally

 

Eligibility to Buy Shares . Each Fund is available for purchase only by residents of the United States and certain U.S. territories. Please contact Heartland Advisors or the Distributor for a list of the U.S. territories. After opening an account, if you cease to reside in one of these areas, you will be ineligible to purchase additional shares, except those purchased through dividend and capital gain reinvestments.

 

Effective May 16, 2011 the Heartland Value Plus Fund was closed to most new investors. The closing is intended to promote long-term investments in the Fund, thereby contributing to a more stable asset base and the continued efficient management of the Value Plus Fund. This decision was made after considering the current size of the Value Plus Fund and the availability of common stocks of smaller companies that meet the Value Plus Fund’s investment criteria.

 

If you were a shareholder in the Value Plus Fund prior to May 16, 2011, you may make additional investments in the Value Plus Fund and reinvest your dividends and capital gain distributions, even though the Value Plus Fund has closed, unless Heartland Advisors considers such additional purchases not to be in the best interests of the Value Plus Fund and its other shareholders.

 

 

19
 

 

Notwithstanding the closing of the Value Plus Fund, you may open a new account in the Value Plus Fund if that account meets the Fund's other criteria (for example, minimum initial investment) and:

 

· You were a shareholder of the Fund prior to May 16, 2011, either in your own name or as beneficial owner of shares held in someone else's name. For example, someone holding shares for your benefit as a nominee, custodian or omnibus account may not open a new account for its own benefit or for the benefit of another customer. However, you would be eligible to open a new account in your own name;

 

· You are a shareholder with combined balances of $100,000 in any of the Heartland Funds, regardless of whether you hold those shares in your own name or as the beneficial owner of shares held in someone else's name;

 

· You receive shares of the Value Plus Fund as a gift from an existing shareholder of the Fund;

 

· You are opening a traditional or Roth IRA account;

 

· You are opening a trust account;

 

· You are an employer-sponsored retirement account or any other qualified retirement or profit-sharing plan (such as plans qualified under Sections 401, 403 and 457 of the Internal Revenue Code);

 

· You are a director or officer of Heartland Funds, or a partner or employee of Heartland Advisors or its affiliates, or a member of the immediate family of any of those people;

 

· You are a client of Heartland Advisors or you have an existing business relationship with Heartland Advisors and, in the judgment of Heartland Advisors, your investment in the Value Plus Fund would not adversely affect Heartland Advisors’ ability to manage the Value Plus Fund effectively;

 

· You are a client of a registered investment advisor; or

 

· You are purchasing Value Plus Fund shares through a sponsored fee-based program and shares of the Fund are made available to that program pursuant to an agreement with Heartland Funds or ALPS Distributors and Heartland Funds or ALPS Distributors has notified the sponsor of that program that shares may be offered through such program and has not withdrawn that notification.

 

An employer-sponsored retirement account or any other qualified retirement or profit-sharing plan that is a Value Plus Fund shareholder may continue to buy shares in the ordinary course of the plan’s operations, even for new plan participants.

 

Heartland may ask you to verify that you meet one of the guidelines above prior to permitting you to open a new account in the Value Plus Fund. Heartland may decline to permit you to open a new account if Heartland either determines you do not meet these guidelines or Heartland reasonably concludes that allowing you to do so would not be in the best interests of the Value Plus Fund and its shareholders, even though you may meet these guidelines.

 

Heartland’s ability to impose the guidelines above with respect to accounts held by intermediaries may vary depending on the systems capabilities of those intermediaries, applicable contractual and legal restrictions and cooperation of those intermediaries.

 

Heartland does not permit multiple investors to pool their investments in order to meet the eligibility requirements, except as otherwise noted above. Each individual in a pooled vehicle must meet one of the eligibility categories set forth above.

 

Call a Shareholder Services Representative directly at 1-800-432-7856 if you have questions about your ability to invest in the Value Plus Fund.

 

Time of Purchase; Form of Payment . Your purchase of a Fund’s shares will be made at the net asset value per share next determined after the Fund or its authorized agent receives your purchase request. Your order will not be accepted unless your application or other documentation is complete, your identity is confirmed and payment in the proper form and amount accompanies your application. Payment must be in U.S. dollars by a check drawn on a bank in the United States, wire transfer or electronic transfer. The Funds will not accept cash, traveler’s checks, starter checks, money orders, third party checks (except for properly endorsed IRA rollover checks), checks drawn on foreign banks or checks issued by credit card companies or Internet-based companies. Shares purchased by checks that are returned will be canceled and you will be liable for any losses or fees incurred by the Fund or its agents, including bank handling charges for returned checks. Once accepted by the Fund or its authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your purchase request, but you may redeem your shares at the next determined net asset value for the Fund, which may be subject to a redemption fee. However, the Fund may withhold these redemption proceeds until the Fund is reasonably satisfied it has received your payment, which may take up to 15 days.

 

Purchases Through Third Parties . You may purchase shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial intermediary, but Heartland reserves the right to refuse purchases through any intermediary arrangement that, among other reasons, the officers of Heartland determine employs investment strategies that are not in the best interests of the Funds or their shareholders. Shares purchased through third parties may be subject to special fees, such as transaction fees, different investment minimums and other conditions imposed by these third parties, that do not apply if you purchase your shares directly from the Fund. Third parties also may place limits on your ability to use the shareholder services or receive shareholder information described in this Prospectus.

 

 

20
 

 

Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept purchase orders for the third party on a Fund’s behalf. If you purchase shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order.

 

If you place an order for Fund shares through a financial intermediary that is not an authorized agent of the Funds in accordance with such financial intermediary’s procedures, and such financial intermediary then transmits your order to the Funds in accordance with the Funds’ instructions, your purchase will be processed at the net asset value next determined after the Funds receive your order from that intermediary. The financial intermediary must promise to send to the Funds immediately available funds in the amount of the purchase price in accordance with the Funds’ procedures. If payment is not received within the time specified, the Funds may rescind the transaction and the financial intermediary will be held liable for any resulting fees or losses.

 

If you purchase a Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Funds and its investment advisor may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may influence the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend a Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.

 

How to Purchase Shares

 

By Mail

 

To open an account, please complete one of the following:

 

· Account Application

 

· IRA Application

 

· Coverdell ESA Application

 

Additional IRA Forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

 

Please make your purchase check payable to Heartland Funds and mail the completed, signed application, along with your investment check, to the appropriate address below.

 

via US Postal Service
Heartland Funds
PO Box 177
Denver, CO 80201-0177
via Express Courier
Heartland Funds
c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100
Denver, CO 8020

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Heartland Funds’ post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Funds.

 

To add to an account, detach the Additional Investment Form from your account statement and submit with your check payable to Heartland Funds to the appropriate address listed above. You may also make additional investments through the Internet by logging into your account. Please note that bank instructions must be established on your account prior to the transaction.

 

By Telephone

 

If you  have already opened an account with Heartland Funds and established your bank account information, you may call Heartland Funds at 1-800-432-7856 to request a purchase of shares by authorizing the amount to be drafted from your bank account. In order to purchase by telephone, you must add the telephone purchase option to your existing account by completing the Account Maintenance Form. Generally, purchases will be made at the next determined closing price after instructions are received. Transactions placed by telephone for which Heartland is unable to successfully draft from your bank account will be canceled.

 

By Internet

 

To open an account by Internet, please visit WWw.heartlandfunds.com

Some account types that require additional documentation may not be opened online. All online applications submitted are subject to review and will be confirmed upon acceptance.

 

When establishing an account online, you will be required to provide active bank account information to facilitate transactions.

 

You may also make additional investments through the Internet by logging into your account. Transactions placed by Internet for which Heartland is unable to successfully draft from your bank account will be canceled.

 

By Wire

 

To open an account by wire, please complete one of the following:

 

· Account Application

 

· IRA Application

 

· Coverdell ESA Application

 

Additional IRA Forms and/or organizational documents may be required.

 

Contact Heartland Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 for further instructions. If Heartland Funds is not informed of the new account and wire purchase prior to market close on the business day it is delivered to Heartland Funds or its agents, your purchase may be delayed or canceled.

 

Please note that your financial institution may charge a fee to wire funds.

 

21
 

 

By Automatic Investment

 

To set up an Automatic Investment plan, complete the automatic investment section of the Account Application or the Account Maintenance Form (for existing accounts) and attach a voided check. Return the form to the appropriate address. Automatic Investment plans may be established for a minimum of $50 per bank draft.

 

By Exchange

 

New accounts may be opened by exchange and will have identical registration and services as the account from which the funds were exchanged. Please note that an exchange may be subject to an early redemption fee and may cause tax consequences. Please consult with your tax advisor.

 

Exchanges may be placed in writing, by telephone or through the Internet by logging into your established Heartland Funds account.

 

22
 

 

How to redeem

 

 

Redeeming Shares Generally

 

Time of Redemption; Form of Instructions and Payment . Your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined after your instructions are received by the Funds or their authorized agent. A redemption order will not be accepted unless the order and related information are complete. The Funds will not accept an order with instructions for redemption on a particular date or at a particular price. The Funds use procedures reasonably designed to authenticate telephone instructions including, for example, requesting personal identification information from callers. The Funds are not liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent telephone instructions if these procedures are followed. Once accepted by the Funds or their authorized agent, you may not cancel or revoke your redemption order.

 

Available proceeds are generally mailed within two business days, or wired on the next business day, after the Fund or its authorized agent accepts your redemption request, although they could be delayed for up to seven days. If redemption instructions are received for shares that have not been paid for, your shares will be redeemed, but the Funds reserve the right to hold the proceeds until payment of the purchase price can be confirmed, which may take up to 15 days. This type of delay can be avoided by purchasing shares by federal funds wire. The Funds do not guarantee the time of receipt of your proceeds and are not responsible for delays in mail or wire services. In limited circumstances, as permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) (such as when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed or trading is restricted, or when an emergency exists), the Funds may elect to suspend the redemption of shares.

 

Generally, proceeds will be paid in cash, but the Funds reserve the right to pay redemptions in the amount of more than $250,000 or one percent of the net assets of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder “in kind,” which means you would be paid in portfolio securities of the Fund being redeemed. If this occurred, you might incur transaction costs when you sell the portfolio securities.

 

If you choose to have your redemption proceeds mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the redemption check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check in shares of the particular Fund at its then current net asset value or take other measures as allowable by law unless, and until, you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed redemption checks.

 

Redemptions by Shareholders Who Are Not Individuals . For corporate, trust, partnership, and other institutional accounts, the persons signing the redemption request should also indicate their office or other fiduciary capacity. A certified corporate resolution evidencing the signing officer’s authority to sign on behalf of a corporate shareholder is also required. Executors, administrators, guardians, trusts, and other institutional shareholders should call Heartland prior to mailing their instructions to determine if other documentation may be required.

 

Redemptions Through Third Parties . You may redeem shares through a third party broker-dealer or other financial institution provided the third party presents documentation satisfactory to the Funds indicating it is your authorized agent. Third parties may charge fees for their services and impose terms or conditions that do not apply if you do business directly with the Funds. Heartland has allowed some third parties to authorize selected designees to accept redemption orders for the third party on the Funds’ behalf. If you redeem shares through a third party which is also an authorized agent of the Funds, your order will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after the third party (or its authorized designee) receives your order; orders through a non-authorized intermediary will be processed at the net asset value per share next determined after receipt of the order by the Funds.

 

Involuntary Redemption . If you do not participate in an Automatic Investment Plan or do not qualify for an exemption from the minimum initial investment for a particular Fund and/or Share Class, and your account value with respect to a Fund’s shares falls below $500 for Investor Class Shares or $400,000 for Institutional Class Shares, for three consecutive months or more, we may redeem all of your shares in that account, at the Fund’s net asset value per share next determined after we redeem your shares, upon 60 days’ advance notice to you. You may avoid an involuntary redemption by making additional investments to bring your account value up to at least $500 for Investor Class Shares or $400,000 for Institutional Class Shares.

 

Early Redemption Fee . Shares of any Heartland Fund that are redeemed or exchanged within 10 days after purchase will be assessed a 2% fee on the net asset value of the shares next determined after your request for redemption is received. The fee will apply to shares being redeemed or exchanged in the order in which they are purchased, treating shares that have been held the longest in an account as being redeemed first. The fee is paid to the applicable Fund and is deducted from the redemption proceeds. The purpose of this early redemption fee is to discourage market timing and other short-term trading in the Funds. Short-term trading may be disruptive to the Funds’ normal investment operations and harmful to the interests of long-term shareholders. Heartland reserves the right to modify the terms of or terminate this fee at any time upon notice to shareholders.

 

The early redemption fee will be waived under the following circumstances:

 

· For shares held in an account of certain retirement or profit-sharing plans;

 

· For shares held in tax-favored savings plans;

 

· For shares held in asset allocation programs, wrap accounts, or certain similar accounts, if approved by Heartland;

 

· For shares purchased by automatic reinvestment of income or capital gains distributions from any Heartland Fund;

 

23
 

 

· For shares purchased through an automatic investment plan; and

 

· For shares redeemed through a systematic withdrawal plan.

 

In addition, the early redemption fee may be waived if the Funds do not have the capability to charge the fee. For example, this may occur if the Funds cannot reasonably identify a shareholder who trades through an omnibus account held by a third party or financial intermediary, or reasonably detect short-term trading through such an account. In addition, certain third parties or financial intermediaries may apply different or additional redemption fees or charges.

 

How to Redeem Shares

 

By Mail

 

Provide a letter of instruction that includes:

 

· The names and signatures of all account owners

 

· Your Heartland account number

 

· Your telephone number

 

· The dollar amount or number of shares that you would like to redeem (sell)

 

· Any special payment instructions

 

· Any special documents requested by Heartland to assure proper authorization for the redemption

 

· IRA redemptions must include a statement of withholding. If no statement is made, Heartland Funds will withhold 10%.

 

We will mail the proceeds to the address on the account unless otherwise requested in your written instructions. Instructions for redemptions over $50,000, including those through IRA transfers, and those that request delivery to a bank account or address other than the address of record on the account may require a medallion signature guarantee.

 

Please mail your redemption instructions to Heartland Funds at the appropriate address below.

 

via US Postal Service
Heartland Funds
PO Box 177

Denver, CO 80201-0177

 

via Express Courier
Heartland Funds
c/o ALPS Fund Services, Inc.
1290 Broadway, Suite 1100
Denver, CO 80203

 

The Funds do not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be their agents. Therefore, deposit in the mail or with such services, or receipt at the Heartland Funds’ post office box, of purchase orders or redemption requests does not constitute receipt by the Funds.

 

By Telephone

 

Call a Heartland Funds’ representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request your redemption. Redemption requests for an IRA or Coverdell ESA must be made in writing. You will be asked to provide personal identification information to confirm your identity. A check will be mailed to the address of record for the account unless other arrangements have been pre-authorized. Express mail delivery is available upon request for an additional charge (currently $22.00, subject to change) and additional charges may apply for Saturday delivery.

 

Wire and Electronic Funds transfer services are available; however, they must be pre-authorized in writing. Contact a representative for information on adding this option to your account. Wire transfers are subject to a fee (currently $4.00, subject to change).

 

By Internet

 

Shareholders who hold their account directly with Heartland may redeem shares by accessing their account online at www.heartlandfunds.com. Redemption proceeds from online transactions may be mailed to the address of record, or may be sent electronically to a bank account that has been previously established for this purpose.

 

By Systematic Withdrawal

 

Call a Heartland Funds representative toll-free at 1-800-432-7856 to request or visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com to download an Account Maintenance Form to add a systematic withdrawal plan to your account.

 

HOW MAY WE HELP YOU?

 

1-800-432-7856

 

www.heartlandfunds.com

 

If you wish to make a telephone transaction under one of the purchase or redemption options described, please call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000 . If you have a question about investing or need forms described above, call Shareholder Services at either number or visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

Please note that you may terminate or change any option you elect at any time upon five days’ advance notice to the Funds.

 

24
 

 

aCCOUNT pOLICIES

 

 

HOW TO RECEIVE ACCOUNT INFORMATION

 

By Telephone

 

Call 1-800-432-7856

 

Heartland Funds’ representatives are available to answer your questions from 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. Central Time, Monday through Friday.

 

Account balance information is also available over the automated telephone line 24 hours a day, 7 days per week. You will be asked to establish a personal identification number for account access.

 

Over the Internet

 

Shareholders who hold their account directly with Heartland may visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com and click on the “Account Access” link. Follow the registration/login instructions to access your account. You may view account balances, registration and history. Please refer to “E-Delivery of Fund Documents,” on page 28, for additional information regarding receiving fund documents by E-Delivery.

 

By Mail

 

Account statements are mailed at the end of each calendar quarter. If you would like to receive a printed statement at any time, please contact Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856.

 

EXCHANGING SHARES

 

Unless you instruct the Funds that you do not want this service, you are automatically permitted to purchase shares of any Heartland Fund with the redemption proceeds from your account in any other Heartland Fund. This type of transaction is referred to as an “exchange” and may be effected by writing or calling the Funds. Subject to compliance with applicable minimum initial and subsequent investment requirements and other restrictions applicable to the Fund you would like to purchase, you may exchange your shares of any Fund for shares of the same Class of any other Heartland Fund. Before engaging in any exchange, you should obtain from Heartland and read the current Prospectus for the mutual fund you intend to purchase. Telephone exchanges may only occur between identically registered accounts.

 

Investments in any Heartland Fund are subject to the terms and conditions of that Fund’s Prospectus. Exchanges are subject to the early redemption fee discussed above and the excessive account activity restrictions discussed below. You may obtain a current Prospectus by calling 1-800-432-7856 or visiting www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

You should bear in mind, with regard to all exchanges, that an exchange of shares is considered a redemption of the shares of the mutual fund from which you are exchanging, and a purchase of shares of the mutual fund into which you are exchanging. Accordingly, you must comply with all of the conditions on redemptions for the shares being exchanged, and with all of the conditions on purchases for the shares you receive in the exchange. Moreover, for tax purposes you will be considered to have sold the shares exchanged, and you may realize a gain or loss for federal income tax purposes on that sale. These exchange privileges may be modified or terminated at any time.

 

OTHER POLICIES

 

Customer Identification Program . Heartland has adopted a customer identification program as required by the USA PATRIOT Act, as amended. The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities. It specifically requires all financial institutions, including mutual funds, to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

 

Under Heartland’s customer identification program, when you open an account we will ask for your name, street address (or APO/FPO), date of birth, social security number and other information that will allow us to confirm your identity. Corporate accounts will require other similar information. We may also ask to see other identifying documents. Your shares will be purchased at the net asset value next calculated after Heartland confirms your identity.

 

Heartland reserves the right not to open an account or process any purchases, exchanges or redemptions unless and until we can confirm your identity. We also may close an account if there are any discrepancies in the identifying information you have provided. If your account is closed for this reason, your shares will be redeemed at the net asset value next determined after the account is closed.

 

Excessive Account Activity . An excessive number of purchases and redemptions by a shareholder (short-term trading) may be disadvantageous to a Fund and its shareholders. Frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares may present certain risks to Fund shareholders such as dilution in the value of Fund shares held by long-term investors, interference with the efficient management of the Fund’s portfolio, increased brokerage, transaction and administrative costs, and adverse tax consequences. Heartland and its Board of Directors have adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of shares of the Funds by shareholders, which are intended to discourage such activity, including the imposition of a 2% fee on redemptions or exchanges of Fund shares made within 10 days of purchase. See “Redeeming Shares of the Funds - Early Redemption Fee.” Heartland also seeks to identify and detect frequent trading activity that may be disruptive to the Funds, although if such activity is made through omnibus accounts detection may be difficult. Heartland reserves the right to restrict or prohibit any purchase or exchange, and to terminate investment or exchange privileges, if the officers of Heartland determine, in their sole discretion, that any trading activity by a shareholder is not in the best interest of the Fund or its other shareholders. Certain third parties or financial intermediaries may apply additional short-term trading and/or frequent trading limitations.

 

25
 

 

Confirming your Transactions . Heartland will send you a written confirmation of every purchase and redemption order in the Funds, excluding automatic transactions. You should always verify your order against your confirmation when you receive it. Please contact Heartland or the third party with whom you placed your order promptly if you notice any discrepancy. Transaction activity records are available to registered users through the Heartland Funds website at www. heartlandfunds.com.

 

Copies of historical account statements are available upon request.

 

IRAs and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts . The Funds are available for investment under a self-directed IRA plan for individual investors as well as Simplified Employee Pension (“SEP”) IRAs for self-employed persons and employers and Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (“ESAs”). Each Fund is available for investment under these programs at a reduced initial investment minimum of $500 (for Investor Class Shares only). Booklets describing these programs and the forms necessary for establishing accounts under them are available upon request from Heartland or at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

The IRA and Coverdell Education Savings Account custodian charges an annual maintenance fee (currently $15.00) per IRA or ESA holder, which may also be charged on transfers or redemptions.

 

Backup Withholding . Under IRS rules, you must furnish to the Funds your properly certified social security or other tax identification number to avoid Federal income tax backup withholding on dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds. If you do not do so, or the IRS informs the Funds that your tax identification number is incorrect, the Funds may be required to withhold a percentage of your taxable distributions and redemptions proceeds. Amounts withheld by the Funds are submitted to the IRS and are not usually recoverable by the Funds.

 

Signature Guarantees . To protect your account, the Funds reserve the right to require a Medallion Signature Guarantee, signature verification from a Signature Validation Program member, or other form of authentication from a financial institution source acceptable to the Transfer Agent (collectively referred to as a “signature guarantee”) for written redemption instructions. Normally, a signature guarantee will be required if the written redemption proceeds will exceed $50,000. A signature guarantee will also be required if the proceeds are being paid to a third party, mailed to an address other than the address listed on the Fund’s records or to an address that was changed within the last 15 days, or forwarded to a bank not identified on the Fund’s records as authorized to receive the proceeds. A signature guarantee generally will also be required when adding or changing bank instructions to your account, changing the beneficiary on your account, and/or changing the registration for your account. In addition to the situations described above, the Funds and/or their Transfer Agent reserve the right to require a signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances of the particular situation. Acceptable guarantors include, among others, banks and brokerage firms that are members of a domestic stock exchange. Notaries public cannot guarantee signatures.

 

Medallion Signature Guarantees are issued by guarantors that participate in one of several signature guarantee programs that are designed to promote safe and accurate securities transactions. A Medallion Signature Guarantee provides additional protective measures through the use of special technology like bar codes, magnetic security ink and scanners.

 

Reserved Rights . In addition to other reserved rights, the Funds may:

 

· Refuse, change, discontinue or temporarily suspend account services, including purchase, exchange or redemption privileges, for any reason;

 

· Reject any purchase request for any reason;

 

· Freeze any account and/or involuntarily redeem an account, if Heartland believes that the account is being used for fraudulent or illegal purposes. Heartland may take this action when, at its sole discretion, it deems the action to be in the Fund’s best interest or when the Fund is requested or compelled to do so by governmental authority or by applicable law;

 

· Waive or lower any minimum dollar investment amount; and/or

 

· Suspend redemptions or postpone payments when the NYSE is closed, trading on the NYSE is restricted or when an emergency exists that prevents the Funds from disposing of its portfolio securities or pricing its shares.

 

COST BASIS. Pursuant to the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008, the Funds are required to report to you, and the IRS, the cost basis of your Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”) when they are subsequently redeemed. The Funds will determine the cost basis of covered shares using the Average Cost Method, unless you elect in writing a different permissible method. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for more information regarding cost basis reporting, including information about the Average Cost Method.

 

You are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the application of these cost basis reporting rules and, in particular, which cost basis calculation method you should elect. Heartland representatives are not licensed tax advisors and are unable to give tax advice.

 

Inactive Accounts. Your mutual fund account may be transferred to your state of residence if no activity occurs within your account during the “inactivity period” specified in your state’s abandoned property laws. If the Funds are unable to locate a shareholder, then they will determine whether the shareholder’s account can legally be considered abandoned. The Funds are legally obligated to escheat (or transfer) abandoned property to the appropriate state’s unclaimed property administrator in accordance with statutory requirements. The shareholder’s last known address of record determines which state has jurisdiction.

 

26
 

 

SHARE PRICE

 

Shares of a Fund are purchased and redeemed at the net asset value per share next determined following receipt of your order by the Fund or its authorized agent. Net asset value is the difference between the values of the Fund’s assets and liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. It is determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time, but may be earlier in the case of a holiday or when an emergency exists) on each day the NYSE is open (the “Close of Trading”). Orders received after the Close of Trading are priced at the net asset value per share determined on the next business day of the Fund. Third parties acting as authorized agents of the Funds are required to segregate orders received after the Close of Trading and transmit those orders separately for execution at the net asset value per share next determined.

 

For purposes of determining net asset value for a particular Fund, the Fund’s portfolio securities are valued on the basis of market quotations or at fair value in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors. The Funds use a “fair value” methodology to value securities for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable. Market quotations are readily available in most instances for the common stocks and other equity securities in which the Funds invest. However, some of the securities held by the Funds may be illiquid or thinly traded due to their small market capitalizations, the size of the Fund’s position or otherwise, and are valued at their fair values. An equity security may also be priced at its fair value when the exchange on which the security is principally traded closes early or when trading in the security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund’s net asset value calculation. The Pricing Committee for Heartland may also make a fair value determination if it reasonably determines that a significant event, which materially affects the value of a security, occurs after the time at which the market price for the security is determined but prior to the time at which a Fund’s net asset value is calculated. Debt securities are generally stated at fair value as furnished by an independent pricing service based primarily on information concerning market transactions and dealer quotations for similar securities, or by dealers who make markets in such securities. Debt securities purchased with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium.

 

Fair valuation of a particular security is an inherently subjective process, with no single standard to utilize when determining a security’s fair value. As such, different mutual funds could reasonably arrive at a different fair value price for the same security. In each case where a security is fair valued, consideration is given to the facts and circumstances relevant to the particular situation. This consideration includes reviewing various factors set forth in the pricing procedures adopted by the Funds’ Board of Directors and other factors as warranted. In making a fair value determination, factors that may be considered, among others, include: the type and structure of the security; unusual events or circumstances relating to the security’s issuer; general market conditions; prior day’s valuation; fundamental analytical data; size of the holding; cost of the security on the date of purchase; nature and duration of any restriction on disposition; trading activities and prices of similar securities or financial instruments.

 

27
 

 

sHAREHOLDER iNFORMATION and rEPORTING

 

 

HEARTLANDFUNDS.COM

 

Heartland’s website, located at www.heartlandfunds.com, provides investors with a variety of information about the Funds, including daily share prices, market updates and shareholder reports. Shareholders can access their accounts directly to review current balances, recent transactions and other account information.

 

INVESTMENT REPORTS AND PROSPECTUSES

 

The Funds’ portfolio managers review their strategies and results in Annual and Semiannual Reports, which also contain schedules of investments and Fund financial statements. Heartland Advisors periodically publishes and mails to shareholders other investment and performance information. Shareholders also receive annual prospectus updates.

 

Whenever practicable, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, a single report, prospectus or other communication will be mailed to shareholders who share a single address. This practice is referred to as “householding.” To receive additional copies or discontinue our practice of householding your materials, you may call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856, or write to ALPS Fund Services, Inc., at 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203. If you choose to discontinue the practice of householding your materials, the Funds will begin to send separate copies to you within 60 days after we receive your notice of discontinuation.

 

E-DELIVERY OF FUND DOCUMENTS

 

Heartland Funds offers those shareholders who hold their accounts directly with Heartland the option of receiving Fund documents, such as account statements and marketing materials, by E-Delivery. You may enroll in Heartland Funds’ E-Delivery Services at www.heartlandfunds.com by logging in to your account. You may opt-in to receive links to documents and materials by e-mail as they become available rather than receiving paper copies.

 

If your e-mail remains undelivered after the second attempt, your E-Delivery subscription will be discontinued and paper copies of Fund documents will be sent to your mailing address on record. Technical difficulties and other matters beyond the Funds’ control may affect your ability to participate in the Funds’ E-Delivery program. The Funds have no liability for the failure or disruption of the E-Delivery service due to circumstances beyond Heartland’s reasonable control.

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS

 

A dividend from net investment income represents the income a Fund earns from dividends and interest paid on its investments, after payment of Fund expenses. A capital gain or loss is the increase or decrease in the value of a security that a Fund holds compared to its original purchase price. The gain or loss is “unrealized” until the security is sold. Each realized capital gain or loss is either short-term or long-term depending on whether the Fund held the security for one year or less, or more than one year. This is the case regardless of how long you hold your Fund shares.

 

Substantially all of the net investment income of the Funds will generally be paid to shareholders annually as a dividend. If a Fund has net capital gains for a year, the Fund normally will distribute substantially all of its net capital gains at the end of the year. Both types of distributions are automatically invested in additional shares for your account unless you elect on your Account Application to have them invested in another Heartland Fund or to have them paid to you in cash. Fund dividends and capital gain distributions that are reinvested will be confirmed on your account statement for the quarter in which the reinvestment is made.

 

If you choose to have dividends or capital gain distributions, or both, mailed to you and either the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver the distribution check to you or the check remains outstanding for at least six months, the Funds reserve the right to reinvest the check and future distributions in shares of the particular Fund at their then-current net asset value until you give the Funds different instructions. No interest will accrue on amounts represented by uncashed distribution checks.

 

“Buying a Dividend.” Please note that if you purchase shares of a Fund just before the record date of a distribution, you will receive a portion of your purchase price back as a taxable distribution. The Fund’s net asset value per share on the record date will be reduced by the amount of the distribution. This is sometimes referred to as “buying a dividend.” To obtain additional information about distributions, you may visit our website at www.heartlandfunds.com, call Shareholder Services at 1-800-432-7856, or write to Heartland at 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

 

TAXES

 

The character of distributions that a Fund makes (i.e., income, short-term capital gains or long-term capital gains - see discussion under “Dividends and Capital Gain Distributions” above) affects the tax treatment of those distributions to you. In particular, all income distributions (other than qualified dividends) and short-term capital gains will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Long-term capital gains will be taxable as long-term capital gains to shareholders. Dividends from domestic and foreign corporations held by the Funds may be considered “qualified dividends,” as provided under the Internal Revenue Code. If certain holding period requirements are met, these dividends may be taxed at reduced rates, which are currently set to expire after 2012. If a Fund declares a distribution in December, but does not pay it until January of the following year, you still will be taxed as if the distribution were paid in December. The Transfer Agent for the Fund will process your distribution and send you a statement for tax purposes each year showing the source of distributions for the preceding year. These tax rules apply whether dividends and distributions are paid by the Funds to you in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Funds.

 

 

28
 

 

If you redeem or exchange your shares, the transaction is a taxable event. Generally, you will recognize a capital gain or loss for federal income tax purposes of an amount equal to the difference between the cost of your shares and the price you receive when you sell them. However, the wash sale rules of the Internal Revenue Code may disallow or recharacterize the loss for tax purposes. Special tax rules apply to non-individual shareholders and shareholders owning Fund shares in IRAs and tax-sheltered retirement plans. State and local tax rules differ from the federal tax rules described in this Prospectus. Because this tax information is only a general overview, you should consult with your own tax advisor about the tax consequences of your investment in the Funds.

 

29
 

 

PRIVACY POLICY

 

Heartland respects its clients’ right to privacy and understands that the privacy and security of nonpublic personal information is important and, therefore, maintains safeguards reasonably designed to protect client data from unauthorized access. Heartland does not sell this information to anyone and only shares such information with others as permitted by law or for the purpose of serving your investment needs.

 

What Information Heartland Collects

Heartland collects only information that is either required or necessary to provide personalized investment services. Any information you choose to provide is kept confidential and allows Heartland to:

 

· Service your account;

 

· Deliver products and services that may be of interest to you;

 

· Prevent unauthorized access to your account;

 

· Improve shareholder service; and

 

· Comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Depending on the nature of your relationship with Heartland, nonpublic personal information such as name, address, Social Security number, telephone number and income may be collected from the following sources:

 

· Information Heartland receives from you on applications or other forms, on Heartland’s web site, or through other means;

 

· Information Heartland receives from you through transactions, correspondence and other communications with Heartland, Heartland affiliates and others; and

 

· Information Heartland otherwise obtains from you in connection with providing you a financial product or service.

 

What Information Heartland Shares

Heartland does not share the information collected about its shareholders or former shareholders with any third parties, except as required or permitted by law or for the purpose of servicing shareholder needs. This means Heartland may disclose the information collected to companies who help maintain and service your account. For example, Heartland may share information with a transfer agent or clearing broker to process your securities transactions and update your accounts or to an external service provider so that your account statements can be printed and mailed. These companies are only permitted to use this information for the services for which Heartland hired them, and are not permitted to use or share this information for any other purpose. Heartland will share information with affiliates if the information is required to provide a product or service a shareholder requested. Additionally, Heartland may share information with its affiliates about shareholders or shareholder accounts in order to make shareholders aware of services and products which Heartland thinks may be of interest or value to them. Marketing from Heartland’s affiliates may also include invitations to events sponsored by them. Affiliates are companies in the Heartland group of companies, such as Heartland Advisors and other mutual funds managed by Heartland Advisors. Heartland may also disclose nonpublic personal information to government agencies and regulatory organizations when permitted or required by law.

 

How Heartland Protects Your Information

For your protection, Heartland restricts access to your nonpublic personal information to those individuals who need to know that information to provide products and services to you. Heartland maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards that are reasonably designed to comply with federal standards to maintain the confidentiality of your nonpublic personal information. The accuracy and protection of your personal information is important to Heartland.

 

How to Contact Heartland

You may limit Heartland’s affiliates in the Heartland group of companies from marketing their products or services based on personal information that Heartland collects and shares with them. Your choice to limit marketing offers from Heartland’s affiliates will apply until you request a change to your choice. Your choice to limit marketing offers from Heartland’s affiliates will not affect your ability to receive marketing materials directly from Heartland. If you have already made a choice to limit marketing offers from Heartland’s affiliates, you do not need to act again. To limit marketing offers, contact Heartland at the telephone number listed below.

 

The accuracy of your personal information is important to Heartland.

 

You can correct, update or confirm your personal information and limit marketing offers from Heartland’s affiliates anytime by calling Heartland at 1-800-432-7856.

 

30
 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

 

The following financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand each Fund’s financial performance for the past five fiscal years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate that an investor would have earned or lost on an investment in each class of shares of each Fund over the period presented (assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions). Past performance does not guarantee future results. The performance data quoted represents past performance and current returns may be lower or higher.

 

The information through December 31, 2011 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Funds’ financial statements, are included in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is available upon request.

 

31
 

 

Financial highlights – Select Value Fund

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,  
Investor Class   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
                               
PER SHARE DATA                                        
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 29.18     $ 24.91     $ 18.07     $ 26.48     $ 27.93  
Income (loss) from investment operations (e) :                                        
Net investment income     0.14       0.16       0.14       0.13       0.17  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities
in foreign currency
    (2.09 )     4.27       6.84       (8.41 )     0.97  
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (1.95 )     4.43       6.98       (8.28 )     1.14  
Less distributions from:                                        
   Net investment income     (0.13 )     (0.16 )     (0.14 )     (0.13 )     (0.17 )
   Net realized gains on investments     (0.29 )                       (2.42 )
       Total distributions     (0.42 )     (0.16 )     (0.14 )     (0.13 )     (2.59 )
Net asset value, end of period   $ 26.81     $ 29.18     $ 24.91     $ 18.07     $ 26.48  
TOTAL RETURN     (6.68 )%     17.77 %     38.63 %     (31.23 )%     4.02 %
                                         
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                        
 Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 565,978     $ 600,235     $ 390,476     $ 263,379     $ 330,841  
 Percentage of expenses to average net assets     1.22 %     1.23 %     1.27 %     1.33 %     1.24 %
 Percentage of net investment income to average net assets     0.52 %     0.67 %     0.62 %     0.65 %     0.59 %
 Portfolio turnover rate (d)     47 %     51 %     53 %     65 %     63 %
                                         

 

      For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Period
From May 1, 2008
(Inception) to
 
Institutional Class (c)   2011     2010       2009     December 31, 2008  
                         
PER SHARE DATA                                
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 29.18     $ 24.89     $ 18.05     $ 26.20  
Income (loss) from investment operations (e) :                                
   Net investment income     0.22       0.23       0.21       0.12  
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency     (2.09 )     4.29       6.84       (8.07 )
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (1.87 )     4.52       7.05       (7.95 )
Less distributions from:                                
       Net investment income     (0.23 )     (0.23 )     (0.21 )     (0.20 )
       Net realized gains on investments     (0.29 )                  
           Total distributions     (0.52 )     (0.23 )     (0.21 )     (0.20 )
Net asset value, end of period   $ 26.79     $ 29.18     $ 24.89     $ 18.05  
TOTAL RETURN     (6.42 )%     18.15 %     39.02 %     (30.28 )% (a)
                                 
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 163,492     $ 87,966     $ 46,820     $ 19,623  
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets before waivers     0.91 %     0.96 %     0.94 %     1.29 % (b)
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets after waivers     0.91 %     0.96 %     0.94 %     0.99 % (b)
   Percentage of net investment income to average net assets before waivers     0.84 %     0.96 %     0.93 %     1.30 % (b)
   Percentage of net investment income to average net assets after waivers     0.84 %     0.96 %     0.93 %     1.61 % (b)
   Portfolio turnover rate (d)     47 %     51 %     53 %     65 % (b)

 

(a) Not annualized.
(b) Annualized.
(c) Institutional Class commenced operations on May 1, 2008.
(d) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated at the Fund level.
(e) Redemption fees represent less than $.01 on a per share basis.

32
 

 

Financial highlights – Value Plus Fund

 

   

 

F or the Year Ended December 31,

 
Investor Class   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
                               
PER SHARE DATA                                        
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 29.82     $ 23.41     $ 18.70     $ 22.87     $ 26.78  
Income (loss) from investment operations (f) :                                        
   Net investment income     0.19       0.12       0.15       0.16       0.46  
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency     (1.79 )     6.55       4.75       (4.23 )     0.94  
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (1.60 )     6.67       4.90       (4.07 )     1.40  
Less distributions from:                                        
   Net investment income     (0.18 )     (0.10 )     (0.19 )     (0.10 )     (0.42 )
   Net realized gains on investments     (0.32 )     (0.16 )                 (4.89 )
       Total distributions     (0.50 )     (0.26 )     (0.19 )     (0.10 )     (5.31 )
Net asset value, end of period   $ 27.72     $ 29.82     $ 23.41     $ 18.70     $ 22.87  
TOTAL RETURN     (5.37 )%     28.50 %     26.37 %     (17.88 )%     4.73 %
                                         
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                        
 Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 1,668,179     $ 1,425,625     $ 769,468     $ 674,004     $ 237,778  
 Percentage of expenses to average net assets     1.16 %     1.17 %     1.21 %     1.27 %     1.21 %
 Percentage of net investment income to average net assets     0.76 %     0.61 %     0.70 %     0.88 %     1.63 %
 Portfolio turnover rate (d)     11 %     31 %     69 %     53 %     107 % (e)

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Period From May 1, 2008
(Inception) to
 
Institutional Class (c)   2011     2010     2009     December 31, 2008  
                         
PER SHARE DATA                                
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 29.80     $ 23.40     $ 18.72     $ 24.58  
Income (loss) from investment operations (f) :                                
   Net investment income     0.28       0.21       0.15       0.13  
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency     (1.79 )     6.53       4.79       (5.91 )
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (1.51 )     6.74       4.94       (5.78 )
Less distributions from:                                
       Net investment income     (0.28 )     (0.18 )     (0.26 )     (0.08 )
       Net realized gains on investments     (0.32 )     (0.16 )            
           Total distributions     (0.60 )     (0.34 )     (0.26 )     (0.08 )
Net asset value, end of period   $ 27.69     $ 29.80     $ 23.40     $ 18.72  
TOTAL RETURN     (5.07 )%     28.85 %     26.70 %     (23.60 )% (a)
                                 
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 553,561     $ 164,264     $ 61,060     $ 30,702  
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets before waivers     0.87 %     0.86 %     1.03 %     1.19 % (b)
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets after waivers     0.87 %     0.86 %     0.99 %     0.99 % (b)
Percentage of net investment income to average net assets before waivers     1.14 %     0.98 %     0.88 %     1.13 % (b)
   Percentage of net investment income to average net assets after waivers     1.14 %     0.98 %     0.92 %     1.33 % (b)
   Portfolio turnover rate (d)     11 %     31 %     69 %     53 % (b)

 

(a) Not annualized.
(b) Annualized.
(c) Institutional Class commenced operations on May 1, 2008.
(d) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated at the Fund level.
(e) The increase in the portfolio turnover rate for the year ended December 31, 2007 resulted from restructuring of the Fund’s portfolio holdings due to market conditions.
(f) Redemption fees represent less than $.01 on a per share basis.

 

33
 

 

Financial highlights – Value Fund

 

   

 

F or the Year Ended December 31,

 
Investor Class   2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
                               
PER SHARE DATA                                        
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 43.82     $ 36.18     $ 25.04     $ 41.50     $ 51.21  
Income (loss) from investment operations (e) :                                        
   Net investment loss     (0.05 )     (0.03 )     (0.06 )     (0.25 )     (0.03 )
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency     (2.99 )     7.73       11.20       (16.13 )     (2.81 )
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (3.04 )     7.70       11.14       (16.38 )     (2.84 )
Less distributions from:                                        
   Net investment income                             (0.14 )
   Net realized gains on investments     (2.47 )     (0.06 )           (0.08 )     (6.73 )
       Total distributions     (2.47 )     (0.06 )           (0.08 )     (6.87 )
Net asset value, end of period   $ 38.31     $ 43.82     $ 36.18     $ 25.04     $ 41.50  
TOTAL RETURN     (6.92 )%     21.28 %     44.49 %     (39.53 )%     (5.53 )%
                                         
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                        
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 1,068,687     $ 1,293,235     $ 1,167,784     $ 870,247     $ 1,708,239  
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets     1.10 %     1.14 %     1.18 %     1.20 %     1.14 %
   Percentage of net investment income (loss) to average net assets     (0.42 )%     (0.43 )%     (0.42 )%     0.53 %     (0.13 )%
   Portfolio turnover rate (d)     25 %     29 %     37 %     60 %     56 %

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Period
From May 1, 2008
(Inception) to
 
Institutional Class (c)     2011     2010     2009     December 31, 2008  
                         
PER SHARE DATA                                
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 44.12     $ 36.36     $ 25.10     $ 39.69  
Income (loss) from investment operations (e) :                                
   Net investment income (loss)     (1.45 )     0.19       0.01       (0.06 )
   Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on investments, futures, options, and the translation of assets and liabilities in foreign currency     (1.53 )     7.63       11.25       (14.53 )
       Total income (loss) from investment operations     (2.98 )     7.82       11.26       (14.59 )
Less distributions from:                                
   Net realized gains on investments     (2.47 )     (0.06 )            
       Total distributions     (2.47 )     (0.06 )            
Net asset value, end of period   $ 38.67     $ 44.12     $ 36.36     $ 25.10  
TOTAL RETURN     (6.73 )%     21.50 %     44.86 %     (36.76 )% (a)
                                 
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA                                
   Net assets, end of period (in thousands)   $ 67,520     $ 49,880     $ 57,522     $ 40,399  
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets before waivers     0.91 %     0.95 %     0.94 %     1.06 % (b)
   Percentage of expenses to average net assets after waivers     0.91 %     0.95 %     0.94 %     0.99 % (b)
   Percentage of net investment (loss) to average net assets before waivers     (0.22 )%     (0.26 )%     (0.18 )%     (0.48 )% (b)
   Percentage of net investment (loss) to average net assets after waivers     (0.22 )%     (0.26 )%     (0.18 )%     (0.41 )% (b)
   Portfolio turnover rate (d)     25 %     29 %     37 %     60 % (b)

 

(a) Not annualized.
(b) Annualized.
(c) Institutional Class commenced operations on May 1, 2008.
(d) Portfolio turnover rate is calculated at the Fund level.
(e) Redemption fees represent less than $.01 on a per share basis.

34
 

 

HEARTLAND FUNDS

General Information and Account/Price Information (24 hours):
1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000
www.heartlandfunds.com

 

 

HEARTLAND FUNDS

789 North Water Street

Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

INVESTMENT ADVISOR

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

DISTRIBUTOR
ALPS Distributors, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

 

CUSTODIAN

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

 

TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT

ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

1900 16 th Street, Suite 1600

Denver, Colorado 80202

 

COUNSEL

Quarles & Brady LLP

411 East Wisconsin Avenue

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

If you have any questions about the Heartland Funds or would like more information, including a free copy of the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), or their most recent Annual or Semiannual Reports, you may call or write ALPS Distributors, Inc. at:

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

1-800-432-7856 or 414-289-7000

 

You may also obtain the SAI, the Funds’ most recent Annual and Semiannual Reports, Form N-Q and other relevant information at Heartland Funds’ website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

The SAI, which contains more information on the Funds, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and is legally a part of this Prospectus. Additional information about the Funds’ investments is available in the Funds’ Annual and Semiannual Reports, which are also filed with the SEC. A complete list of the Funds’ portfolio securities is contained in the most recent Annual Report, Semiannual Report or Form N-Q. The Funds generally publicly file these documents, which include portfolio holdings information, within 60 days of quarter end. In the Annual and Semiannual Reports, you will also find a discussion of market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance during the prior fiscal year and six-month fiscal period, respectively.

 

Reports and other information regarding the Funds are available on the EDGAR database on the SEC’s Internet website (http://www.sec.gov). This information can also be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling 1-202-551-8090. Additionally, copies of this information can be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

Investment Company Act File No. 811-4982

 

35
 

 

 

 

HEARTLAND FUNDS

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

DATED MAY 1, 2012

 

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street

Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

1-800-432-7856

www.heartlandfunds.com

 

Select Value Fund  Value Plus Fund  Value Fund
Share Class   Ticker Share Class Ticker Share Class Ticker
Investor  HRSVX Investor HRVIX Investor HRTVX
Institutional  HNSVX Institutional   HNVIX Institutional HNTVX

 

 

Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”) is registered as an open-end, management investment company consisting of the separate mutual fund series, including those listed above (each a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”). The investment advisor for the Funds is Heartland Advisors, Inc. (“Heartland Advisors”). This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the Funds, each of which has a distinct investment objective and program.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus, but provides you with additional information that should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Funds, dated May 1, 2012. You may obtain a free copy of the Funds’ Prospectus and an account application by contacting the distributor of the Funds, ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), at the street or website address, or at the telephone number, listed above for Heartland Group, Inc.

 

The financial statements of the Funds and the report of the independent registered public accounting firm thereon are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information from the Funds’ Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2011. See “Financial Statements.” 

 

 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS 3
   
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS 3
   
TYPES OF SECURITIES 5
   
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES 28
   
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS 33
   
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER 36
   
MANAGEMENT 36
   
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES 53
   
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES 54
   
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES 58
   
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS 60
   
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES 65
   
PURCHASES AND SALES 66
   
ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS 69
   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 70
   
STATEMENT OF POLICY REGARDING PROXY VOTING APPENDIX A

 

2
 

INTRODUCTION TO THE FUNDS

 

Each member of the Heartland family of funds is a separate series of Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation formed in 1986 and registered as an open-end, management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Each Fund is a diversified fund and has a distinct investment objective and program.

 

The Heartland Select Value Fund commenced operations on October 11, 1996. The Heartland Value Plus Fund commenced operations on October 26, 1993. The Heartland Value Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1984.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE FUNDS

 

Heartland Select Value Fund

 

The Heartland Select Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks whose current market prices, in Heartland Advisors’ judgment, are undervalued relative to their intrinsic value. Heartland Advisors uses its strict value criteria to identify what it believes are the best available investment opportunities for the Fund. The Fund invests in companies of all sizes, although the companies in which the Fund invests normally have market capitalizations in excess of $500 million at the time of purchase. The median market capitalization of the Fund is expected to fluctuate over time depending on Heartland Advisors’ perceptions of relative valuations, future prospects and market conditions.

 

As the Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 60), a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Although not a principal investment strategy, the Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

 

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. Such investments also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

 

3
 

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

Heartland Value Plus Fund

 

The Heartland Value Plus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and modest current income. The Fund invests primarily in a limited number of equity securities of smaller companies selected on a value basis. The Fund generally invests in dividend-paying common stocks. The Fund primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $250 million and $4 billion at the time of purchase.

 

The Fund invests in a limited number of stocks (generally 40 to 70). Therefore, a change in the value of any single holding may have a more pronounced effect on the Fund’s net asset value and performance than would be the case if it held more positions. This generally will increase the volatility of the Fund’s share price and investment return.

 

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. The Fund may invest in other securities, including preferred stock, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. Although not a principal investment strategy, the Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

 

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. Such investments also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

 

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

The Heartland Value Plus Fund is closed to certain new investors. Please see the Prospectus for new account eligibility criteria.

 

4
 

Heartland Value Fund

 

The Heartland Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation through investing in small companies. The Fund invests primarily in common stocks of small companies with market capitalizations of less than $1.5 billion selected on a value basis, and may invest a significant portion of its assets in micro-capitalization companies, i.e., those with market capitalizations of less than $300 million at the time of purchase.

 

Investing in equity securities of smaller companies involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of larger companies. The prices of securities of smaller companies generally are more volatile than those of larger companies, they generally will have less market liquidity, and they may be more likely to be adversely affected by poor economic or market conditions. These risks generally increase as the size of the companies decrease.

 

To pursue its objective, the Fund may also invest in debt securities, although under normal market conditions the Fund will not invest more than 10% of its assets in such securities. It may invest in other securities, including equity securities of larger companies, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible securities, foreign securities and cash equivalents. There are no credit quality limitations on the convertible or debt securities in which the Fund may invest. The Fund may utilize other investments and investment techniques from time to time which may impact Fund performance, including options, futures and other structured transactions. The Fund is limited to 5% of net assets for initial margin and premium amounts on futures positions considered speculative under regulations of the CFTC.

 

Under adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, including conditions when Heartland Advisors is unable to identify attractive investment opportunities, the Fund may temporarily invest, without limitation, in liquid reserves such as money market instruments, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, short-term corporate debt securities, variable rate demand notes, U.S. Government securities and repurchase agreements. Temporary investments in liquid reserves are not required, and may not be possible because of market conditions. Such investments also might prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective, and from participating in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would if the Fund remained more fully invested.

 

In pursuing its objective, the Fund may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. The Fund also may employ the investment techniques described in its Prospectus and in the sections of this SAI titled “Types of Securities” and “Portfolio Management Strategies.” The Fund’s investment objective may be changed with the approval of the Board of Directors and notice to shareholders, but without shareholder approval.

 

TYPES OF SECURITIES

 

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds’ investments described in the Prospectus.

 

5
 

Illiquid Securities

 

Each Fund may invest in illiquid securities. However, no Fund may acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in such securities. For purposes of applying this limitation, an “illiquid security” means one that may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the security.

 

Under guidelines established by, and under the oversight of, Heartland’s Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors determines which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation. Certain securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under Rule 144A under the Securities Act, may be considered by Heartland Advisors to be liquid under guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors. The Board of Directors has determined that private placement notes issued pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act generally are readily marketable even though they are subject to certain legal restrictions on resale. These securities, as well as Rule 144A securities, deemed to be liquid pursuant to the guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors, are not treated as being subject to the limitation on illiquid securities.

 

Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security.

 

Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are deemed to be illiquid.

 

To the extent it invests in illiquid or restricted securities, a Fund may encounter difficulty in determining a market value for such securities. Disposing of illiquid or restricted securities may involve time-consuming negotiations and legal expense, and it may be difficult or impossible for a Fund to sell such an investment promptly and at an acceptable price. In addition, if a Fund holds a material percentage of its assets in illiquid or restricted securities, it may experience difficulty meeting its redemption obligations.

 

Foreign Investments

 

Each Fund may invest up to 25% of its assets directly in foreign securities or securities of U.S. companies whose revenue or operating income is derived primarily from outside of the U.S. A foreign company or issuer is any company or issuer whose primary operations are located outside the U.S. and its territories. Each Fund may also invest without limitation in foreign securities through depositary receipts, as discussed below.

 

6
 

While investment in foreign securities is intended to reduce risk by providing further diversification, such investments involve certain risks in addition to the credit and market risks normally associated with domestic securities. The value of securities, and dividends and interest earned from such securities, can change significantly when foreign currencies strengthen or weaken relative to the U.S. dollar. Foreign securities markets may have lower trading volume and less liquidity than U.S. markets, and prices on some foreign markets can be highly volatile. Many foreign countries lack uniform accounting, auditing and disclosure standards comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies, and it may be more difficult to obtain reliable information regarding a foreign issuer’s financial condition and operations. In addition, the costs of investing overseas, including non-U.S. withholding taxes, brokerage commissions, and custodial costs, are generally higher than for U.S. investments. Such markets may have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to settle certain transactions. Inability to sell a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in a loss to a Fund if the value of the portfolio security subsequently declined, or, if the Fund had entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible claims against the Fund.

 

Foreign markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. markets. Foreign issuers, brokers and securities markets may be subject to less government regulation than their U.S. counterparts. Foreign security trading practices, including those involving the release of assets in advance of payment, may involve increased risks in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of a broker-dealer, and may involve substantial delays. It also may be difficult to enforce legal rights in foreign countries.

 

Investing abroad also involves different political and economic risks. Foreign investments may be affected by actions of foreign governments adverse to the interests of U.S. investors, including, but not limited to, the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, or restrictions on U.S. investment or on the ability to repatriate assets or convert currency into U.S. dollars. There may be a greater possibility of default by foreign governments or foreign government-sponsored enterprises. Investments in foreign countries also involve a risk of local political, economic or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors will be able to anticipate these political events or counter their effects.

 

The considerations noted above generally are intensified for investments in developing and emerging countries. Developing and emerging countries may have relatively unstable governments, economies based on only a few industries and securities markets that trade a small number of securities. Equity securities of foreign companies with smaller market capitalizations may involve a higher degree of risk than investments in the general foreign equity markets and such securities may be subject to even greater price volatility and may have less market liquidity than equity securities of foreign issuers with larger market capitalizations.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign securities that impose restrictions on transfer within the U.S. or to U.S. persons. Although securities subject to transfer restrictions may be marketable where the issuer is domiciled, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

 

Depositary Receipts (“DRs”) are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign-based issuer held by a bank or similar financial institution as a depositary. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), designed for use in U.S. securities markets, and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), designed for use in foreign securities markets, are alternatives to the direct purchase of the underlying securities in their national markets and currencies. The limitations on the Funds’ investments in foreign securities do not apply to investments in DRs. However, DR holders may not have all of the legal rights of shareholders.

 

7
 

A Depositary Receipt may be sponsored or unsponsored. If a Fund is invested in an unsponsored Depositary Receipt, the Fund is likely to bear its proportionate share of the expenses of the depositary, and it may have greater difficulty in receiving shareholder communications than it would have with a sponsored DR.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

 

Each Fund may invest in stocks of foreign companies that are classified under the Internal Revenue Code as passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”), if that stock is otherwise a permissible investment for the Fund. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if it meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive; or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Unless a Fund makes a “qualified electing fund (QEF) election” or a “mark to market” election as described below, the Fund generally will be subject to an interest charge in addition to federal income tax (at ordinary income rates) on (i) any “excess distribution” received on the stock of a PFIC, or (ii) any gain from disposition of PFIC stock that was acquired in an earlier taxable year. This interest charge and ordinary income tax treatment will apply even if the Fund distributes such income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. Any portion of a PFIC distribution that is not an “excess distribution” will be included in the Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to the Funds to the extent they distribute that income to their shareholders.

 

A Fund may avoid the imposition of the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above if the Fund makes an election to treat the particular PFIC as a QEF, and if this election is made for the first taxable year in which the Fund owns stock of such PFIC. If a Fund invests in a PFIC and makes such a QEF election, the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above will not apply with respect to such PFIC. Instead, the Fund will be required to include in the Fund’s income each year the Fund’s pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain (which such Fund may have to distribute to satisfy the distribution requirement under Subchapter M (“Distribution Requirement”), even if the QEF does not distribute those earnings and gain to the Fund). In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain of its requirements.

 

A Fund may also avoid the imposition of the interest charge and other adverse tax consequences of PFIC status described above if the Fund makes a “mark to market” election with respect to the stock of a particular PFIC, and if this election is made for the first taxable year in which the Fund owns stock of such PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in the Fund’s ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a PFIC’s stock over such Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also would be allowed to deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock included by the Fund for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in each PFIC’s stock with respect to which it has made this election will be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. The QEF election and the mark-to-market election may accelerate the recognition of income by a Fund (without the receipt of cash) and increase the amount required to be distributed by a Fund to avoid taxation. Making either of these elections therefore may require a Fund to liquidate other investments to meet its Distribution Requirement (including when it may not be advantageous for a Fund to liquidate such investments), which may accelerate the recognition of gain and affect a Fund’s total return.

 

8
 

Custodial Receipts and Participation Interests

 

Each Fund may invest in custodial receipts which represent ownership in future interest or principal payments, or both, on certain securities that are underwritten by securities dealers or banks.

 

Each Fund may also invest in participation interests in securities. Participation interests give a Fund an undivided interest in a security in the proportion that the Fund’s participation interest bears to the principal amount of the security.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

Each Fund may invest in a broad array of financial instruments and securities, the value of which is “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset or a “benchmark” such as a security index, an interest rate, or a currency. In particular, each Fund may engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts and hybrid instruments to (a) hedge against anticipated declines in the market value of its portfolio securities or currencies and against increases in the market values of securities or currencies it intends to acquire, (b) manage exposure to changing interest rates (duration management), (c) enhance total return or (d) to invest in eligible asset classes with greater efficiency and lower cost than is possible through direct investment.

 

Some options and futures strategies, including selling futures, buying puts and writing calls, tend to hedge a Fund’s investments against price fluctuations. Other strategies, including buying futures, writing puts, and buying calls, tend to increase market exposure. Options and futures may be combined with each other in order to adjust the risk and return characteristics of a Fund’s overall strategy. Futures, options and options on futures have durations which, in general, are closely related to the duration of the underlying securities. Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a Fund’s portfolio by approximately the same amount of time that holding an equivalent amount of the underlying securities would.

 

Writing Covered Options. Each Fund may write covered put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest, or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A call option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to sell the specified asset to the holder (purchaser) at a stated price (the exercise price) if the option is exercised before a specified date (the expiration date). A put option on an asset written by a Fund obligates the Fund to buy the specified asset from the purchaser at the exercise price if the option is exercised before the expiration date.

 

9
 

The term “covered” means that a Fund will (a) in the case of a call option, own the asset subject to the option or have an unconditional right to purchase the same underlying asset at a price equal to or less than the exercise price of the “covered” option or, in the case of a put option, have an unconditional right to sell the same underlying asset at a price equal to or greater than the exercise price of the “covered” option, or (b) establish and maintain, for the term of the option, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the option, or (c) purchase an offsetting option or any other option which, by virtue of its exercise price or otherwise, reduces the Fund’s net exposure on its written option position. A Fund may cover call options on a securities index by owning securities whose price changes are expected to be similar to those of the underlying index.

 

Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options. Through receipt of the option premium, a call writer mitigates the effects of a price decline. At the same time, because a call writer must be prepared to deliver the underlying asset in return for the exercise price, even if its current value is greater, a call writer gives up some ability to participate in the price increases in the underlying asset. Conversely, if the price of the underlying asset rises, a put writer would generally expect to profit, although its gain would be limited to the amount of the premium it received for writing the put because it did not own the underlying asset and therefore would not benefit from the appreciation in price. If the price of the underlying asset falls, the put writer would expect to suffer a loss, which loss could be substantial, because a put writer must be prepared to pay the exercise price for the option’s underlying asset if the other party to the option chooses to exercise it. However, the loss should be less than the loss experienced if a Fund had purchased the underlying asset directly because the premium received for writing the option will mitigate the effects of the decline.

 

A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to options by purchasing an option identical to the one it has written (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for over-the-counter, or “OTC” options). A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. In addition, although a Fund will enter into OTC options only with counterparties that are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there is no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration or that the Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price.

 

Purchasing Options. Each Fund may purchase put and call options on any securities or futures contracts in which it may invest, on any securities index based on or related to securities in which it may invest or on any currency in which Fund investments may be denominated. A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase, or put options in anticipation of a decrease, in the market value of securities or currencies of the type in which it may invest. A Fund may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options by writing an option identical to the one it has purchased (for exchange-listed options) or by entering into an offsetting transaction with the counterparty to such option (for OTC options). A Fund may also exercise such options or allow them to expire.

 

10
 

A Fund would normally purchase call options in anticipation of an increase in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a call option, a Fund has the right to purchase the underlying asset at the exercise price at any time during the option period. A call buyer typically attempts to participate in potential price increases of the underlying asset with risk limited to the cost of the option, including the premium paid and transaction costs, if such asset prices fall. At the same time, the buyer can expect to suffer a loss if such asset prices do not rise sufficiently to offset the cost of the option.

 

A Fund would normally purchase put options in anticipation of a decrease in the market value of the underlying assets. As the holder of a put option, a Fund has the right to sell the underlying asset at any time during the option period. A Fund may also purchase put options on a security or currency related to its investments as a defensive technique in order to protect against an anticipated decline in the value of the underlying asset. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when a Fund, as holder of the put option, is able to sell the underlying asset at the put exercise price regardless of any decline in the underlying asset’s market price. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs would reduce any gain otherwise available for distribution when the asset is eventually sold.

 

Futures Contracts. Each Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, including, but not limited to, interest rate, index or foreign currency futures contracts that are traded on a recognized U.S. exchange, board of trade or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system. The Funds may engage in transactions in futures contracts for “short” hedging or “long” strategies as described below.

 

When a Fund purchases a futures contract, it agrees to purchase a specified underlying instrument at a specified future date. When a Fund sells a futures contract, it agrees to sell the underlying instrument at a specified future date. The price at which the purchase and sale will take place is fixed when a Fund enters into the contract. While a Fund may make or take delivery of the underlying instrument whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so, positions taken in the futures markets are not normally held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or loss as discussed below.

 

A Fund may take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices or foreign currency rates that would adversely affect the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. As part of its hedging strategy, a Fund may sell futures contracts on (i) securities held by the Fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the Fund’s portfolio securities, (ii) currencies in which its portfolio securities are quoted or denominated or on one currency to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if there is an established historical pattern of correlation between the two currencies, or (iii) other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, if, in the opinion of Heartland Advisors, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the Fund’s portfolio securities and such futures contracts. A successful short hedging position would result in any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities being substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. Conversely, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

 

A Fund may also take a “long” position in the futures market by purchasing futures contracts. This strategy would be employed, for example, when interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising and a Fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices or currency exchange rates then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available. A Fund may also purchase futures contracts to alter the investment characteristics of or currency exposure associated with portfolio securities, as a substitute for transactions in securities or foreign currencies, or to gain or increase exposure to a particular securities market or currency.

 

11
 

The purchaser of a futures contract is not required to pay for and the seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver the underlying instrument unless the contract is held until the delivery date. However, upon entering into a futures contract, and to maintain an open position in futures contracts, a Fund would be required to deposit “initial margin” in a segregated account in the name of the executing futures commission merchant when the contract is entered into. The initial margin required for a particular futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be significantly modified from time to time by the exchange during the term of the contract. Futures contracts are customarily purchased and sold on initial margins that may range upward from less than 5% of the value of the contract being traded. There may be certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, that cause an exchange to increase the level of a Fund’s initial margin payment. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing to a Fund, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the transaction assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.

 

Each day that a Fund has an open position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract it will pay or receive cash, called “variation margin,” to or from the futures broker equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin paid or received by a Fund does not represent a borrowing or a loan, but rather represents settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract had expired at the close of the previous day. When a Fund purchases an option on a future, all that is at risk is the premium paid plus transaction costs. Alternatively, when a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. A Fund may be required to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous in the event the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements. In computing daily net asset value, each Fund will mark to market the current value of any open futures contracts. The Funds expect to earn interest income on their margin deposits.

 

Futures contracts can be held until their delivery dates, or can be closed out before then if a liquid secondary market is available; however, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time or that a Fund will be able to effect such closing transactions at a favorable price. Closing out an open futures contract purchase or sale is effected by entering into an offsetting futures contract sale or purchase, respectively, for the same aggregate amount of the identical securities and the same delivery date. If a Fund closes out an open futures contract by entering into an offsetting futures contract, and the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

 

12
 

The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of its underlying instrument. Therefore, purchasing futures contracts will tend to increase a Fund’s exposure to positive and negative price fluctuations in the underlying instrument, much as if it had purchased the underlying instrument directly. When a Fund sells a futures contract, by contrast, the value of its futures position will tend to move in a direction contrary to the market. Selling futures contracts, therefore, will tend to offset both positive and negative market price changes, much as if the underlying instrument had been sold. Movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts may not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the underlying instruments due to certain characteristics of the futures markets. In particular, daily variation margin calls may cause certain participants in futures markets to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions to avoid being subject to further calls. These liquidations could distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the underlying instruments by increasing price volatility. Temporary price distortion may also be caused by increased participation by speculators in the futures markets as a result of initial margin deposit requirements being less onerous than in the securities markets.

 

Limitations on Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. The Funds will engage in transactions in futures contracts and options thereon either for bona fide hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return, in each case in accordance with the rules and regulations of the CFTC. To the extent a Fund engages in transactions in futures contracts and options thereon, it will do so only in accordance with certain CFTC exemptive provisions that permit the Fund to claim an exclusion from the definition of a “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, the Funds are not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. A Fund may hold positions in futures contracts and related options that do not qualify as bona fide hedging positions if, as a result, the sum of initial margin deposits and premiums paid to establish such positions, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts, does not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets; provided, however, that in the case of an option which is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation.

 

Combined Positions. Each Fund may purchase and write options in combination with another, or in combination with futures or forward contracts, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of the overall position. For example, a Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one exercise price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risks of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined positions involve multiple trades, they may result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

 

Risks in Options and Futures Transactions. Options and futures can be highly volatile investments and involve certain risks. A decision about whether, when and how to use options and futures involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior, or market or interest rate trends. Successful options and futures strategies require the ability to predict future movements in securities prices, interest rates and other economic factors. There are significant differences between the securities markets, the currency markets and the options and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objectives. Options and futures prices are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect prices of the underlying instruments the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from different levels of demand in the options and futures markets and the markets for the underlying instruments, from structural differences in how options and futures, on the one hand, and securities, on the other hand, are traded or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts or suspensions by an exchange. If price changes in a Fund’s options or futures positions are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

 

13
 

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded options and futures contracts, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match a Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A Fund may invest in options and futures contracts based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the options or futures positions will not track the performance of the Fund’s other investments. For example, even the use of an option or a futures contract on a securities index may result in an imperfect correlation since the index generally will be composed of a much broader range of securities than the securities in which a Fund likely is to be invested. To the extent that a Fund’s options or futures positions do not match its current or anticipated investments, there is an increased risk that the options or futures positions will not track performance of the Fund’s other investments. Moreover, a Fund may purchase or sell options and futures contracts with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases.

 

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves a high degree of leverage. A relatively small price movement in futures contracts could result in an immediate and substantial gain or loss to a Fund. Therefore, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract by a Fund.

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular options or futures contracts at any particular time. On volatile trading days when the price fluctuation limit is reached or a trading halt or suspension is imposed, it may be impossible for a Fund to enter into new positions, close out existing positions or dispose of assets held in a segregated account. These events may also make an option or futures contract difficult to price. If the secondary market for a futures contract is not liquid because of price fluctuation limits or otherwise, it could prevent prompt liquidation of unfavorable positions and potentially require a Fund to continue to hold the position until delivery or expiration regardless of changes in its value. As a result, a Fund’s access to other assets held to cover its options or futures positions could also be impaired. Similarly, if a Fund is unable to effect a closing sale transaction with respect to options it has purchased, it would have to exercise the options in order to realize any profit and will incur transaction costs upon the purchase or sale of underlying securities or currencies.

 

14
 

Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts. The Funds may enter into certain options and futures contracts which may or may not be treated as Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. Transactions which are considered Section 1256 contracts will be considered to have been closed at the end of a Fund’s fiscal year and any gains or losses will be recognized for tax purposes at that time. Generally, such gains or losses and gains or losses from the normal closing or settlement of such transactions will be characterized as 60% long-term and 40% short-term regardless of the holding period of the instrument. A Fund will be required to recognize net gains or losses on such transactions when determining the Fund’s distribution requirements even though it may not have closed the transaction and received cash to pay such distribution.

 

An options or futures contract may be considered a position in a straddle for tax purposes, in which case a loss on any position in the straddle may be subject to deferral to the extent of unrealized gain in an offsetting position.

 

In order for a Fund to continue to qualify for federal income tax treatment as a regulated investment company, at least 90% of its gross income for a taxable year must be derived from qualifying income (that is, dividends, interest, income derived from loans of securities and gains from the sale of securities or currencies). Options, futures and forward foreign exchange contracts entered into for an investment purpose are qualifying income. See “Portfolio Management Strategies - Foreign Currency Transactions” for a discussion of forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

The Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (the “Act”) imposed constructive sale treatment for federal income tax purposes on certain hedging strategies with respect to appreciated securities. Under these rules, taxpayers will recognize gain, but not loss, with respect to securities if they enter into short sales of “offsetting notional principal contracts” (as defined by the Act) or futures or “forward contracts” (as defined by the Act) with respect to the same or substantially identical property, or if they enter into such transactions and then acquire the same or substantially identical property. These changes generally apply to constructive sales after June 8, 1997. Furthermore, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to promulgate regulations that will treat as constructive sales certain transactions that have substantially the same effect as short sales, offsetting notional principal contracts, and futures or forward contracts to deliver the same or substantially similar property.

 

Convertible Securities

 

Convertible securities in which the Funds may invest include any bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. By investing in convertible securities, a Fund obtains the right to benefit from the capital appreciation potential in the underlying common stock upon exercise of the conversion right, while generally earning higher current income than would be available if the stock were purchased directly. In determining whether to purchase a convertible security, Heartland Advisors will look to the conversion feature and consider substantially the same investment criteria it would consider if purchasing the underlying common stock. However, these securities will nevertheless be subject to the same quality and investment limitations applicable to the Funds’ investments in debt securities.

 

15
 

The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value,” which is determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable quality and maturity that do not have the conversion privilege, and its “conversion value,” which is the security’s worth if converted into the underlying common stock. Investment value is typically influenced by interest rates and the credit standing of the issuer. Conversion value is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock and generally decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.

 

Investment Companies

 

Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including unit investment trust or closed-end management companies or exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) (as discussed below), as permitted under the 1940 Act. At present, the 1940 Act provisions limit a Fund so that, immediately after purchase or acquisition, (a) no more than 10% of its total assets may be invested in securities of other investment companies, (b) it may not own securities of any one investment company having a value in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets, and (c) it may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would bear, along with other shareholders, its pro rata portion of the other investment company’s expenses, including advisory fees. These expenses would be in addition to the advisory and other expenses of the Fund.

 

Exchange-Traded Funds

 

Each Fund may invest in securities of ETFs. ETFs are similar to traditional mutual funds, except that their securities trade throughout the trading day in the secondary brokerage market, much like stocks of public companies.

 

ETFs have their own operating expenses that are deducted from their assets and, thus, are borne by the shareholders of the ETF. Accordingly, a Fund that invests in an ETF will bear its share of the operating expenses of the ETF in which it invests. As a result, shareholders of the Fund will bear two layers of operating expenses to the extent the Fund invests in ETFs. An investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in a traditional mutual fund such as the risk that the prices of the securities owned by the ETF will go down.

 

In addition to the risks described above, an investment in an ETF is also subject to the following risks that do not apply to an investment in a traditional mutual fund: (1) the market price of the ETF may trade at a discount to its NAV; (2) an active trading market for an ETF’s securities may not develop or be maintained, which may result in issues with liquidity of the ETF shares; or (3) trading of an ETF’s securities may be halted if the listing exchange’s officials deem such action appropriate, the shares or interests are de-listed from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large decreases in stock prices) halt trading in general.

 

Each Fund may invest in ETFs that Heartland Advisors determines are appropriate to help achieve the Fund’s investment objective or otherwise are consistent with its investment program and restrictions. On occasion, the underlying investments of an ETF in which a Fund invests may not comply with some of the investment restrictions described in the section of this SAI titled “Types of Securities.” However, in all cases, the underlying investments of the ETF will comply with the Fund’s fundamental investment restrictions.

 

16
 

Swap Agreements

 

Each Fund may enter into swap agreements and may purchase or sell related caps, floors and collars. It would enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a desired return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Funds intend to use these techniques for hedging purposes and not for speculation.

 

Swap agreements are generally individually negotiated agreements, primarily entered into by institutional investors, in which the parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount” (that is, the return on, or increase in value of, a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate) in a particular foreign currency or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. A Fund’s successful use of these instruments will depend, in part, on Heartland Advisors’ ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments.

 

Depending on its structure, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the exposure to changes in the value of an index of securities, the value of a particular security or group of securities or foreign currency values. Depending on how it is used, a swap agreement may increase or decrease the overall volatility of a Fund’s investments and its net asset value. The performance of a swap agreement is determined by the change in the specific currency, market index or security, or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from a Fund. A Fund’s obligation under a swap agreement, which is generally equal to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement, will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of the segregated account consisting of cash and/or other appropriate liquid assets having a value at least as great as the commitment underlying the obligations.

 

Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate or amount; interest rate floors, which entitle the purchaser to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling such floor to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate or amount; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 

If a swap agreement calls for payments by a Fund, it must be prepared to make such payments when due. If the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, or in the event of a default of the counterparty, the value of the swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in a loss of the amount expected to receive under a swap agreement. A Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. The swap market is largely unregulated and swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid.

 

17
 

Hybrid Instruments

 

Each Fund may invest in hybrid instruments, a type of potentially high-risk derivative which combines the characteristics of futures contracts or options with those of debt, preferred equity, or a depositary instrument. Generally, a hybrid instrument will be a debt security or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption, or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles, or commodities, or by another objective index, economic factor, or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices and securities indices. Thus, hybrid instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency, or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.

 

Since hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the characteristics of futures or options with those of securities, hybrid instruments may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark. Although the risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, such risks may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the benchmarks or underlying assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors that are unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer (although credit risk of the issuer is a consideration) of the hybrid instrument and that may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the underlying assets and interest rate movements. The benchmarks and underlying assets to which hybrid instruments are linked may also result in greater volatility and market risk, including leverage risk which may occur when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a benchmark or underlying asset is multiplied to produce greater change in the value of the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain. In addition, hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the needs of the particular investor. See the section of this SAI titled “Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Risks in Options and Futures Transactions” above.

 

Debt Securities

 

The Funds may invest in debt securities of corporate and governmental issuers. The Funds may invest up to 35% of their respective total assets in corporate debt securities and U.S. Governmental obligations, but under normal market conditions will not invest more than 10% of their respective assets in such securities. There are no credit quality or maturity limitations on a Fund’s investments in debt securities.

 

18
 

The risks inherent in short-, intermediate- and long-term debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the term of the obligations, the size of a particular offering and the credit quality and rating of the issuer, in addition to general market conditions. In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher its yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Conversely, the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the price stability. A decline in the prevailing levels of interest rates will generally increase the value of the securities held by a Fund, and an increase in rates will generally have the opposite effect.

 

Yields on debt securities depend on a variety of factors, including the financial condition of the issuer or other obligor thereon or the revenue source from which debt service is payable, the general economic and monetary environment, conditions in the relevant market, the size of a particular issue, maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue.

 

Debt obligations rated high and some debt obligations rated medium quality are commonly referred to as “investment-grade” debt obligations. Investment-grade debt obligations are generally believed to have relatively low degrees of credit risk. However, medium-quality debt obligations, while considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics, since their issuers’ capacity for repayment may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances than that of higher-rated issuers. The principal value of lower-rated securities generally will fluctuate more widely than higher-quality securities. Lower-quality securities entail a higher degree of risk as to the payment of interest and return of principal. Such securities are also subject to special risks, discussed below. To compensate investors for taking on such increased risk, issuers deemed to be less creditworthy generally must offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with better credit ratings.

 

In conducting its credit research and analysis, Heartland Advisors considers both qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of individual issuers. Heartland Advisors also relies, in part, on credit ratings compiled by a number of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”).

 

All ratings considerations are made at the time of purchase. Subsequent to purchase, a debt security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced. Neither event will require the sale of such a security, but it will be a factor in considering whether to continue to hold the security. To the extent that ratings change as a result of changes in a rating organization or their rating systems, the Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for selecting investments.

 

“High-Yield” Risk. Each Fund’s investment program permits it to invest in non-investment grade debt obligations, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” (hereinafter referred to as “lower-quality securities”). Lower-quality securities are those securities that are rated lower than investment grade and unrated securities believed by Heartland Advisors to be of comparable quality. Although these securities generally offer higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, lower-quality securities involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. In general, they are regarded to be more speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Other potential risks associated with investing in high-yield securities include:

 

19
 

Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. The market for lower-quality and comparable unrated securities can be negatively affected during a prolonged recession or economic downturn. Such conditions could severely disrupt the market for, and adversely affect the value of, such securities.

 

All interest-bearing securities typically experience price appreciation when interest rates decline and price depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual issuer developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risk than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of the securities is significantly greater than issues of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated to their creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expense to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

As previously noted, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security generally will decrease in a rising interest rate market, and a Fund’s net asset value will decline correspondingly. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount. Any such liquidation could force the Fund to sell the more liquid portion of its portfolio.

 

Credit Risk . Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated securities. They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of lower-quality securities, and therefore may not fully reflect the true risks of an investment. In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security. Consequently, credit ratings, including, for example, those published by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings, are used only as a preliminary indicator of investment quality. Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated obligations will be more dependent on Heartland Advisors’ credit analysis than would be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations. Accordingly, Heartland Advisors monitors bonds held in a Fund’s portfolio to assess and determine whether the issuers will have sufficient cash flow to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the continued liquidity of such bonds so that the Fund can meet redemption requests.

 

20
 

Legal Risk. Securities in which a Fund may invest are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress, state legislatures or other governmental agencies extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations within constitutional limitations. There is also the possibility that, as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to make principal and interest payments on their debt securities may be materially impaired.

 

From time to time, legislation designed to limit the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by certain issuers may be adopted. It is anticipated that if legislation is enacted or proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities and the existence of a secondary trading market for such securities.

 

Liquidity Risk . A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain lower quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. Heartland Advisors anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it generally is not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security and disposition of the security may involve time-consuming negotiation and legal expense. As a result, a Fund’s net asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs, or in response to a specific economic event, may be affected.

 

U.S. Government Obligations. Each Fund may invest in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. These securities include a variety of Treasury securities, which differ in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance. Treasury Bills generally have maturities of one year or less; Treasury Notes generally have maturities of one to ten years; and Treasury Bonds generally have maturities of greater than ten years. Some obligations issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies and instrumentalities, such as Government National Mortgage Association pass-through certificates, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; other obligations, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are secured by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury; other obligations, such as those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and other obligations, such as those issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality itself. Although the U.S. Government provides financial support to such U.S. Government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it will always do so, since it is not so obligated by law.

 

21
 

Floating and Variable Rate Securities. Each Fund may invest in securities which offer a variable or floating rate of interest. Floating rate securities generally provide for automatic adjustment of the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index changes. Variable rate securities, on the other hand, provide for automatic establishment of a new interest rate at fixed intervals. Interest rates on floating and variable rate securities are based on a designated rate or a specified percentage thereof, such as a bank’s prime rate.

 

Floating or variable rate securities typically include a demand feature entitling the holder to demand payment of the obligation on short notice at par plus accrued interest. Some securities which do not have floating or variable interest rates may be accompanied by puts producing similar results and price characteristics. The issuer of these securities normally has a corresponding right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the note plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the noteholders. When considering the maturity of any instrument which may be sold or put to the issuer or a third party, the Fund may consider the instrument’s maturity to be shorter than its stated maturity.

 

Deferrable Subordinated Securities. Certain securities may be issued which have long maturities and are deeply subordinated in the issuer’s capital structure. They generally have 30-year maturities and permit the issuer to defer distributions for up to five years. These characteristics give the issuer more financial flexibility than is typically the case with traditional bonds. As a result, the securities may be viewed by rating agencies and bank regulators as possessing certain “equity-like” features. However, the securities are treated as debt securities by market participants, and each Fund intends to treat them as such as well. These securities may offer a mandatory put or remarketing option that creates an effective maturity date significantly shorter than the stated one. Each Fund may invest in these securities to the extent their yield, credit and maturity characteristics are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies.

 

Inflation-Indexed Bonds. Each Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Inflation-indexed bonds are fixed income securities whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The interest rate on these bonds is generally fixed at issuance at a rate lower than typical bonds. Over the life of an inflation-indexed bond, however, interest will be paid based on a principal value that is adjusted for inflation.

 

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. If any such downward adjustment in the principal value of an inflation-indexed bond exceeds the interest otherwise includable in a Fund’s gross income for the relevant tax year, the excess will be treated as an ordinary loss.

 

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation increases, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted upward and, as a result, the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a larger principal amount) will be increased. Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income and will be includable in a Fund’s gross income in the period in which it accrues, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity, subject to offset against any tax loss carryforwards from earlier tax years. There can be no assurance that the applicable inflation index for the security will accurately measure the real rate of inflation (or deflation) in the prices of goods and services.

 

22
 

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities. Mortgage-related securities in which the Funds may invest include mortgage pass-through securities and derivative mortgage securities, such as collateralized mortgage obligations and stripped mortgage-backed securities. These securities are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or by private issuers, generally originators and investors in mortgage loans, including savings associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit enhancement.

 

Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed debt obligations represent direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of property, and receivables from credit card or other revolving credit arrangements. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed debt obligations may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements including letters of credit, reserve funds, overcollateralization, and guarantees by third parties. The market for privately issued asset-backed debt obligations is smaller and less liquid than the market for government sponsored mortgage-backed securities.

 

In general, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities have yield and maturity characteristics corresponding to the underlying assets. Unlike traditional debt securities, which may pay a fixed rate of interest until the entire principal amount comes due at maturity, payments on certain mortgage-related and asset-backed securities include both interest and a partial repayment of principal. Besides the scheduled repayment of principal, repayments of principal on mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may result from the voluntary prepayment, refinancing, or foreclosure of the underlying mortgage loans or other assets. Prepayments may result in early payment of the applicable mortgage-related or asset-backed securities. In that event, a Fund may be unable to invest the proceeds from the early payment of the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities in an investment that provides as high a yield as the mortgage-related or asset-backed securities that were repaid early. Consequently, early payment associated with mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may cause these securities to experience significantly greater price and yield volatility than that experienced by traditional fixed-income securities. During periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally tends to increase, thereby tending to decrease the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. During periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayments generally decreases, thereby tending to increase the life of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. If the life of a mortgage-related or asset-backed security is inaccurately predicted, a Fund may not be able to realize the rate of return it expected.

 

23
 

Mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are less effective than other types of securities as a means of “locking in” attractive long-term interest rates. One reason is the need to reinvest prepayments of principal; another is the possibility of significant unscheduled prepayments resulting from declines in interest rates. During periods of declining interest rates, prepayments likely would have to be reinvested at lower rates. As a result, these securities may have less potential for capital appreciation during periods of declining interest rates than other securities of comparable maturities, although they may have a similar risk of decline in market value during periods of rising interest rates.

 

Prepayments may cause losses in securities purchased at a premium. At times, some of the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities in which a Fund may invest may have higher than market yields and, therefore, will be purchased at a premium above their par value. Unscheduled prepayments, which are made at par, will cause the Fund to experience a loss equal to any unamortized premium. In addition, the value of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities may change due to changes in the market’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, and the mortgage-related and asset-backed securities markets in general may be adversely affected by changes in governmental regulation or tax policies.

 

Certain characteristics of adjustable rate mortgage securities (“ARMs”) may make them more susceptible to prepayments than other mortgage-related securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgages, the interest rates on adjustable rate mortgages are adjusted at regular intervals, generally based on a specified, published interest rate index. Investments in ARMs allow a Fund to participate in changing interest rate levels through regular adjustments in the coupons of the underlying mortgages, resulting in more variable current income and potentially shorter duration characteristics than longer-term fixed rate mortgage securities. The extent to which the values of ARMs fluctuate with changes in interest rates will depend on the frequency of the interest resets on the underlying mortgages, and the specific indices underlying the ARMs, as certain indices closely mirror market interest rate levels and others tend to lag changes in market rates.

 

ARMs will frequently have caps and floors which limit the maximum amount by which the interest rate on the underlying mortgage loans may move up or down during each adjustment period and over the life of the loan. Interest rate caps on ARMs may cause them to decrease in value in an increasing interest rate environment and may also prevent their income from increasing to levels commensurate with prevailing interest rates. Conversely, interest rate floors on ARMs may cause their income to remain higher than prevailing interest rate levels and result in an increase in the value of such securities. However, this increase may be tempered by an acceleration of prepayments. In general, ARMs tend to experience higher levels of prepayment than other mortgage-related securities. During periods of favorable interest rate environments, holders of adjustable rate mortgages have greater incentives to refinance with fixed-rate mortgages in order to avoid interest-rate risk. In addition, significant increases in the index rates used for adjustment of the mortgages may result in increased delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, which in turn would increase the rate of prepayment on the ARMs.

 

24
 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are designed to reduce the risk of prepayment for investors by issuing multiple classes of securities, each having different maturities, interest rates and payment schedules, and with the principal and interest on the underlying mortgages allocated among the several classes in various ways. Payment of interest or principal on some classes or series of CMOs may be subject to contingencies or some classes or series may bear some or all of the risk of default on the underlying mortgages. CMOs of different classes or series are generally retired in sequence as the underlying mortgage loans in the mortgage pool are repaid. If enough mortgages are repaid ahead of schedule, the classes or series of a CMO with the earliest maturities generally will be retired prior to their maturities. Thus, the early retirement of particular classes or series of a CMO held by a Fund would have the same effect as the prepayment of mortgages underlying other mortgage-related securities. The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, can be volatile and the market for certain CMOs may not be as liquid as the market for other securities in general.

 

Similarly, prepayments could also result in losses on stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are commonly structured with two classes that receive different portions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of loans. A Fund may invest in both the interest-only or “IO” class and the principal-only or “PO” class. The yield to maturity on an IO class of stripped mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the underlying assets. A rapid rate of principal prepayments may have a measurable adverse effect on a Fund’s yield to maturity to the extent it invests in IOs. If the assets underlying the IO experience greater-than-anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its initial investment in these securities. Conversely, POs tend to increase in value if prepayments are greater than anticipated and decline if prepayments are slower than anticipated. Complex instruments such as CMOs and stripped mortgage-backed securities may have a structure that makes their reaction to interest rates and other factors difficult to predict, potentially making their price highly volatile.

 

The secondary market for stripped mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities may be more volatile and less liquid than that for other securities, potentially limiting the Funds’ ability to obtain market quotations for those securities or to buy or sell those securities at any particular time.

 

It is anticipated that certain entities may create loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to the types discussed above, including securities with underlying pools of derivative mortgage-related and asset-backed securities. As new types of mortgage-related and asset-backed securities are developed and offered to investors, Heartland Advisors will, consistent with each Fund’s objective and investment policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities.

 

Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities. Each Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities. These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate. While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law requires the holders of the zero-coupon, step-coupon and pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities accrued during that year. In order to continue to qualify for treatment as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code and avoid a certain excise tax, a Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which could occur in periods of adverse market conditions, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

 

25
 

Indexed Securities

 

Each Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. For example, certain debt securities in which a Fund may invest may include securities whose interest rates are determined by reference to one or more specific financial indicators, such as LIBOR, resulting in a security whose interest payments tend to rise and fall together with the financial indicator. Indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified underlying instrument’s value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to the underlying instrument, or their maturity value may decline when the underlying instrument increases, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying instrument.

 

The performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of the security or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the U.S. and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Recent issuers of indexed securities have included banks, corporations, and certain U.S. government agencies.

 

The market for indexed securities may be thinner and less active than the market for securities in general, which can adversely affect the prices at which indexed securities are sold. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing certain indexed securities than is the case for securities for which more external sources for quotations and last-sale information are available. Adverse publicity and changing investor perceptions may affect the ability to value accurately indexed securities and a Fund’s ability to dispose of these securities.

 

Loan Interests

 

Each Fund may invest in loan interests, which are interests in amounts owed by a municipality or other borrower to lenders or lending syndicates. Loan interests purchased by a Fund will vary in maturity, may be subject to restrictions on resale, are not readily marketable and may be secured or unsecured. They involve the risk of loss in case of default or bankruptcy of the borrower or, if in the form of a participation interest, the insolvency of the financial intermediary. If a Fund acquires a loan interest under which the Fund derives its rights directly from the borrower, such loan interests are separately enforceable by the Fund against the borrower and all payments of interest and principal are typically made directly to the Fund from the borrower. In the event that a Fund and other lenders become entitled to take possession of shared collateral being held in connection with a loan interest as a result of default or insolvency, it is anticipated that such collateral would be held in the custody of an institution for their mutual benefit.

 

26
 

Typically, the U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company, or other financial institution that originates, negotiates and structures the loan interest (the “Agent”) administers the terms of the loan agreement. As a result, a Fund will generally rely on the Agent to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the loan. A Fund may also rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower, if necessary. However, a Fund may be required to perform certain tasks on its own behalf in the event the Agent does not perform certain administrative or enforcement functions.

 

A Fund may incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan interest, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest, in the event the Agent becomes insolvent or enters into receivership or bankruptcy proceedings. Indebtedness of borrowers whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. In addition, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that the collateral can be liquidated.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts

 

Each Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) which may own real estate properties (“equity REITs”) or may make or purchase mortgages on real estate (“mortgage REITs”).

 

REITs are subject to volatility from risks associated with investments in real estate and investments dependent on income from real estate, such as fluctuating demand for real estate and sensitivity to adverse economic conditions. Equity REITs may be adversely affected by rising interest rates, which may increase the costs of obtaining financing for real estate projects or cause investors to demand a high annual yield from future distributions. Mortgage REITs may experience diminished yields during periods of declining interest rates if they hold mortgages that the mortgagors elect to prepay during such periods. In addition, the failure of a REIT in which a Fund has invested to continue to qualify as a REIT for tax purposes would have an adverse impact on the value of the Fund’s investment.

 

Some REITs have relatively small market capitalizations, which could increase their market volatility. REITs tend to depend upon specialized management skills and may have limited diversification causing them to be subject to risks inherent in operating and financing a limited number of properties.

 

Rights and Warrants

 

Each Fund may purchase rights and warrants, which are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to purchase the underlying securities at a predetermined price during a specified period or perpetually. Rights and warrants are considered more speculative than certain other types of investments because they generally have no voting rights, pay no dividends, and have no rights with respect to the assets of the corporation issuing them. In addition, the prices or rights and warrants do not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or prior to their expiration dates.

 

When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Securities; Forward Commitments

 

Each Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, and may purchase forward commitments. Payment and interest terms of these securities are set out at the time a Fund enters into the commitment to purchase, but normally the securities are not issued, and delivery and payment for such obligations normally does not take place, for a month or more after the purchase date. In a forward commitment transaction, a Fund contracts to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Obligations purchased on a when-issued or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security purchased declines prior to the settlement date, and may increase fluctuation in a Fund’s net asset value.

 

27
 

On the date a Fund enters into an agreement to purchase securities on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will record the transaction and reflect the value of the obligation in determining its net asset value. In addition, a Fund will establish and maintain, for the term of the position, a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the position.

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT STRATEGIES

 

The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds’ investment objectives and policies in the Prospectus.

 

Borrowing

 

The extent to which a Fund will borrow will depend, among other things, on market conditions and interest rates. Each Fund may borrow from any bank or other person up to 5% of such Fund’s total assets for temporary purposes. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid by the Fund within 60 days and is not extended or renewed. Each Fund may also borrow from banks up to one-third of its total assets for other purposes such as facilitating the management of its investment portfolio and making other investments or engaging in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a borrowing (such as dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements).

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

To manage the currency risk accompanying investments in foreign securities and to facilitate the purchase and sale of foreign securities, the Funds may engage in foreign currency transactions on a spot, or cash, basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”). Forward contracts are contractual obligations to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date (or within a specified time period) at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are usually entered into with banks and broker-dealers, are not exchange traded and are usually for less than one year, but may be renewed.

 

The Funds may use these instruments for hedging or any other lawful purpose consistent with their respective investment objectives.

 

When a Fund enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency, it may desire to “lock in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. By entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, of the amount of foreign currency involved in the underlying security transaction, a Fund will be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and the subject foreign currency during the period between the date the security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received.

 

28
 

In addition, when Heartland Advisors believes that the currency of a particular foreign country may suffer a substantial decline against another currency, including the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a forward contract to sell or buy the amount of the former foreign currency, approximating the value of some or all of a Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such foreign currency. Alternatively, where appropriate, a Fund may hedge all or part of its foreign currency exposure through the use of a basket of currencies or a proxy currency where such currency or currencies act as an effective proxy for other currencies. In such a case, a Fund may enter into a forward contract where the amount of the foreign currency to be sold exceeds the value of the securities denominated in such currency. The use of this basket hedging technique may be more efficient and economical than entering into separate forward contracts for each currency it holds.

 

The precise matching of the forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible since the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of those securities between the date the forward contract is entered into and the date it matures. The projection of short-term currency market movement is extremely difficult and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Under normal circumstances, consideration of the prospect for currency parities will be incorporated into the longer-term investment decisions made with regard to overall diversification strategies. However, Heartland Advisors believes that it is important to have the flexibility to enter into such forward contracts when it determines that the best interests of a Fund will be served.

 

Successful use of forward currency contracts will depend on Heartland Advisors’ skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward contracts may substantially change a Fund’s investment exposure to changes in currency exchange rates, and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as Heartland Advisors anticipates. For example, if a currency’s value rose at a time when Heartland Advisors had hedged a Fund by selling that currency in exchange for U.S. dollars, the Fund would be unable to participate in the currency’s appreciation. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price movements of investments being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. In addition, a Fund’s use of currency-related derivative instruments is always subject to the risk that the currency in question could be devalued by the foreign government. In such a case, any long currency positions would decline in value and could adversely affect any hedging position maintained by a Fund. There is no assurance that Heartland Advisors’ use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to a Fund or that it will hedge at an appropriate time.

 

Forward foreign exchange contracts may or may not be treated as Section 1256 contracts or straddles under the Internal Revenue Code. See “Types of Securities - Derivative Instruments - Federal Tax Treatment of Options and Futures Contracts.”

 

29
 

Change or Influence Control over Portfolio Companies

 

As a shareholder of a portfolio company, each Fund reserves the right to freely communicate its views on matters of policy to the company’s management, board of directors and other shareholders when a policy may affect the value of the Fund’s investment. In exercising this right, each of the Funds may, from time to time, use its ownership interest in a portfolio company to seek to change or influence control of the company’s management. For example, a Fund might take steps, either individually or as part of a group, (a) to actively support, oppose or influence a company’s decision-making, (b) to seek changes in a company’s management or board of directors, (c) to effect the sale of all or some of a company’s assets, (d) to vote to participate in or oppose a takeover of a portfolio company or an acquisition by a portfolio company, or (e) to serve as lead plaintiff in a matter related to a portfolio company. A Fund would engage in such activities in an effort to protect and maximize the value of its investment on behalf of the Fund’s shareholders. The extent to which a Fund might invest for purposes of changing or influencing control of management would depend, among other things, on facts and circumstances specific to the issuer as well as general market conditions.

 

Investing for purposes of changing or influencing control of management could result in additional expenses to a Fund, including expenses associated with operational or regulatory requirements and the ongoing cost of potential litigation. It could also restrict a Fund’s ability to freely dispose of the securities of a portfolio company with respect to which it is deemed to be investing to effect control, which might adversely affect the Fund’s liquidity as well as the sale price of those securities. Finally, greater public disclosure is required regarding a Fund’s investment and trading strategies in regulatory filings relating to such securities.

 

It is expected that a Fund would make investments for purposes of changing or influencing control only on a selective basis when Heartland Advisors believes it would be in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders.

 

Lending Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to institutional investors or broker-dealers up to a maximum of one-third of its total assets, where such loans are callable at any time and are continuously secured by collateral consisting of cash or liquid assets at least equal to the value of the security lent. The collateral received by a Fund may be invested in government securities, money-market instruments, or other short-term debt instruments. A Fund receives amounts equal to earned income for having made the loans. A Fund is the beneficial owner of the loaned securities in that any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period inures to the Fund. Thus, when the loan is terminated, the value of the securities may be more or less than their value at the beginning of the loan. In determining whether to lend its portfolio securities, a Fund takes into account the creditworthiness of the borrower since the Fund could experience costs and delays in recovering loaned securities or exercising its rights to the collateral in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. A Fund may pay a fee to placing brokers in connection with loans of its portfolio securities. Lending portfolio securities involves risks, including, but not limited to, that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide additional collateral as required. Also, voting rights with respect to loaned securities may pass with the lending of the securities, thereby limiting Heartland’s ability to vote such securities.

 

30
 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or nonbank dealers. In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security at one price, and at the time of sale the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. Repurchase agreements which mature in more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities under the guidelines adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors and will be subject to each Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. See “Types of Securities - Illiquid Securities” above.

 

Heartland Advisors will monitor, on an ongoing basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest. Since the underlying securities are not owned by a Fund but only constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to repay the purchase price, repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to dispose of and costs in connection with the disposal of the underlying securities. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors reviews the creditworthiness of the banks and nonbank dealers with which the Funds enter into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

 

Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with banks and broker-dealers, under which the Fund sells a portfolio security to such party in return for cash and agrees to repurchase the instrument at a particular price and time. A Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. While a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation under the agreement.

 

Each Fund may also enter into dollar rolls, in which the Fund would sell securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on the securities during the roll period, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. At the time of entering into a dollar roll, a Fund will establish and maintain a segregated account consisting of cash or other liquid assets, either of which may be quoted or denominated in any currency, having a value at least equal to the Fund’s obligation to buy the securities.

 

31
 

To the extent the value of the security that a Fund agrees to purchase pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement or a dollar roll declines, the Fund may experience a loss. Reverse repurchase transactions and dollar rolls may increase fluctuations in the market value of a Fund’s assets and may be viewed as a form of leverage. In determining whether to enter into a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll, a Fund will take into account the creditworthiness of the counterparty.

 

Short Sales

 

Each Fund may engage in short sales of securities under certain circumstances. Selling securities “short against the box” involves selling a security that a Fund owns (or has an unconditional right to purchase) for delivery at a specified date in the future to hedge protectively against anticipated declines in the market price of its portfolio’s securities. If the value of the securities sold short increases prior to the scheduled delivery date, the Fund loses the opportunity to participate in the gain. A Fund may also engage in short sales of securities of an issuer (“acquirer”) that has publicly announced a proposed or a pending transaction in which a portfolio security of the Fund will be converted into securities of the acquirer. A Fund will maintain a segregated collateral account with its custodian to cover open short positions in acquirer securities. If the value of an acquirer’s security sold short were to increase relative to the segregated collateral, the Fund would lose the opportunity to participate in the appreciation and may also be required to purchase additional shares of the shorted security to close out the position or settle the position in cash.

 

Standby Commitments

 

To facilitate portfolio liquidity, the Funds may obtain standby commitments from brokers, dealers or banks with respect to debt securities in their portfolios. A standby commitment gives the holder the right to sell the underlying security to the seller at an agreed-upon price, generally equal to the amortized cost of the underlying security plus accrued interest, on certain dates or within a specified period. Standby commitments generally increase the cost of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby reducing its yield. Standby commitments are subject to the issuer’s ability to fulfill its obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, Heartland Advisors evaluates those risks by reviewing the creditworthiness of the brokers, dealers and banks from which a Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate those risks.

 

Cash Liquidation for Redemption

 

Each Fund may participate in a program with ReFlow Fund, LLC (“ReFlow”), which is designed to provide an alternative liquidity source for mutual funds experiencing net redemptions of their shares. In order to pay cash to shareholders who redeem their shares on a given day, a mutual fund typically must hold cash in its portfolio, liquidate portfolio securities, or borrow money, all of which impose certain costs on a Fund. Pursuant to the program, ReFlow provides participating mutual funds with a source of cash to meet net shareholder redemptions by being prepared to purchase Fund shares, at the Fund’s closing net asset value, equal to the amount of the Fund’s net redemptions on any given day. ReFlow then generally redeems those shares when the Fund experiences net sales, at the end of the maximum holding period determined by ReFlow (currently 28 days) or at other times at ReFlow’s discretion. When the Fund participates in the ReFlow program, the Fund will pay a fee to ReFlow at a rate determined by a daily auction with other participating mutual funds. The current minimum fee rate is 0.15% of the value of the Fund’s shares purchased by ReFlow for the period of time that the shares remain outstanding. The Fund may submit a bid at a higher fee rate if it determines that doing so is in the best interest of Fund shareholders. ReFlow will purchase Institutional Class shares of the Fund and shares purchased by ReFlow through this program are not subject to the frequent trading limitation described in “Excessive Account Activity” under “Other Policies” in the Prospectus.  Heartland Advisors believes during periods of unusual redemption activity it can utilize this program to help stabilize the Fund’s net assets. A Fund is not required to participate in this program. There is no assurance that ReFlow will have sufficient funds available to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs on a particular day. In accordance with federal securities laws, ReFlow is prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

 

32
 

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment restrictions. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any restriction that is expressed as a percentage is adhered to at the time of investment or other transaction; a later change in percentage resulting from changes in the value of a Fund’s assets will not be considered a violation of the restriction. Calculations based on total assets do not include cash collateral held in connection with portfolio lending activities.

 

Restrictions that are designated as fundamental policies cannot be changed without the majority approval of shareholders as defined in the 1940 Act. Non-fundamental restrictions may be changed by the Heartland Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

 

Under the 1940 Act, “majority approval of shareholders” means approval by the lesser of (1) the holders of 67% or more of a Fund’s shares represented at a meeting of shareholders at which the holders of at least 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (2) more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding shares.

 

Fundamental Restrictions Common to the Funds

 

As a matter of fundamental policy, which may not be changed without shareholder approval, no Fund may:

 

1. Concentration. Invest more than 25% of total assets in securities of non-governmental issuers whose principal business activities are in the same industry; provided, however, that there shall be no limitation on the purchase of securities issued or guaranteed by national governments, 1 their agencies or instrumentalities.

 

2. Real Estate. Purchase or sell real estate, except the Fund may (i) acquire real estate as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, (ii) invest in securities or other instruments backed by real estate and (iii) invest in securities of companies that are engaged in the real estate business and those that invest in real estate, including, but not limited to, real estate investment trusts.

 

 


(1) For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of mutual fund policies concerning concentration, they shall not be included within the types of governmental issuers excluded from the Funds’ concentration policies.

 

33
 

3. Borrowing. Borrow money or property, except the Fund may (i) make investments or engage in other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may involve borrowing, provided that the combination of such activities shall not exceed 33⅓% of total assets (including the amount borrowed), less the Fund’s liabilities (other than borrowings), and (ii) borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed) from a bank for temporary purposes. Any borrowing which comes to exceed these limits shall be reduced in accordance with applicable law.

 

4. Loans. Make loans, except the Fund may (i) acquire publicly distributed or privately placed debt securities and purchase debt, (ii) purchase money market instruments and enter into repurchase agreements, and (iii) lend portfolio securities. No Fund may lend portfolio securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate of all such loans would exceed 33⅓% of total assets taken at market value at the time of such loan.

 

5. Underwriting. Underwrite the securities of other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

 

6. Senior Securities. Issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

 

7. Commodity Interests. Purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except the Fund may purchase or sell futures contracts, options on futures contracts and other derivative instruments, and it may invest in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities or in the securities of companies engaged in commodities businesses.

 

Other Fundamental Restrictions

 

In addition to the fundamental restrictions common to all the Funds, the Funds have fundamental policies on diversification, pledging of assets, short sales and affiliate transactions, as described below.

 

Diversification. The Select Value Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities; and (b) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

 

The Value Plus Fund (a) may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and (b) may not invest more than 10% of the fair market value of its total assets in securities of any one issuer, other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The Value Plus Fund also may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

 

The Value Fund may not invest more than 5% of the fair market value of its assets in securities of any one issuer, except for U.S. Government agency securities and securities backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, which may be purchased without limitation. For the purposes of this limitation, the Fund will regard the entity which has the ultimate responsibility for payment of principal and interest as the issuer. The Value Fund may not purchase more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer.

 

34
 

Pledging of Assets. The Select Value Fund may not mortgage, hypothecate or pledge any of its assets as security for any of its obligations, except as required for otherwise permissible borrowings (including reverse repurchase agreements), short sales, futures, options and other hedging activities. The Select Value Fund also will not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

 

Each of the Value Plus and Value Funds may not pledge more than 15% of its net assets to secure its permitted borrowings.

 

Short Sales . The Value Fund may sell securities short when it either: (a) holds a long position in the same security which equals or exceeds the number of shares sold short, or (b) holds a long position in a security with respect to which there has been a public announcement of a proposed transaction that would result in the conversion of the securities so held into an equal or greater number of shares of the securities sold short; provided that the Fund may not effect any such short sale of securities if, as a result thereof, the aggregate value of all of its open short positions would exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets, or if more than 10% of its net assets would be held as collateral for such short positions.

 

The other Funds do not have a fundamental restriction governing short sales.

 

Non-Fundamental Restrictions

 

Each Fund’s investment objective (set forth in its Prospectus) and the following non-fundamental restrictions are subject to change by Heartland’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

 

No Fund may:

 

1. Investment Companies. Purchase securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies, except as permitted by the 1940 Act. Subject to approval by the Heartland Board of Directors, a Fund may invest all (or substantially all) of its assets in the securities of a single open-end investment company (or series thereof) with the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Fund in connection with a “master/feeder” arrangement. The Fund and one or more other mutual funds or other eligible investors with identical investment objectives (“Feeders”) would invest all (or a portion) of their respective assets in the shares of another investment company (the “Master”) that had the same investment objective and substantially the same investment policies and restrictions as the Feeders. The Fund would invest in this manner in an effort to achieve economies of scale associated with having the Master make investments in portfolio companies on behalf of the Feeders.

 

2. Illiquid Securities. Purchase a security if, as a result, more than 15% of net assets would be invested in illiquid securities.

 

35
 

3. Margin Purchases. Purchase securities on margin, except that a Fund may (i) obtain short-term credit necessary for the clearance and settlement of purchases and sales of portfolio securities, and (ii) make margin deposits as required in connection with permissible options, futures, options on futures, short selling and other arbitrage activities.

 

4. Short Sales. Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff, and provided that transactions in options, futures, options on futures, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

5. Concentration. For purposes of a Fund’s fundamental restriction on concentration, industries shall be determined by reference to the classifications specified in the Fund’s annual and semiannual reports. For so long as it is the position of the staff of the SEC that foreign governments are industries for purposes of such restriction, investments in foreign governments shall be so limited.

 

6. Futures Contracts. Purchase a futures contract or an option on a futures contract if, with respect to positions in futures and futures options which do not represent bona fide hedging transactions, the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish such positions, less the amount by which such positions are in the money within the meaning of the Commodity Exchange Act, would exceed 5% of the Fund’s net assets.

 

7. Real Estate Investment Trusts. Invest more than 10% of its total assets in real estate investment trusts.

 

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

 

Portfolio turnover for each Fund is the ratio of the lesser of annual purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Fund to the average monthly value of portfolio securities owned by the Fund, not including securities maturing in less than 12 months. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if the lesser of the value of purchases or sales of a Fund’s portfolio securities for a particular year were equal to the average monthly value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the year. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the portfolio turnover rates for the Funds were as follows:

 

  2010 2011
Select Value Fund 51% 47%
Value Plus Fund 31% 11%
Value Fund 29% 25%

MANAGEMENT

 

Board of Directors

 

Under applicable law, the Board of Directors is responsible for the management of Heartland and provides broad supervision over its affairs. The Board elects the Officers of Heartland and hires the Funds’ service providers, including the Funds’ investment advisor, Heartland Advisors, Inc., and distributor of the Funds’ shares, ALPS Distributors, Inc. The Board meets regularly to review, among other items, the Funds’ investments, performance and expenses. The Board annually reviews and considers approval of the continuation of the investment advisory agreement with Heartland Advisors and each Fund’s distribution plan and related distribution agreements. The Board also establishes, monitors and periodically reviews numerous policies and procedures governing the conduct of Heartland’s business.

 

36
 

Officers

 

Pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, the Board delegates the day-to-day management of the Funds to the Officers of Heartland. The Officers manage the Funds’ daily affairs under the direction and supervision of the Board, and they prepare reports and make presentations to the Board about the Funds’ affairs at meetings of the Board and when requested by the Board from time to time.

 

Board Leadership Structure

 

The policy of Heartland is that the Chairman of the Board and 75% of Board members must not be “interested persons” (within the meaning of the 1940 Act) of Heartland Advisors, the Distributor, or the Funds’ transfer agent. The Independent Chairman participates in the planning of the agenda for Board meetings and presides over meetings of the Board and meetings of the Independent Directors. The Independent Chairman also generally acts as a liaison between Fund Officers and other Directors of Heartland between Board meetings. The Chairman may also perform such other functions as may be requested by the Board.

 

The Board has delegated oversight of the Funds’ risk management to the Audit Committee of the Board. Therefore, the Board’s primary role in the risk oversight of the Funds consists of supervising the work of the Audit Committee, which the Board accomplishes by reviewing reports and observing presentations on risk oversight matters prepared by the Audit Committee and providing advice to the Audit Committee when necessary. For more information on the Audit Committee’s oversight of risk, see the Section of this SAI titled “Committees of the Board—Audit Committee” below.

 

37
 

Directors and Officers of the Funds

 

The following table presents information about each Director and Officer of Heartland:

 

Name, Address and Age


Position(s) Held with
Heartland
Term of Office and Length
of Time
Served (1)



Principal Occupation(s)

During Past
Five Years
 

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by
Director


Other
Directorships
Held by
Director
(2)
Independent Directors:          

Ward D. Armstrong
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 01/54

Director Since 2/08 Managing Director, Northrock Partners, a Private Wealth Advisory Practice of Ameriprise Financial, February 2010 to present; Senior Vice President, Ameriprise Financial, Inc. November 1984 to May 2007; President, American Express Asset Management, from 2002 to 2004; Chairman Ameriprise Trust Company, November 1996 to May 2007. 3 None

Michael D. Dunham
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 07/45

Director Since 1/04 President, DGA Real Estate, LLC since January 2006;  President and Owner of Dunham Global Associates, Ltd., since 2001; Senior Vice President, IFS AB, January 2000 to May 2006; Co-Founder and CEO of Effective Management Systems, Inc., 1978 to 1999. 3 Director, BioForce Nanosciences Holdings, Inc., September 2007 to December 2009; Chairman, Merge Healthcare, Inc. (formerly Merge Technologies, Inc.) May 2006 to June 2008.

 

38
 

Name, Address and Age


Position(s) Held with
Heartland
Term of Office and Length
of Time
Served (1)



Principal Occupation(s)

During Past
Five Years
 

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by
Director


Other
Directorships
Held by
Director
(2)

Kenneth A. Kavajecz

789 North Water Street,
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 03/66

 

Director Since 2/08 Professor of Finance – Wisconsin Alumni Professor of Investments, University of Wisconsin-Madison, since September 2011; Associate Professor of Finance, University of Wisconsin-Madison, April 2004 to September 2011; Associate Dean of Undergraduate Program, University of Wisconsin-Madison, from August 2008 to August 2011; Associate Dean of Masters Programs, University of Wisconsin-Madison, July 2006 to August 2011; Assistant Professor of Finance from June 2003 to April 2004; Assistant Professor, The Wharton School, from February 1997 to June 2003; Assistant Economist, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Division of Monetary Affairs, 1988 to 1992. 3 None

Dale J. Kent
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 11/52

Director Since 8/03 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, West Bend Mutual Insurance Company, since July 2002; Partner, Arthur Andersen LLP, 1986 to 2002; employed by Arthur Andersen LLP, in other capacities, 1974 to 1985. 3 None

Robert A. Rudell

789 North Water Street,
Suite 500
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Birthdate: 09/48

 

Chairman of the Board

 

Director

Since 1/06

 

 

Since 2/05

Retired; Chief Operating Officer, Zurich Scudder Investments, 1998 to 2002;  President, Scudder Retirement Services, 1996 to 1998; employed by IDS/American Express as President in Institutional Retirement Services and other capacities, 1973 to 1996. 3 Director, Medtox Scientific, Inc., April 2002 to present; Director, Optimum Funds, May 2003 to present (6 mutual funds); Director, Vantagepoint Funds, March 2007 to 2011 (31 mutual funds).

 

39
 

Name, Address and Age


Position(s) Held with
Heartland
Term of Office and Length
of Time
Served (1)



Principal Occupation(s)

During Past
Five Years
 

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by
Director


Other
Directorships
Held by
Director
(2)

Interested Directors and Officers:          
William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz (3)(4)
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Birthdate: 10/44
President and Director Since 12/84 President and Chief Executive Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since 1982. 3 None
William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz (4)
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Birthdate: 04/78
Chief Executive Officer Since 05/12 Senior Vice President, Director and Portfolio Manager, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since November 2011; Vice President and Portfolio Manager, Heartland Advisors, Inc., from 2006 to 2011; Research Analyst from, Heartland Advisors, Inc., 2004-2006; Research Associate, Heartland Advisors, Inc., from November 2003 to 2004, of Heartland Advisors, Inc.; Senior Research Associate, Cambridge Associates, LLC from 2000 to 2002. N/A N/A

 

40
 

Name, Address and Age


Position(s) Held with
Heartland
Term of Office and Length
of Time
Served (1)



Principal Occupation(s)

During Past
Five Years
 

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by
Director


Other
Directorships
Held by
Director
(2)

Nicole J. Best

789 North Water Street
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 9/73

Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer Since 6/11 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since May 2010;   Vice President and Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc. May 2010 to June 2011; Senior Vice President, Investor Services and Markets, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., September 2008 to May 2010; Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., November 2005 to August 2008; Senior Vice President and Treasurer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., February 2001 to August 2006; Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., June 2000 to November 2005. Employed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other capacities from 1998 to 2008. Employed by Arthur Anderson, LLP, in other capacities, 1995 to 1998. N/A N/A

Katherine M. Jaworski

789 North Water Street
Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Birthdate: 11/70

 

 

Vice President and Secretary

 

 

 

Since 6/11

 

 

 

Vice President and Investment Operations Manager of Heartland Advisors, Inc. since January 2004; Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer, Heartland Group, Inc., May 2010 to June 2011; Assistant Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., November 2008 to May 2010. Employed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other capacities since April 1999. N/A N/A

 

41
 

Name, Address and Age


Position(s) Held with
Heartland
Term of Office and Length
of Time
Served (1)



Principal Occupation(s)

During Past
Five Years
 

Number of
Heartland
Funds
Overseen
by
Director


Other
Directorships
Held by
Director
(2)

Vinita K. Paul
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Birthdate: 8/79

Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

Since 08/08

 

 

 

 

General Counsel, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since August 2009; Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since August 2008; Associate, Quarles & Brady LLP, November 2007 to July 2008; Vice President and Interim General Counsel, The Ziegler Companies, Inc., July 2007 to October 2007; Assistant Secretary, North Track Funds, Inc., December 2006 to October 2007; Assistant Secretary, Ziegler Exchange Traded Trust, December 2006 to October 2007; Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, The Ziegler Companies, Inc., September 2006 to July 2007; Associate, Quarles & Brady LLP, September 2004 to August 2006. N/A N/A
Paul T. Beste
789 North Water Street,
Suite 500
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Birthdate: 1/56

Vice President

 

Assistant Secretary

 

Anti-Money Laundering Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Since 9/97

 

 

 

Since 5/10

 

 

 

Since 11/02

 

Director and Chief Operating Officer, Heartland Advisors, Inc., since December 1999; Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., November 2005 to May 2010; Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., December 2009 to May 2010; Interim Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., September 2008 to December 2008; Secretary and Treasurer, Heartland Value Manager, LLC, August 2000 to April 2011; employed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. in other capacities since 1997. N/A N/A

42
 

 


(1) Officers of Heartland serve one-year terms, subject to annual reappointment by the Board of Directors. Directors of Heartland serve a term of indefinite length until their resignation or removal, and stand for re-election by shareholders only as and when required under the 1940 Act.

 

(2) Only includes directorships held within the past 5 years in a company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any company registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act.

 

(3) William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz is considered to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of Heartland Group, Inc. because of his position with Heartland Advisors, Inc.

 

(4) William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz is the son of William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The standing committees of Heartland’s Board of Directors include an Audit Committee and a Nominating Committee. Both committees consist of all the Independent Directors, namely Ward D. Armstrong, Kenneth A. Kavajecz, Robert A. Rudell, Dale J. Kent and Michael D. Dunham. Mr. Kent serves as chairman of the Audit Committee, and Mr. Dunham serves as chairman of the Nominating Committee. The Board has determined that Mr. Kent is an Audit Committee financial expert.

 

Audit Committee . The Audit Committee is responsible for selecting the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds and oversees the preparation of each Fund’s financial statements. In this capacity, the Audit Committee meets at least annually with the independent registered public accounting firm to discuss any issues surrounding the preparation and audit of the Funds’ financial statements. The Audit Committee also discusses with the independent registered public accounting firm the strengths and weaknesses of the systems and operating procedures employed in connection with the preparation of each Fund’s financial statements, pricing procedures and the like, as well as the performance and cooperation of staff members responsible for these functions.

 

The Audit Committee is primarily responsible for overseeing and evaluating Heartland’s compliance policies and procedures as well as policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management. To aid its oversight and evaluation, the Audit Committee obtains regular periodic reports and other information from Heartland’s management and Chief Compliance Officer regarding Heartland’s operations. The Audit Committee reviews and discusses the Funds’ primary risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such risks and, when it deems necessary, communicates its thoughts on how risk assessment and risk management could be improved. While the Board provides risk oversight, the management of the Funds' risks is carried out on a day-to-day basis by Fund management, the Advisor and other Fund service providers. Although the risk management policies and procedures of the Advisor and other Fund service providers are reasonably designed to be effective, there can be no guarantee that they will be effective.

 

The Audit Committee has adopted a written charter. The Audit Committee had five (5) meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

43
 

Nominating Committee . The Nominating Committee nominates candidates for appointment to the Board of Directors to fill vacancies and to nominate candidates for election and re-election to the Board as and when required. The Nominating Committee generally accepts recommendations for nominations by shareholders of the Funds. The Nominating Committee has adopted a written charter. The Nominating Committee had no meetings during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011.

 

A brief summary of each Director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills that led to the Nominating Committee to conclude that such person should serve as a Director for the Funds is set forth below.

 

Ward D. Armstrong . Mr. Armstrong is currently Managing Director of Northrock Partners, a Private Wealth Advisory Practice of Ameriprise Financial. Mr. Armstrong's prior experience includes serving as Senior Vice President at Ameriprise Financial, Inc. from 1984 to 2007, as President of American Express Asset Management Group from 2002 to 2004, and as Chairman of Ameriprise Trust Company from 1996 to 2007. He has also served as a director on the boards of two other asset management firms.  In addition to his many years of experience in the asset management industry generally, he has extensive experience in developing, evaluating and monitoring asset management portfolios, and Heartland believes Mr. Armstrong possesses a strong background and knowledge base in selling, marketing and distributing mutual fund shares.

 

Michael D. Dunham . Mr. Dunham is currently the President of DGA Real Estate, LLC and the President and Owner of Dunham Global Associates, Ltd. His prior experience includes serving as Chairman of the Board of Merge Healthcare, Inc. (formerly, Merge Technologies, Inc.) from 2006 to 2008; Senior Vice President of IFS AB from 2000 to 2006; and Co-Founder and CEO of Effective Management Systems, Inc. from 1978 to 1999. In addition, Mr. Dunham’s experience includes service on boards of directors and audit committees of other public companies and experience engaging in business in the Americas, Europe and Asia. Heartland believes that Mr. Dunham's skills as an entrepreneur and his public company and global business experience brings a wealth of knowledge and a diverse perspective to the Board and its committees.

 

Kenneth A. Kavajecz . Mr. Kavajecz is currently a Professor of Finance – Wisconsin Alumni Professor of Investments at the University of Wisconsin – Madison. Previously, Mr. Kavajecz was an Associate Dean of the undergraduate program from 2008 to 2011 and the Associate Dean of the Full-Time MBA Program from 2006 to 2011 at the University of Wisconsin - Madison. He has also served the University of Wisconsin - Madison and The Wharton School in various capacities since 1997. Mr. Kavajecz was also an Assistant Economist at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Division of Monetary Affairs from 1988 to 1992.  He was a member of the Economic Advisory Board at Nasdaq from 2002 to 2004 and served as Chairman of that Board in 2004. Mr. Kavajecz further varies the background of the Board and its committees through his academic and government experience and in-depth knowledge of economic and financial matters.

 

Dale J. Kent . Mr. Kent has been the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at West Bend Mutual Insurance Company (“West Bend”) since July 2002, where his duties include managing a $1.1 billion portfolio and supervising West Bend’s chief risk officer. Previously, he was a Partner at Arthur Andersen LLP from 1986 to 2002, during which time he supervised numerous audits of mutual funds and hedge funds and provided audit and related services to asset managers and securities firms. Through his many years of experience as an executive and a public accountant, Heartland believes Mr. Kent possesses a strong knowledge of accounting, compliance and risk assessment in the mutual fund industry.

 

44
 

William ("Bill") J. Nasgovitz . Mr. Bill Nasgovitz is the President, Chief Executive Officer and Founder of Heartland Advisors, Inc. He has been the lead portfolio manager of the Heartland Value Fund since its inception in 1984. Mr. Bill Nasgovitz also serves as portfolio manager for separately managed accounts, and a series of another registered investment company managed by Heartland Advisors, Inc. Mr. Bill Nasgovitz brings to the Board over 40 years of value investing experience and an intricate knowledge of the securities markets. Prior to founding Heartland Advisors, Inc., he served in a number of roles in the financial industry as well spending four years in the U.S. Air Force (highest rank achieved, Captain).

 

Robert A. Rudell . Mr. Rudell's experience includes serving as Chief Operating Officer at Zurich Scudder Investments (“ZSI”) from 1998 to 2002, where he was responsible for the systems, operations and financial reporting of ZSI’s US investment business. He was also President of Scudder Retirement Services from 1996 to 1998 and was employed by IDS/American Express as President of Institutional Retirement Services and other capacities from 1973 to 1996. Mr. Rudell also serves on the boards of directors and audit committees of one other mutual fund family, and a public and private company. Besides his many years of experience in the asset management industry generally, Heartland believes Mr. Rudell brings a strong knowledge of operations, compliance and risk assessment in the mutual fund industry.

 

Director Ownership of Fund Shares

 

The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned by the Directors of Heartland as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name of Director Dollar Range of Equity Securities
in each Heartland Fund
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Heartland Funds
Overseen by Director
Ward D. Armstrong

$50,001-$100,000 (Select Value)
Over $100,000 (Value Plus)
$50,001-$100,000 (Value)

 

 

 

Over $100,000
Michael D. Dunham

None (Select Value)
None (Value Plus)
$10,001-$50,000 (Value)

 

 

 

$10,001-$50,000

Kenneth A. Kavajecz

 

 

$10,001-$50,000 (Select Value)
$10,001-$50,000 (Value Plus)
$10,000-$50,000 (Value)

 

 

 

$50,001-$100,000
Dale J. Kent

$10,001-$50,000 (Select Value)
$50,001-$100,000 (Value Plus)
$50,001-$100,000 (Value)

 

 

 

Over $100,000
William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz

Over $100,000 (Select Value)
Over $100,000 (Value Plus)
Over $100,000 (Value)

 

 

 

Over $100,000
Robert A. Rudell

$50,001-$100,000 (Select Value)
$50,001-$100,000 (Value Plus)
$50,001-$100,000 (Value)

 

 

 

Over $100,000

 

45
 

No Director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or his or her immediate family members, owned beneficially or of record, as of December 31, 2011, any securities of Heartland Advisors, the Distributor or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Heartland Advisors or the Distributor.

 

Director Compensation

 

Heartland pays the compensation of the Directors who are not Officers, Directors or employees of Heartland Advisors. The following compensation was paid to the Directors who are not interested persons of Heartland Advisors for their services during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Director Aggregate Compensation
from Each Heartland
Fund
(1)
Pension or
Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Funds
Expenses
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement Total Compensation from Heartland Fund Complex Paid to
Directors
(1)
Ward D. Armstrong

$ 7,509 (Select Value)
$19,256- (Value Plus)
$13,235 (Value)

 

None None $40,000
Michael D. Dunham

$ 7,509 (Select Value)
$19,256 (Value Plus)
$13,235 (Value)

 

None None $40,000
Kenneth A. Kavajecz

$ 7,509 (Select Value)
$19,256 (Value Plus)
$13,235 (Value)

 

None None $40,000
Dale J. Kent

$ 8,169 (Select Value)
$20,921 (Value Plus)
$14,410(Value)

 

None None $43,500
Robert A. Rudell $  9,013 (Select Value)
$23,091 (Value Plus)
$15,896 (Value)
None None $48,000

________________________

 

(1) Heartland has a deferred compensation program for its Directors under which they may elect to defer all or a portion of their compensation and invest the deferral in “phantom” shares of any Heartland Fund. The table above includes all deferred compensation of Directors. As of December 31, 2011, there were no amounts payable under the plan.

 

46
 

Material Transactions with Independent Directors

 

No Director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or an immediate family member of such Director, has had, during the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect interest in Heartland Advisors, the Distributor or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or the Distributor, which exceeds $120,000. In addition, no Director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or any immediate family members of such Director, has had, during the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect material interest in any transaction or series of similar transactions in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and to which one of the parties was Heartland; an Officer of Heartland; an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act); an officer of an investment company (or an entity that would be an investment company but for the exclusions provided by Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act) having Heartland Advisors as its investment adviser or the Distributor as its principal underwriter or having an investment advisor or principal underwriter that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Heartland Advisors or the Distributor; Heartland Advisors or the Distributor; an Officer of Heartland Advisors or the Distributor; or a person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with Heartland Advisors or the Distributor, or an officer of any such “control” person. No Director who is not an interested person of Heartland, or immediate family member, of such a Director, has had, in the two most recently completed calendar years, a direct or indirect relationship, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, with any of the persons described above in this paragraph and which include payments for property or services to or from any of those persons; provision of legal services to any person specified above in this paragraph; provision of investment banking services to any person specified above in this paragraph, other than as a participating underwriter in a syndicate; or any consulting or other relationship that is substantially similar in nature and scope to the relationships detailed herein.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

As described in the Prospectus, the portfolio managers of the Funds are as follows:

 

Select Value Fund David C. Fondrie
Theodore D. Baszler
William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz
Value Plus Fund

Bradford A. Evans

Adam J. Peck

 

Value Fund William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz
Bradford A. Evans
William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz

 

 

Portfolio Managers’ Compensation Structure .

 

Each portfolio manager is a full time employee of the Heartland Advisors. Heartland Advisors is responsible for paying all compensation, including various employee benefits, to the portfolio managers. Portfolio manager compensation is designed to attract and retain highly qualified investment management professionals and to reward individual and team contributions. On an annual basis, each portfolio manager receives a fixed salary based primarily on the manager’s relevant industry experience, which may be increased each calendar year. Each portfolio manager is also eligible to participate in the Advisor’s 401(k) plan that is offered to all of Heartland Advisors’ full-time employees.

 

47
 

On an annual basis, portfolio managers are eligible, for the investment strategies they participate in, to receive the following additional compensation:

 

· A performance-based incentive, which takes into consideration the one-year, three-year and five-year performance of the strategies they manage; however, results must be in the top 50% of the respective Lipper category. The initial target pool for each investment team is based on a percentage of revenues from the accounts managed. Performance, as measured against Lipper peer group performance rankings, is used to determine the multiplier applied to the initial target pool, generally from 0 to 2 times. This creates the ranking pool amount.

 

Collectively, firm wide investment performance increases or decreases the ranking pool amount, typically from 110% to 95%, respectively. Firm wide performance is measured by the asset weighted average ranking results from each of the investment teams combined. The incentive pool for each team is allocated amongst the respective members based upon individual contributions.

 

· A discretionary incentive, which is based, among other factors, on the research of securities that are held or considered for purchase for the Fund, contribution to the Fund’s day-to-day management, leadership, organizational development and the profitability of the Advisor.

 

Finally, the portfolio managers may also be eligible to own stock of Heartland Holdings, Inc., Heartland Advisors’ parent company.

 

Portfolio Manager Ownership of Fund Shares . The table below sets forth the dollar range of shares of the Funds owned, directly and indirectly, by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2011.

 

Name of Portfolio Manager Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in each Heartland Fund
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in all Heartland Funds
Theodore D. Baszler $100,001 - $500,000 (Select Value)
$1,000 - $10,000 (Value Plus)
$10,001 - $50,000 (Value)
$100,001 to $500,000
Bradford A. Evans None (Select Value)
$100,001 - $500,000 (Value Plus)
$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)
$500,001 - $1,000,000
David C. Fondrie $100,001 - $500,000 (Select Value)
$100,001 - $500,000 (Value Plus)
$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)
$500,001 - $1,000,000
William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz Over $1,000,000 (Select Value)
Over $1,000,000 (Value Plus)
Over $1,000,000 (Value)
 Over $1,000,000
William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz $100,001 - $500,000 (Select Value)
$100,001 - $500,000  (Value Plus)
$100,001 - $500,000 (Value)
$500,001 - $1,000,000
Adam J. Peck

None (Select Value)

$100,001 - $500,000 (Value Plus)

$1 - $10,000 (Value)

 

$100,001 - $500,000

 

48
 

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers . The following table sets forth the number of other accounts managed by the portfolio managers (excluding the Funds) within each of the following categories and the total assets (in thousands) in such accounts, as of December 31, 2011. Except as noted below, none of the accounts managed by these portfolio managers is charged an advisory fee based on the performance of the account.

 

Name Registered
Investment Companies
Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles
Other Accounts
Theodore D. Baszler 1 totaling $42,453  None 452 totaling $453,548
Bradford A. Evans None None 71 totaling $264,727
David C. Fondrie 1 totaling $42,453  None 452 totaling $453,548
William (“Bill”) J. Nasgovitz 1 totaling $16,994 None 52 totaling $198,328
William (“Will”) R. Nasgovitz 1 totaling $42,453  None 388 totaling $505,638
Adam J. Peck None None 19 totaling $66,399

 

Mr. Theodore D. Baszler, Mr. David C. Fondrie and Mr. William (“Will”) Nasgovitz manage the investments of certain European Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities (“UCITS”) (with total assets of approximately $101,498,369 as of December 31, 2011) that are charged a fee based on the performance of the UCITS.

 

Conflicts of Interest . Many, but not all, of the other accounts managed by the Funds’ portfolio managers have investment strategies similar to those employed for the Funds. Possible material conflicts of interest arising from the portfolio managers’ management of the investments of the Funds, on the one hand, and the investments of other accounts, on the other hand, include the portfolio managers’ allocation of sufficient time, energy and resources to managing the investments of the Funds in light of their responsibilities with respect to numerous other accounts, particularly accounts that have different strategies from those of the Funds; the fact that the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing the Funds may be less than the fees payable to Heartland Advisors for managing other accounts, potentially motivating the portfolio managers to spend more time on managing the other accounts; the proper allocation of investment opportunities that are appropriate for the Funds and other accounts; and the proper allocation of aggregated purchase and sale orders for the Funds and other accounts. These conflicts may be heightened where an account is subject to a performance-based fee or a portfolio manager has a personal investment in an account. Heartland Advisors has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures reasonably designed to mitigate these conflicts of interests.

 

Codes of Ethics

 

Heartland, Heartland Advisors and the Distributor each have adopted a personal trading code of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, which are designed to prevent advisory personnel and other access persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity, such as insider trading. The codes of ethics permit officers, directors and employees of their respective companies to invest in securities, including securities that may be held by the Funds, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the codes to avoid actual or potential conflicts of interest.

 

49
 

Heartland has also adopted a code of ethics for its principal executive, financial and accounting officers as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. This written code sets forth standards that are reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of conflicts of interest; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents Heartland files with the SEC and in other shareholder communications; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules or registrations; the prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to an appropriate person; and accountability for adherence to the code.

 

Proxy Voting Policies

 

Proxy voting policies adopted by Heartland are attached to this SAI as Appendix A . These proxy voting policies describe the procedures used by Heartland to determine how to vote proxies with respect to securities held by the Funds. Information regarding how Heartland actually voted proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds during the 12-month period ended June 30 is also available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-432-7856, and on Heartland’s website at www.heartlandfunds.com, and (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Policy Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

 

Heartland’s Board of Directors has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of information regarding portfolio holdings of the Funds (the “Disclosure Policy”). The Board of Directors reviews the Disclosure Policy at least annually and oversees implementation of the Disclosure Policy by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer.

 

Heartland and Heartland Advisors recognize that information about the Funds’ portfolio holdings is an asset of the Funds and may constitute material, non-public information and that, without appropriate safeguards, selective disclosure of such information may run afoul of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws. In general, the Disclosure Policy is intended to prohibit the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings information except under limited circumstances as described below. In addition to broad dissemination of the Funds’ portfolio holdings (either through required filings with the SEC or website postings), the Disclosure Policy permits selective disclosure of such information in limited circumstances when it is legally required or determined to be in the best interests of shareholders of the Fund and other legitimate business reasons to do so and the recipients of such information are subject to a duty of confidentiality, including a duty not to trade on the basis of such information. Disclosure of portfolio holdings information, other than under the circumstances described below, requires the authorization of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, subject to approval or ratification by Heartland’s Board of Directors. Conflicts of interest between the interests of the Funds’ shareholders, on the one hand, and those of Heartland Advisors or any other affiliated person of the Funds, on the other hand, with respect to the disclosures of a Fund’s portfolio holdings information are resolved by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer who may consult with the independent Directors of the Funds and/or legal counsel, and then report to the Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

 

50
 

Disclosure to Service Providers . The Funds may disclose information related to the Funds’ portfolio holdings to various service providers in connection with the day-to-day operations and management of the Funds. Such disclosures are essential to the ability of such services providers to carry out their responsibilities to the Funds. Each service provider is contractually and/or ethically prohibited from further disclosing portfolio holdings information to other unaffiliated third parties, unless specifically authorized by the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer, and from trading on the basis of such information. The frequency of disclosure to these service providers may vary, depending on the needs of these service providers for such information to function effectively. Portfolio holdings disclosure to the Funds’ advisor, custodian, transfer agent and fund accountant is generally on a daily basis, with no lag. These service providers include:

 

· Heartland Advisors, Inc. - the Funds’ investment adviser (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);
· Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. - the custodian of the Funds’ securities and other assets (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);
· ALPS Fund Services, Inc. - the Funds’ transfer agent and fund accountant (daily disclosure of portfolio holdings);
· ALPS Distributors, Inc. - the principal underwriter and distributor of shares of the Funds (disclosure of portfolio holdings generally on a quarterly basis and otherwise from time to time as needed);
· PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP - an independent registered public accounting firm engaged to provide audit, audit-related and tax services to the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this firm on a semi-annual basis in connection with the preparation of annual and semiannual reports to shareholders, and otherwise from time to time as needed);
· Quarles & Brady LLP - legal counsel to the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this firm on a quarterly basis in connection with the preparation of regulatory filings and otherwise from time to time as needed);
· Glass Lewis & Co. - a proxy voting service used by the Funds (portfolio holdings are disclosed to this service provider as frequently as needed to enable it to vote proxies with respect of such holdings);
· FactSet Research Systems, Inc. - systems vendor (portfolio holdings are disclosed daily to this firm, without any lag, so that it can provide reports, information and research on such holdings for the benefit of Heartland Advisors); and
· Quad/Graphics, and, from time to time, other print/mail houses - parties that facilitate the printing and delivery of Fund regulatory filings, prospectuses and shareholder communications (portfolio holdings are disclosed to them to the extent reflected in documents they are asked to print or mail about a week or so before they are delivered to shareholders).

 

Public Disclosures . The Funds will publicly disclose all holdings in their semiannual and annual reports to shareholders, as well as in Form N-Q, which is filed with the SEC within 60 days after the end of the Funds’ first and third fiscal quarters. Heartland will post these regulatory filings on its website at www.heartlandfunds.com, and the filings are also available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, the Funds will publicly disclose on their website (1) their top ten holdings approximately 10 days after the most recent calendar quarter end and (2) all holdings no more than 30 days after the most recent calendar quarter end. Moreover, the Funds’ portfolio holdings will be disclosed (1) in response to requests or inquiries from governmental and regulatory agencies, (2) in applicable regulatory filings, such as Schedule 13G and Form 13F reports (including filings made by Heartland Advisors with respect to the Funds’ holdings), (3) in compliance with a valid subpoena or court order and (4) in connection with class action and other litigation involving a particular holding to which a Fund may be a party.

 

51
 

Disclosure to Broker-Dealers . The Trading and/or Research Departments of Heartland Advisors may periodically furnish lists of portfolio holdings to various broker-dealers to facilitate efficient trading in portfolio securities for the Funds and to receive relevant research. These lists will not identify individual or aggregate positions, or identify particular clients, including the Funds. In connection with fulfilling their duties to the Funds, personnel of Heartland Advisors determine the frequency of disclosure to broker-dealers for trading and research. Such disclosure varies and may be as frequent as daily, and with no delay. These broker-dealers are prohibited from trading personally on the basis of such information.

 

Disclosure of Individual Holdings . Portfolio managers, research analysts and other spokespersons of Heartland Advisors may disclose or confirm, on a periodic basis, the ownership of any individual portfolio holding in materials prepared for Fund shareholders (e.g., manager commentary), media interviews, due diligence meetings with clients or prospective clients, consultants, and ranking and rating organizations. In making any such disclosure, personnel of Heartland Advisors are subject to the Heartland Funds’ Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics, which include a duty to act in the best interests of clients, including the Funds, and to protect material non-public information of the Funds. In addition, the Funds’ complete portfolio holdings may be disclosed on a periodic basis to the following recipients as part of ongoing arrangements that serve legitimate business purposes and are in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders: Lipper, Inc.; Morningstar, Inc.; Investment Company Institute (ICI); Callan Associates; and Mercer Investment Consulting. These organizations generally receive monthly portfolio holdings information within 10 business days following month-end. These organizations have a duty of confidentiality with respect to such portfolio holdings information, including a duty not to trade on the basis of such information. These organizations provide ratings and ranking information and other data regarding the Funds and Heartland Advisors for use by investors and investment consultants.

 

Disclosure of Aggregate Holdings . Aggregate portfolio characteristics may be made available without a delay. Examples of aggregate portfolio characteristics include (1) the allocation of a Fund’s holdings among various asset classes, sectors, or industries, (2) the attribution of Fund returns by asset class, sector or industry, and (3) the volatility characteristics of a Fund. Such disclosure has been determined not to constitute material, non-public information, and therefore it has been determined that such disclosure is not harmful to the shareholders of the Funds.

 

The Disclosure Policy may not be waived, or exceptions made, without the consent of the Funds’ Chief Compliance Officer. In determining whether to grant a waiver or make an exception, the Chief Compliance Officer will consider any potential conflicts of interest, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, the frequency and extent of the disclosure and the intended use of the information disclosed. Before granting such a waiver or exception, the Chief Compliance Officer must determine that disclosure of portfolio holdings information serves a legitimate business purpose, is in the best interests of the particular Fund and its shareholders, and that the recipient is subject to a duty of confidentiality, including an obligation not to trade on such information. All waivers or exceptions will be disclosed to the Board of Directors of Heartland for its approval or ratification at its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting.

 

52
 

In addition, Heartland Advisors has adopted policies and procedures to limit communications with the public about its clients’ portfolio holdings, including the Funds. These policies and procedures, which apply to all personnel of Heartland Advisors, (1) require coordination of media inquiries; (2) prohibit discussions of non-public information, including the unauthorized disclosure of portfolio holdings in any private account and the disclosure of securities on a restricted list or acquired in private placements and other private transactions or that represent significant positions in a particular issuer; and (3) prohibit public statements that are inconsistent with Heartland Advisors’ investment outlook, that constitute investment recommendations, or that may have the effect of “conditioning the market,” such as positive statements about a security intended to be sold or negative comments about a security intended to be purchased.

 

Neither Heartland nor Heartland Advisors (including any affiliates thereof) may receive compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of any Fund’s portfolio holdings information.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

As of April 2, 2012, no person controlled any of the Funds and the Directors and Officers of Heartland Group, Inc. as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each of the Value Fund, the Select Value Fund and the Value Plus Fund. As of such date, no person was known to management to own, beneficially or of record, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any of the Funds except as follows:

 

Record or Beneficial Holder Fund No. of Shares (%)

Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

(record holder)

Select Value

Investor

 

Value Plus

Investor

Institutional

 

Value

Investor

Institutional

 

5,592,838.04

 

 

16,876,682.24

1,422,556.78

 

 

5,138,855.19

224,044.25

 

27.41%

 

 

28.00%

6.21%

 

 

18.88%

12.47%

 

Comerica Bank FBO Pipe Fitters Retirement Fund Local 597

PO Box 75000

Detroit, MI 48201

 

Select Value

Institutional

 

402,607.39

 

6.36%

National Financial Services Corp.

The Exclusive Benefit of Our Customers

Old World Financial Center 5th Floor

200 Liberty Street

New York, NY 10281-1003

(record holder)

Select Value

Investor

Institutional

 

Value Plus

Investor

Institutional

 

Value

Investor

Institutional

 

5,207,104.94

1,458,445.77

 

 

16,379,115.46

5,143,609.61

 

 

3,679,429.36

318,684.17

 

25.52%

23.05%

 

 

27.17%

22.47%

 

 

13.52%

17.73%

 

53
 

 

Record or Beneficial Holder Fund No. of Shares (%)

Pershing LLC

One Pershing Plaza

14th Floor

Jersey City, NJ 07399

(record holder)

Select Value

Investor

 

Value Plus

Investor

 

 

1,127,756.81

 

 

3,332,986.51

 

5.53%

 

 

5.53%

 

Pincor Financial Services Corp.

711 High St.

Des Moines, IA 50303

Value Plus

Investor

 

Value

Institutional

 

3,279,268.82

 

 

109,659.66

 

5.44%

 

 

6.10%

 

US Bancorp FBO City of Milwaukee

Deferred Compensation Plan

PO Box 182029

Columbus, OH 43218-2029

 

Select Value

Institutional

 

 

416,640.11

 

 

 

6.58%

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO Crown CTF

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480

 

Select Value

Institutional

 

542,697.73

 

8.58%

Wells Fargo Bank NA TTEE FBO

Milwaukee County Deferred Comp

8515 E. Orchard Rd. #2T2

Greenwood Village, CO 80111-5002

 

Value

Institutional

 

 

113,283.63

 

 

 

6.30%

Wendel & Co. A/C

C/O The Bank of New York Mellon

PO Box 1066 Wall St Station

New York, NY 10268

 

Value Plus

Institutional

 

1,907,975.24

 

8.33%

Wilmington Trust Co Cust FBO

Parkview Health Systems Inc. 403B

PO Box 8880

Wilmington, DE 19899-8880

 

Value

Institutional

 

151,057.04

 

8.41%

Wilmington Trust Co TTEE FBO

Parkview Health Systems Inc. 401A

PO Box 8880

Wilmington, DE 19899-8880

Value

Institutional

 

100,530.97

 

5.59%

 

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES

 

Heartland Advisors provides investment management and administrative services to the Funds pursuant to substantially identical Investment Advisory Agreements with respect to all of the Funds. All of these agreements are collectively referred to as the “Management Agreements.” Bill Nasgovitz, a Director and the President of Heartland, controls Heartland Advisors by virtue of his indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding capital stock, and serves as its President and Chief Executive Officer. Heartland Advisors, founded in 1982, serves as the investment advisor for the Funds, and also provides investment management services for individuals, institutions, retirement plans, and a series of another investment company; and sub-advisory services to a sub-portfolio of a series of another investment company. As of March 31, 2012, Heartland Advisors had approximately $5.4 billion in assets under management. Mr. Nasgovitz intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors through the continued ownership of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of Heartland Holdings, Inc., which owns all of the stock of Heartland Advisors.

 

54
 

Under the Management Agreements, the Select Value Fund pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.75% of the Fund’s average daily net assets up to $1 billion and 0.70% of the Fund’s average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion; the Value Fund pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.75% of the Fund’s average daily net assets; and the Value Plus Fund pays Heartland Advisors an annual management fee at the rate of 0.70% of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The fees are paid in monthly installments.

 

Each of the Management Agreements continues from year to year only if such continuation is approved annually by the Board of Directors of the Funds, including at least a majority of the Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Funds (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act). The Board of Directors, including all of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Funds, last approved the annual continuation of the Management Agreements at a regular quarterly meeting held in May 2011.

 

The Management Agreements may enable Heartland Advisors to receive investment research products and services from certain broker-dealers as a result of its authority to allocate securities transactions for the Funds to those firms.

 

The following table sets forth the management fees paid by each Fund to Heartland Advisors for the last three fiscal years:

 

  2009 2010 2011
Select Value Fund $2,482,673 $4,221,890 $5,639,376
Value Plus Fund $5,031,458 $7,808,037 $14,213,757
Value Fund $7,509,204 $9,095,478 $9,602,449

 

Under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors manages the investment operations of the Funds and provides administrative services. Subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors, Heartland Advisors is authorized to formulate and maintain a continuing investment program with respect to the Funds and to determine the selection, amount, and time to buy, sell or lend securities or other investments for the Funds, including the selection of entities with or through which such purchases, sales or loans are to be effected. In addition, Heartland Advisors supervises the business and affairs of the Funds and provides such services and facilities as may be required for effective administration of the Funds. Heartland Advisors will permit any of its Officers or employees to serve, without compensation from the Funds, as Directors or Officers of Heartland if elected to such positions.

 

Heartland Advisors at its own expense furnishes all executive and other personnel to the Funds, paying all salaries and fees of the Officers and Directors of Heartland who are employed by Heartland Advisors or its affiliates. In addition, Heartland Advisors provides office space and other facilities required to render the services set forth above. Heartland Advisors is not required to pay or provide any credit for services provided by Heartland’s custodian, transfer agent or other agents without additional costs to Heartland. Moreover, if Heartland Advisors pays or assumes any expenses of Heartland or a Fund which it is not required to pay or assume under the Management Agreements, Heartland Advisors will not be obligated to pay or assume the same or similar expense in the future.

 

55
 

The Funds bear all their other expenses including all charges of depositories, custodians and other agencies for the safekeeping and servicing of their cash, securities and other property; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts, including all charges for transfer, shareholder recordkeeping, dividend disbursing, redemption and other agents for the benefit of the Funds; all charges for equipment or services used for obtaining price quotations or for communication with the Funds’ custodian, transfer agent or any other agent selected by Heartland; all charges for accounting services provided to the Funds by Heartland Advisors or any other provider of such services; all charges for services of Heartland’s independent auditors and legal counsel; all compensation of Directors and Officers (other than those employed by or who serve as Directors of Heartland Advisors or its affiliates), all expenses of Heartland’s Officers and Directors incurred in connection with their services to the Funds, and all expenses of meetings of the Directors or committees thereof; all expenses incidental to holding meetings of shareholders, including expenses of printing and supplying to each record-date shareholder notice and proxy solicitation materials, and all other proxy solicitation expenses; all expenses of printing of annual or more frequent revisions of the Funds’ prospectuses, statements of additional information and shareholder reports, and of supplying to each then existing shareholder copies of such materials as required by applicable law; all expenses of bond and insurance coverage required by law or deemed advisable by the Heartland Board of Directors; all brokers’ commissions and other normal charges incident to the purchase, sale or lending of portfolio securities; all taxes and governmental fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies, domestic or foreign, including all stamp or other transfer taxes; all expenses of registering and maintaining the registration of Heartland under the 1940 Act and, to the extent no exemption is available, expenses of registering shares under the Securities Act of 1933, of qualifying and maintaining qualification of Heartland and of shares of the Funds for sale under the securities laws of various states or other jurisdictions, and of registration and qualification of Heartland under all other laws applicable to Heartland or its business activities; all interest on indebtedness and commitment fees for lines of credit, if any, incurred by Heartland or the Funds; and all fees, dues and other expenses incurred by Heartland in connection with membership in any trade association or other investment company organization. Any expenses that are attributable solely to the organization, operation or business of a particular Fund shall be paid solely out of that Fund’s assets. Any expenses incurred by Heartland that are not solely attributable to a particular Fund are apportioned in such a manner as Heartland Advisors determines is fair and appropriate, or as otherwise specified by the Board of Directors.

 

The Management Agreements provide that neither Heartland Advisors, nor any of its Directors, Officers, shareholders, agents or employees shall have any liability to Heartland or any shareholder of Heartland for any error of judgment, mistake of law, loss arising out of any investment, or any other act or omission in the performance by Heartland Advisors of its duties under the Agreements, except for loss or liability resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on Heartland Advisors’ part or from reckless disregard by Heartland Advisors of its obligations and duties under the Agreements.

 

Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent

 

ALPS Fund Services, Inc. (“ALPS”), 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, serves as transfer and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds.

 

56
 

Bookkeeping and Accounting Agreement

 

For certain bookkeeping and accounting services it provides to the Funds, subject to an annual minimum of $550,000, ALPS receives an annual fee based on total assets of all Funds prorated among them in an amount equal to 0.04% on the first $500 million of average daily net assets; 0.03% on average daily net assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.015% of average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion.

 

For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, the total compensation paid to ALPS for bookkeeping and accounting services was $580,310. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, the total compensation paid to ALPS for bookkeeping and accounting services was $659,076. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the total compensation paid to ALPS for bookkeeping and accounting services was $834,350.

 

Custodian

 

Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, serves as custodian for the Funds. The Custodian is responsible for, among other things, holding all securities and cash, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, and receiving and collecting income from investments. Subcustodians may provide custodial services for certain assets of the Funds held domestically and outside the U.S.

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 1900 16 th Street, Suite 1600, Denver, Colorado 80202, an independent registered public accounting firm, audits the annual financial statements of the Funds and report thereon, reviews certain regulatory reports and prepares and/or reviews the federal income tax returns, and performs other professional auditing, tax and accounting services when engaged by Heartland to do so.

 

Other Shareholder Support Services

 

The Funds have also entered into shareholder support services agreements with certain broker-dealers and other fiduciaries (“Financial Intermediaries”) whereby the Financial Intermediary provides certain services to individual shareholders that hold shares of a Fund through an omnibus account or similar arrangement with the Financial Intermediary. Such shareholder support services may include, but are not limited to, (i) maintaining shareholder accounts; (ii) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their ownership in a Fund; (iii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing such orders with Heartland or its service providers; (iv) responding to shareholder inquiries; (v) forwarding documents and other communications from Heartland (such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual and semi-annual financial statements and dividend, distribution and tax notices) to shareholders; (vi) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations, and addresses; (vii) providing subaccounting and tax reporting services; (viii) processing dividend and other payments from Heartland on behalf of the shareholders; and (ix) providing such other similar services as Heartland may reasonably request or to which the parties may agree. In consideration for such services, a Financial Intermediary is compensated by a Fund at an annual rate based upon the average daily net asset value of the applicable class of Shares of such Fund.

 

57
 

DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc. (the “Distributor”), 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203, acts as principal underwriter and distributor of the shares of the Funds.

 

Under the Distribution Agreement approved by the Board of Directors of Heartland (including a majority of those Directors who are not interested persons of Heartland or of the Distributor), the Distributor may solicit orders for the sales of shares of the Funds and has agreed to undertake such advertising and promotion as it believes is reasonable in connection with such solicitation. The Distributor engages in activities which it in good faith deems reasonable, which are primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the Funds, including without limitation advertising, compensation of securities dealers, sales personnel and others for distribution and related services, the printing and mailing of prospectuses to persons other than current shareholders, and the printing and mailing of sales literature.

 

The Distribution Agreement will continue for each Fund automatically for successive one-year terms, provided that such continuance is approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the members of Heartland’s Board of Directors who are not interested persons of the Fund or the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting for the purpose of voting on such approval and (ii) by the vote of either a majority of Heartland’s Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Notwithstanding the above, the Distribution Agreement may be terminated without penalty on not less than 60 days’ prior written notice by either party and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.

 

Distribution Expenses

 

Rule 12b-1 Plan . Each Fund has adopted a distribution plan (the “Rule 12b-1 Plan”) which, among other things, requires the Investor Class Shares of each Fund to pay the Distributor a monthly amount of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets computed on an annual basis. Any amount of such payment not paid by the Distributor during a Fund’s fiscal year for distributing and servicing the Fund’s shares shall be reimbursed by the Distributor to the Fund as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year.

 

All or a portion of these fees may be paid, pursuant to contractual commitments, to brokers, dealers, banks and others who provide various services to its customers who hold Fund shares. Among others, these services may include: (1) establishing, maintaining and processing changes in shareholder accounts; (2) answering shareholder inquiries; (3) distributing prospectuses, reports, advertising and sales literature; and (4) preparing account statements and confirmations. Because the fee is paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 plan will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges imposed by some mutual funds.

 

58
 

The Plan reimburses the Distributor for distributing and servicing each Fund’s shares. Covered distribution expenses include, but are not limited to, the printing of prospectuses and reports used for sales purposes, advertisements, expenses of preparation and printing of sales literature, expenses associated with electronic marketing and sales media and communications, and other sales or promotional expenses, including compensation paid to any securities dealer (including the Distributor), financial institution or other person who renders assistance in distributing or promoting the sale of Fund shares, provides shareholder services to the Funds or has incurred any of the aforementioned expenses on behalf of the Fund pursuant to either a Dealer Agreement or other authorized arrangement. Covered servicing expenses include, but are not limited to, costs associated with relationship management, retirement plan enrollment meetings, investment and educational meetings, conferences and seminars, and the cost of collateral materials for such events. Each Fund is obligated to pay fees under the Rule 12b-1 Plan only to the extent of expenses actually incurred by the Distributor for the current year, and thus there will be no carry-over expenses from previous years. No fee paid by a Fund under the Rule 12b-1 Plan may be used to reimburse the Distributor for expenses incurred in connection with another Fund.

 

Each Fund’s Rule 12b-1 Plan also authorizes the Fund to pay covered distribution and servicing expenses directly rather than through the Distributor, subject to the requirement that the aggregate amounts paid directly and to the Distributor do not exceed 0.25% per annum of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class Shares in each Fund. A Fund’s direct payment of covered distribution and servicing expenses is made with the Distributor’s knowledge and primarily for administrative convenience.

 

Under the Rule 12b-1 Plan, the Distributor provides the Directors for their review promptly after the end of each quarter a written report on disbursements under the Rule 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such payments were made, plus a summary of the expenses incurred by the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan. In approving the Rule 12b-1 Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 12b-1, the Board of Directors considered various factors, including the amount of the distribution fee. The Board of Directors determined that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Rule 12b-1 Plan will benefit each Fund and its shareholders.

 

The Rule 12b-1 Plan continues in effect from year to year only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the vote of the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons of the Distributor, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

 

The Rule 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to each Fund, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Any change in the Rule 12b-1 Plan that would materially increase the distribution cost to the Fund requires shareholder approval; otherwise, it may be amended by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting upon such amendment. So long as the Rule 12b-1 Plan is in effect, the selection or nomination of the Directors who are not interested persons is committed to the discretion of such Directors.

 

Fees Payable by Share Class .

 

Investor Class Shares . The maximum amount of fees payable under the Rule 12b-1 Plan during any year with respect to Investor Class Shares of each Fund is twenty-five basis points (0.25%) of the average daily net assets of such Fund which are attributable to its Investor Class Shares. Because the fee is paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, fees paid under the Rule 12b-1 Plan will increase the cost of your investment in the Investor Class Shares and may cost you more over time than paying other types of sales charges imposed by some mutual funds.

 

59
 

Institutional Class Shares . Institutional Class Shares have no fees payable under the Rule 12b-1 Plan.

 

Fees Paid by the Funds under Rule 12b-1 Plan . For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, the Funds’ Investor Class Shares paid the following amounts to the Distributor under the Rule 12b-1 Plan: $1,546,794 for the Select Value Fund; $4,273,144 for the Value Plus Fund; and $2,119,459 for the Value Fund.

 

The principal types of activities for which the Funds’ Investor Class Shares made payments (net of waivers) under the Rule 12b-1 Plan for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

  Advertising/
Sales
Literature
Printing/Mailing
of Prospectuses
(Other than to
Current Investors )
Underwriter
Compensation

 

Broker-Dealer*
Compensation

Sales Personnel
Compensation
Investor Class Shares:          
Select Value Fund $104,743 $5,406 $              - $1,422,016 $25,011
Value Plus Fund 71,604 951 - 4,151,159 44,600
Value Fund 171,620 26,386 - 1,867,768 58,513

____________________

* Includes compensation to the Distributor, other broker-dealers and financial institutions.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

Heartland Advisors is responsible for each Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions, subject to the Fund’s specific investment restrictions and requirements.

 

Purchases and sales for all portfolios managed by Heartland Advisors for its clients, including the Funds’ portfolios, are allocated on a basis which is deemed to be fair and appropriate based on the characteristics and needs of the portfolios. Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more portfolios. By so doing, Heartland Advisors reasonably believes that over time it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduce brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities and/or obtain better pricing than is possible for smaller trades. In general, investment opportunities are allocated randomly or pro rata among clients that have comparable investment objectives, available cash and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security make such allocation practicable. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors’ clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate opportunities among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. Blocks of such securities, when available, may require immediate purchase decisions by Heartland Advisors prior to allocation of the order among clients. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases, the price of the security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible.

 

60
 

In order to seek the fair treatment of all clients, while recognizing the inherent need for flexibility, especially in the micro cap and small cap markets and the markets for certain fixed income securities, it is Heartland Advisors’ policy to allocate investment opportunities, purchases and sales among clients on a basis that considers the characteristics and needs of the clients, including their respective investment objectives, current securities positions, cash available for investment or cash needs, and similar factors based on the portfolio manager’s best judgment under the circumstances.

 

In general, investment opportunities are allocated on a random or pro rata basis, with available cash the major consideration, among clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions where sufficient quantities or trading volumes of a security exist. However, because many of the securities owned by Heartland Advisors’ clients have a limited trading market, it may not be possible to purchase or sell a sufficient quantity of securities of a particular issuer at a particular time to allocate among all clients that have comparable investment objectives and positions. In other instances, because of the nature of the markets for securities with lower volume, it may take a significant period of time to accumulate or dispose of a position in such securities at a price deemed acceptable by Heartland Advisors. In such cases, the price of the security may fluctuate over time and it may be desirable to allocate trades to a particular client or group of clients in order to accumulate or dispose of a position of reasonable size in relation to the size of the account with as little disruption of the market as possible. There also may be situations where an investment opportunity, in particular a new idea, is only allocated to those accounts that the portfolio manager reasonably believes have sufficient size and diversification.

 

Heartland Advisors may, when appropriate, aggregate purchases or sales of securities and allocate such trades among two or more clients. By so doing, Heartland Advisors reasonably believes that over time it may be able to decrease brokerage and transaction costs to its clients through volume discounts, reduce brokerage commissions through negotiations not available to purchasers or sellers of smaller volumes of securities, and/or obtain better pricing than is possible for smaller trades. In general, an aggregated purchase or sale order that is only partially filled will be allocated on either a pro rata or random basis among the clients participating in the order.

 

Generally, clients participating in aggregated trades will receive the same average execution price on any given aggregated order on a given business day and transaction costs will be shared pro rata based on each client’s participation in the transaction unless the client has designated a specific broker and negotiated a separate commission rate with that broker.

 

From time to time, Heartland Advisors may take advantage of opportunities to invest in initial public offerings of equity securities (“IPOs”) as they arise. In general, a Fund may participate in an IPO allocation if the portfolio manager believes that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, and based on factors including the Fund’s investment objectives, risk profile, asset composition and cash levels, the IPO is an appropriate investment. Accordingly, it is unlikely that any particular Fund will participate in every IPO allocation and certain Funds may never participate in IPO allocations. IPOs will generally be allocated on a random basis to all participating Funds in a manner that Heartland Advisors reasonably believes will lead to a fair and equitable distribution of IPOs over time.

 

61
 

Heartland Advisors may select, and establish securities accounts and/or process transactions through one or more securities brokerage firms. It selects brokers and dealers to execute transactions for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities based upon a judgment of the broker-dealers’ professional capability to provide the service, and in a manner deemed fair and reasonable to clients. The primary consideration in selecting broker-dealers is prompt and efficient execution of orders in an effective manner at the most favorable price, but a number of other judgmental factors may enter into the decision. These factors may include, for example: knowledge of negotiated commission rates and transaction costs; the nature of the security being purchased or sold; the size of the transaction; historical and anticipated trading volume in the security and security price volatility; and broker-dealer operational capabilities and financial conditions. Among the brokers that may be used are electronic communication networks (ECNs), which are fully disclosed agency brokers that normally limit their activities to electronic execution of securities transactions. While commission rates are a factor in Heartland Advisors’ analysis, they are not the sole determinative factor in selecting broker-dealers.

 

Heartland Advisors does not consider the efforts of any broker or dealer in marketing or selling shares of the Funds in its selection of brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds.

 

As permitted by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Heartland Advisors engages in the long-standing investment management industry practice of paying higher commissions to broker-dealers who provide brokerage and research services (“research services”) than to broker-dealers who do not provide such research services, if such higher commissions are deemed reasonable in relation to the value of research services provided. Heartland Advisors uses these research services in its investment decision-making processes. These types of transactions are commonly referred to as “soft dollar transactions.”

 

Three different types of research services are typically acquired through these transactions: (i) proprietary research services offered by the broker or dealer executing a trade; (ii) other research services offered by third parties through the executing broker or dealer and (iii) proprietary or third party research services obtained through client commission arrangements (as discussed below). Research services that may be obtained by Heartland Advisors through soft dollar transactions include, but are not limited to: economic, industry or company research reports or investment recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations; compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends and similar data; certain computerized databases; quotation services; research or analytical computer software and services; certain trade-related services; and services of economic and other consultants concerning markets, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, and portfolio strategy. Heartland Advisors also may receive soft dollars on riskless principal transactions in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

 

Research services so received enable Heartland Advisors to supplement its own research and analysis used in connection with providing advice to its clients as to the value of securities; the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; the furnishing to clients of analyses and reports; and the effecting of securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement) on behalf of clients.

 

62
 

Soft dollar transactions are not effected pursuant to any binding agreement or understanding with any broker-dealer regarding a specific dollar amount of commissions to be paid to that broker-dealer. However, Heartland Advisors does in some instances request a particular broker or dealer to provide a specific research service, which may be proprietary to that firm or produced by a third party and made available by that firm. In such instances, the broker-dealer, in agreeing to provide the research service, frequently will indicate to Heartland Advisors a specific or minimum amount of commissions which it expects to receive by reason of its provision of the particular research service. Although Heartland Advisors does not agree to direct a specific or minimum commission amount to a firm in that circumstance, it does maintain an internal procedure to identify those brokers who provide it with research services and the value of such research services, and endeavors to direct sufficient commissions (including commissions on transactions in fixed income securities effected on an agency basis, dealer selling concessions on new issues of securities and certain riskless principal transactions) to ensure the continued receipt of research services it feels are useful in managing client accounts.

 

In a few instances, Heartland Advisors receives products or services from broker-dealers that are used both for investment research and for administrative, marketing, or other non-research or brokerage purposes. Heartland Advisors has a policy of not allocating brokerage business in return for products or services other than brokerage or research services in accordance with the provisions of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In such instances, it makes a good faith effort to determine the relative proportion of its use of such product or service which is for investment research or brokerage, and that portion of the cost of obtaining such product or service may be paid through brokerage commissions generated by client transactions, while the remaining portion of the costs of obtaining the product or service is paid directly by Heartland Advisors. In making such allocations, Heartland Advisors has a conflict of interest and has established reasonable procedures designed to address such conflicts.

 

Research or brokerage products or services provided by brokers may be used by Heartland Advisors in servicing any or all of its clients, and such research products or services may not necessarily be used by it in connection with client accounts which paid commissions to the brokers providing such product or service. In recognition of these factors, clients may pay higher commissions to brokers than might be charged if a different broker had been selected, if, in Heartland Advisors’ opinion, this policy furthers the objective of obtaining best price and execution. In addition, Heartland Advisors does not modify or reduce its fees based on the amount of brokerage or research services it receives from soft dollar transactions.

 

Heartland Advisors may obtain proprietary and third party research through client commission arrangements. In a client commission arrangement, Heartland Advisors agrees with a broker effecting trades for Heartland Advisors’ client accounts that a portion of the commissions paid by the accounts will be credited to purchase research services either from the executing broker or another broker, as directed from time to time by Heartland Advisors. The client commission arrangements, as well as the research provided in connection with such arrangements, are intended to comply with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the SEC’s related interpretative guidance. Participating in client commission arrangements enables Heartland Advisors to consolidate payments for research services through one or more channels using accumulated client commissions. Such arrangements also help to facilitate Heartland Advisors’ receipt of research services and ability to provide best execution in the trading process. Heartland Advisors also believes such research services are useful in its investment decision-making process by, among other things, providing access to resources that might not be available to Heartland Advisors absent such arrangements.

 

63
 

Pursuant to Section 17(e) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17e-1 thereunder, the Funds may engage an affiliated person (or an affiliated person of an affiliated person) to act as a broker in connection with purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the Funds, provided that the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to such broker, from any source, does not exceed (a) the usual and customary broker’s commission if the transaction is effected on a securities exchange, (b) 2% of the sales price if the transaction is effected in connection with a secondary distribution of such securities or (c) 1% of the purchase or sale price of such securities if the transaction is otherwise effected. A commission, fee or other remuneration will not be deemed to exceed the “usual and customary” broker’s commission if the commission, fee or other remuneration is reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration paid to other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time. This standard does not allow the affiliated broker to receive more than the remuneration which would be expected to be received by an unaffiliated broker in a commensurate arm’s-length transaction. Furthermore, Heartland’s Board of Directors, including a majority of the Directors who are not interested persons, has adopted procedures which are reasonably designed to provide that any commission, fee or other remuneration paid to an affiliated broker is consistent with the foregoing standard, and determines at least quarterly that all transactions with affiliated brokers were effected in accordance with such procedures.

 

Pursuant to a plan adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors under, and subject to the provisions of Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act, the Funds may purchase securities during the existence of an underwriting or selling syndicate, when a principal underwriter is an affiliate of the Funds. The plan and Rule 10f-3 limit the securities that may be so purchased, the time and manner of purchase, the underwriting discounts and amount of purchase, and require a review by the Board of Directors of any such transactions at least quarterly.

 

During the last three fiscal years, the aggregate commissions on portfolio transactions paid by the Funds were as follows:

 

  Year ended December 31,
  2009 2010 2011
Select Value Fund $979,524 $1,486,002 $1,577,823
Value Plus Fund $2,529,812 $2,456,330 $2,738,639
Value Fund $4,696,097 $3,296,585 $3,097,168

 

64
 

The table below shows information on brokerage commissions paid by the Funds to brokers or dealers who supplied research services to Heartland Advisors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011:

 

Fund Amount of Commissions Paid to Brokers or Dealers Who Supplied Research
Services to Heartland Advisors
Total Dollar Amount Involved
in Such Transactions (000’s)
Select Value Fund $1,543,672 $758,880
Value Plus Fund $2,626,544 $1,106,773
Value Fund $2,866,098 $611,099

 

The following table sets forth the value of the securities owned by the Funds that were issued by a “regular broker or dealer” of the Funds (as that term is defined by Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act), or the parent company of such regular broker or dealer, as of December 31, 2011.

 

Fund Regular Broker-Dealer of the Fund Value of Securities Issued by Regular Broker-Dealer or Its
Parent Owned by the Fund
Select Value Fund Raymond James & Associates, Inc. $13,668,840
Value Plus Fund BGC Partners, Inc. $17,820,000
Value Fund BGC Partners, Inc. $4,455,000

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Heartland Group, Inc. is a series company, which means the Board of Directors may establish additional series and classes within series, and may increase or decrease the number of shares in each class or series, all without shareholder approval. The Funds are each a separate mutual fund series of Heartland. Currently, three series are authorized and outstanding, and each series currently offers Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares. The authorized common stock of Heartland consists of one billion shares, par value $0.001 per share. Each share has one vote, and when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the offering, each share will be fully paid and non-assessable. Shares have no preemptive, cumulative voting, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. In the interest of economy and convenience, certificates representing shares purchased are not issued. However, such purchases are confirmed to the shareholder and credited to their accounts on the books maintained by the Funds’ transfer agent. The shareholder will have the same rights of ownership with respect to shares as if certificates had been issued.

 

Heartland’s Articles of Incorporation provide that the assets of each series belong to that series, subject only to the rights of creditors, and that such assets shall be charged with all liabilities in respect of that series and all expenses, costs, charges, and reserves attributable to that series. The Articles further provide that any assets or liabilities not readily identifiable to a series shall be allocated among the various series by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors in such manner and on such basis as the Board, in its sole discretion, deems fair and equitable, and that such allocation shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Heartland is aware of no statutory provisions or case law interpreting these or similar provisions or establishing whether the assets of one series may, under any circumstances, be charged with the unsatisfied liabilities allocated to another series. Accordingly, in the event that the liabilities of a series exceed the assets of that series, there is a possibility that the assets of the other series of Heartland could be subject to such excess liabilities. Each share of a series has identical dividend, liquidation and other rights.

 

65
 

Shareholders have the right to vote on the election of directors at each meeting of shareholders at which directors are to be elected and on other matters as provided by law or the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Heartland. Heartland’s Bylaws do not require that meetings of shareholders be held annually. However, special meetings of shareholders may be called for, among other things, purposes such as electing or removing directors, changing fundamental policies, or approving investment advisory contracts. Heartland may fill vacancies on the Board or appoint new directors; provided, however, that at all times at least two-thirds of the directors have been elected by shareholders. Moreover, pursuant to Heartland’s Bylaws, any director may be removed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Heartland; and holders of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Heartland can require that a special meeting of shareholders be called for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of one or more directors.

 

Shareholders of each series of a series company, such as Heartland, vote together with each share of each series in the company on matters affecting all series (such as election of directors), with each share entitled to a single vote. On matters affecting only one series (such as a change in that series’ fundamental investment restrictions), only the shareholders of that series are entitled to vote. On matters relating to all the series but affecting the series differently (such as a new investment advisory agreement), separate votes by series are required. The same rules govern the separate or joint voting of classes of shares within a series.

 

PURCHASES AND SALES

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Shares of each Class of each Fund are sold at the next determined net asset value per share. The net asset value of each Class of shares of a Fund is determined by subtracting such Fund’s liabilities (including accrued expenses and dividends payable) attributable to such Class from such Fund’s total assets (the value of the securities the Fund holds plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) attributable to such Class and dividing the result by the total number of shares outstanding of such Class.

 

Portfolio securities traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market are valued at the closing price on the principal exchange or market as of the close of regular trading hours on the day the securities are being valued, or, lacking any sales, such security shall be valued at the latest sales price on the Composite Market (defined below) for the day such security is being valued. If there were no sales of a particular security on such security’s principal exchange or market or the Composite Market on the day that such security is being valued, such security shall be valued at the mean between the bid and asked prices on such day, as reported on such security’s principal exchange or market as of the close of regular trading hours on the day such security is being valued. “Composite Market” means a consolidation of the trade information provided by national securities and foreign exchanges and over-the-counter markets as published by the Fund’s primary pricing service. Securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or deemed unreliable are valued at their fair value using methods determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

 

66
 

The Pricing Committee, designated by Heartland’s Board of Directors, may also make a fair value determination for a security for which market quotations are not readily available pursuant to the Funds’ pricing policies and procedures if the Pricing Committee reasonably determines that a significant event, which materially affects the value of the security, occurred after the time at which the market price for the security is determined, but prior to the time at which a Fund’s net asset value is calculated. The Board reviews all of the Pricing Committee’s fair value determinations.

 

Fair valuation of a particular security is an inherently subjective process, with no single standard to utilize when determining a security’s fair value. As such, different mutual funds could reasonably arrive at a different fair value price for the same security. In each case where a security is fair valued, consideration is given to the facts and circumstances relevant to the particular situation. This consideration includes reviewing various factors set forth in the pricing procedures adopted by the Board of Directors and other factors as warranted. In making a fair value determination, factors that may be considered, among others, include: the type and structure of the security; unusual events or circumstances relating to the security’s issuer; general market conditions; prior day’s valuation; fundamental analytical data; size of the holding; cost of the security on the date of purchase; nature and duration of any restriction on disposition; trading activities and prices of similar securities or financial instruments.

 

Debt Securities. Debt securities are valued at fair value as furnished by an independent pricing service approved by Heartland’s Board of Directors that uses various valuation methodologies such as matrix pricing and other analytical pricing models as well as market transactions and dealer quotations. Debt securities with maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at acquisition cost, plus or minus any amortized discount or premium. Because Heartland Advisors believes that there currently is no uniform methodology for valuing foreign debt, such securities must be valued pursuant to the fair value procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

 

Illiquid and Thinly Traded Securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing a Fund’s portfolio. If market quotations are not available, these securities will be valued in accordance with procedures established by Heartland’s Board of Directors. Judgment may, therefore, play a greater role in valuing these securities. Market quotations are generally available on many lower quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers, and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

 

67
 

Foreign Investments. In the event that (i) a foreign investment held by a Fund is traded in both a local and foreign form, (ii) each such form may be converted or exchanged for the other and (iii) Heartland Advisors reasonably determines that the rights and privileges of holders of either form are comparable for valuation purposes, then Heartland Advisors may value the Fund’s investment based on the form for which current market quotes are most readily available even if such form is not the form of investment held by the Fund. If Heartland Advisors has reason to believe that circumstances exist which could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on the valuation of one form over the other, such as limitations on the ability to convert or exchange between forms, limitations on foreign ownership of securities or currency regulations, Heartland Advisors shall value the particular investment based on market quotations or a fair value determination with respect to the same form as that held by the Fund.

 

Foreign securities are valued on a basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded, and are translated from the local currency into U.S. dollars using exchange rates as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange. On any business day of a Fund on which the principal exchange on which a foreign security is traded is closed (for example, a local holiday), but trading occurs in the U.S. on either a national exchange or over-the-counter as reported by the exchange or through Nasdaq, respectively, then the last sales price from such source shall be used. If no sales price is available from such source, then the prior day’s valuation of the security may be used.

 

Occasionally, events occur that affect the value of foreign investments between the time at which those items are determined and the close of trading on the New York Stock Exchange. Such events would not normally be reflected in a calculation of the Funds’ net asset values on that day. If events that materially affect the value of the Funds’ foreign investments or the foreign currency exchange rates occur during such period, the investments will be valued at their fair value as determined in good faith in accordance with pricing policies and procedures adopted by Heartland’s Board of Directors.

 

Redemption-in-Kind

 

Each Fund intends to pay all redemptions in cash and is obligated to redeem shares solely in cash up to the lesser of $250,000 or one percent of the net assets of the Fund during any 90-day period for any one shareholder. However, redemptions in excess of such limit may be paid wholly or partly by a distribution in kind of securities or other Fund assets if Heartland Advisors determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable. If redemptions were made in kind, the redeeming shareholders may incur a gain or loss for tax purposes and transaction costs.

 

68
 

ADDITIONAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

Each Fund intends to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and, if so qualified, will not be subject to federal income taxes as a regular corporation to the extent its earnings are timely distributed. Each Fund also intends to make distributions as required by the Code to avoid the imposition of a 4% excise tax.

 

Each series of a series company, such as Heartland, is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes, so that the net investment income and the net realized capital gains and losses of one series are not combined with those of another series in the same company.

 

To the extent a Fund invests in foreign securities, it may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Investors may be entitled to claim U.S. foreign tax credits with respect to such taxes, subject to certain provisions and limitations contained in the Code.

 

Cost Basis

 

Pursuant to the Energy Improvement and Extension Act of 2008, the Funds are required to report to you and the IRS the cost basis of your Fund shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”) when they are subsequently redeemed. The cost basis of covered shares will be determined using Average Cost Method, described below, unless you elect in writing a different permissible method. These requirements do not apply to shares held through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) or an individual retirement account. Shares acquired before January 1, 2012 (“non-covered shares”) are treated as if held in an account separate from the covered shares for purposes of these reporting requirements. The Funds are not required to determine or report a shareholder’s cost basis of non-covered shares and are not responsible for the accuracy and reliability of any information provided for non-covered shares. However, as a courtesy and when available, the Funds will continue to provide you with the cost basis of non-covered shares using the Average Cost Method.

 

The cost basis of a share is generally its purchase price adjusted for distributions, returns of capital, and other corporate actions. Cost basis is used to determine whether the redemption of a share results in a gain or loss. If you redeem covered shares during any year, the Funds will report the gain/loss, cost basis, and holding period of such covered shares to you and the IRS on the Consolidated Form 1099.

 

A cost basis method is used by the Funds to determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when a shareholder sells less than its entire position in a Fund and has made multiple purchases of Fund shares on different dates at differing net asset values. If a shareholder does not affirmatively elect a particular cost basis method, the Funds will use the Average Cost Method, which averages the cost basis of all Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012, in an account regardless of holding period, and deems shares sold or transferred first to be those with the longest holding period. Each shareholder may elect in writing an alternate permissible cost basis method to calculate the cost basis of its covered shares. The cost basis reporting method cannot be changed for previously redeemed covered shares.

 

69
 

If you hold Fund shares through a financial intermediary, please contact that financial intermediary to discuss the reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

 

You are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the application of these cost basis reporting rules and, in particular, which cost basis calculation method you should elect. Heartland representatives are not licensed tax advisors and are unable to give tax advice.

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The financial statements, related notes and related report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Funds as of December 31, 2011, and for the year then ended, are hereby incorporated by reference. Copies of the Funds’ Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to Heartland, 789 North Water Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, by calling 1-800-432-7856, or by visiting the Heartland website at www.heartlandfunds.com.

 

70
 

APPENDIX A

 

Statement of Policy Regarding Proxy Voting

 

Heartland Group, Inc.

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

(February 2011)

 

I. INTRODUCTION

 

 

The purpose of this Statement of Policy Regarding Proxy Voting (the “Statement”) is to set forth the policies and procedures that are followed to ensure proxies are voted in favor of the beneficial security interests that Heartland Advisors, Inc. (“HAI”) and Heartland Group, Inc. (“HGI”, and collectively with HAI, the “Fiduciaries”), respectively, represent. Recognizing that guidance with respect to proxy voting is not static, it is intended that this Statement be reviewed periodically and revised and interpreted as necessary to remain current both with respect to its general terms and with respect to specific corporate governance matters to be voted upon.

 

The beneficial security interests represented by the Fiduciaries and hereinafter collectively referred to as “Clients” of the Fiduciaries are:

§ As to HAI, the interests of its investment advisory clients for which it has accepted proxy voting discretion; and
§ As to HGI, the interests of the shareholders of its various mutual fund series.

 

The policies and procedures set forth in this Statement are monitored, discussed and updated as necessary by the Investment Policy Committee of HAI and the Board of Directors of HGI at the recommendation of their respective managing principals or Officers. Although these policies and procedures are common to HAI and HGI, each shall act independently and solely in the best interests of the respective fiduciary interests they represent in the administration thereof.

 

This Statement does not apply to those situations where a Client of HAI has retained voting discretion. In those situations, HAI will cooperate with the Client to ensure proxies are voted as directed by the Client. In addition, HAI will also abide by specific voting guidelines on certain policy issues as requested by a particular Client on a case-by-case basis.

II. STATEMENT OF POLICY

 

 

In general, proxies shall be voted in a manner designed to maximize the value of the Clients’ investment. In evaluating a particular proxy proposal, the respective Fiduciary will take into consideration, among other things, the period of time over which the voting shares of the company are expected to be held, the size of the position, the costs involved in the proxy proposal, and the existing governance documents of the affected company, as well as its management and operations. Proxy proposals which change the existing status of a company shall be reviewed to evaluate the necessity of the change, and to determine the benefits to the company and its shareholders, but the Fiduciaries’ primary objective is to protect and enhance the economic interests of their respective Clients.

 

Appendix A  
 

The proxy voting guidelines, attached as Exhibit A, provide a general framework for the manner in which the Fiduciaries’ will vote proxies. These guidelines are not “hard and fast” rules and do not address all matters that may be submitted by companies to a vote of their shareholders. Rather, the guidelines reflect the overall sentiment as to how proxies should be voted with respect to matters commonly submitted by companies for shareholder approval. The Fiduciaries may vote proxies that depart from such guidelines if, in their good faith judgment, doing so is in the best interests of their respective Clients and the value of the Clients’ investments. On matters not covered by the guidelines, the Fiduciaries will vote proxies in a manner believed in good faith to further the value of their Clients’ investments. As corporate governance standards, disclosure requirements and voting mechanics vary greatly among foreign markets in which the Clients may invest, there may be instances in which HAI elects not to vote.

 

Generally, it is the Fiduciaries’ policy to vote in accordance with management’s recommendations on most issues since the capability of management is one of the criteria used by HAI in selecting stocks, and in recognition of the fact that a board of directors is elected by a company’s shareholders and the management of a company will normally have more specific expertise and knowledge as to the company’s operations. However, when the Fiduciaries believe management is acting on its own behalf, instead of on behalf of the well-being of the company and its shareholders, or when the Fiduciaries believe that management is acting in a manner that is adverse to the rights of the company’s shareholders, the Fiduciaries believe it is their duty to represent the interests of their respective Clients and, as a result, will not vote with management.

 

III. Voting Procedures

 

All proxy proposals shall be voted on an individual basis. Subject to the oversight of its Investment Policy Committee, HAI will designate a proxy administrator responsible for voting proxies. The proxy administrator will monitor and review all proxies to ensure that voting is done in a timely manner. The proxy administrator will match each proxy to the securities to be voted, and will provide the relevant proxy materials to the HAI analyst for the particular company. In general, the HAI analyst for a company shall be responsible for analyzing a proxy proposal relating to that company and determining how votes should be cast by communicating his/her recommendation to the HAI proxy administrator.

 

In evaluating a proxy proposal, the HAI analyst shall be responsible for considering whether there is any business relationship between the Fiduciary and the company or other facts and circumstances that may give rise to a material conflict of interest on the part of the Fiduciary in connection with voting Client proxies. Instances that may give rise to a material conflict include:

 

(a) The Fiduciary may manage a pension plan, administer an employee benefit plan for, or provide other services to a company whose management is soliciting proxies. Failure to vote in favor of management may harm the Fiduciary’s relationship with the company.

 

(b) The Fiduciary, or an officer, director, employee or representative, may have a business or personal relationship with proponents of a proxy proposal such as participants in proxy contests, corporate directors or candidates for directorship. These relationships could influence the Fiduciary’s proxy voting.

 

Appendix A  
 

(c) An employee of the Fiduciary may have a spouse or other relative who serves as a director, executive, manager or employee of a company. This personal relationship may cause a conflict.

 

(d) An inherent conflict also exists with any proposal requiring a proxy vote that influences the revenue received by the Fiduciary.

 

In general, if the HAI analyst determines that a material conflict of interest may exist, the proxy shall be referred to the HAI Investment Policy Committee who shall, based on the advice of legal counsel, determine whether the proxy may be voted by the Fiduciary or referred to the Client (or another fiduciary of the Client) for voting purposes. 1

 

From time to time, HAI may also engage a third party service provider (who is independent of HAI and HGI), such as Glass, Lewis & Co., to perform research and make recommendations to HAI as to a particular shareholder vote being solicited. HAI is under no obligation to follow any such recommendation, but will take it under consideration when reviewing the proposal being solicited. Before engaging such third party service provider, HAI will take reasonable steps to verify that the service provider is independent of HAI and HGI based on all of the relevant facts and circumstances. In addition, before engaging such third party service provider, HAI must be satisfied that the service provider can make impartial proxy voting recommendations that are in the best interests of the Clients. If the third party service provider is in the business of providing corporate guidance advice to companies in addition to making proxy voting recommendations to investment advisers, HAI will implement procedures that require such firm to disclose any relevant facts concerning that firm’s relationship with a company whose voting securities are held by Clients, such as the amount of compensation that the firm receives from the company. Such procedures may also include a thorough review of the service provider’s conflict procedures, their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation and/or other means reasonably designed to ensure the integrity of the proxy voting process. HAI will then use that information to determine whether that firm can make proxy voting recommendations in an impartial manner and in the best interests of the Clients, or whether HAI needs to take other steps and seek other input on how to vote the proxies.

 

 

When possible, voting will be conducted electronically through the Glass Lewis & Co. electronic delivery platform (“Glass Lewis”). For each proposal with respect to which a vote is cast, a hard copy of the signed ballot and a print out of the accounts for which votes were cast shall be retained for six months following the calendar year in which the vote was cast. In addition, an electronic voting record shall be maintained by Glass Lewis that shall include the same information, as well as a brief statement of the voting issue and a statement as to how the Fiduciary voted. A hard copy and/or the electronic record shall be maintained for seven calendar years. The Fiduciaries shall also maintain any other books and records required by applicable law.

 


1 In the case of HGI, if the Investment Policy Committee determines that the proxy should not be voted by the officers of HGI, the proxy shall be submitted to the Audit Committee of HGI (or its designee) to determine how the proxy should be voted.

 

Appendix A  
 

With regard to proxies voted on behalf of the Heartland Family of Mutual Funds, the Fiduciaries shall comply with the disclosure and filing requirements set forth in Investment Company Act Release IC-25922, including filing of Form N-PX pursuant to Rule 30b1-4 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Upon request by a Client or the Board of Directors of HGI, HAI shall provide information concerning the voting of proxies on behalf of that Client or the Heartland Funds, respectively. Copies of this Statement of Policy also shall be made available upon request.

 

Appendix A  
 

EXHIBIT A

Proxy Voting Guidelines

 

A. Board Items

Subject Vote
Election of Directors

FOR nominees in an uncontested election, except that votes may be withheld from a director who:

· Attended less than 75% of board and/or committee meetings without a valid business reason for the absences;

· Serves on a committee when the committee’s actions are inconsistent with other guidelines (e.g. excessive option grants, substantial non-audit fees, or lack of board independence);

· Receives compensation from the company for services other than serving as a director;

· Serves as Chief Financial Officer or similar financial/accounting role for the company; or

· Has other known positions that create a conflict of interest

Two-Thirds of Independent Directors FOR proposals that require two-thirds of the board and/or board committees to be independent

Independent Chairperson

(Separate Chairperson/CEO)

FOR proposals that require an independent member act as chairperson of the board
Independent Committees FOR proposals that require all members of the Audit, Nominating and Compensation Committees to be independent
Board Size

· FOR proposals that seek to fix or designate a range for the board size

· AGAINST proposals that give management the ability to alter the board size outside a specified range without shareholder approval

Declassification of Board FOR
Classification of Board AGAINST
Removal of Directors

· AGAINST proposals that provide that directors may be removed only for cause

· FOR proposals to restore shareholder ability to remove directors with or without cause

Filling Vacancies

· FOR proposals that permit shareholders to elect directors to fill board vacancies

· AGAINST proposals that provide that only continuing directors may elect replacement board members

Term Limits AGAINST shareholder proposals to limit the tenure of outside directors
Age Limits AGAINST shareholder proposals to impose a mandatory retirement age for outside directors

 

B. Capital Structure and Voting Related Items

Subject Vote
Poison Pills

· FOR shareholder proposals that request a company submit a poison pill to shareholder vote

· AGAINST management proposals to adopt or ratify a poison pill which limit a potential acquirer’s ability to buy a controlling interest without the approval of the target’s board of directors

Supermajority Voting AGAINST proposals that require a supermajority shareholder vote
Cumulative Voting AGAINST proposals that allow shareholders votes that are disproportionate to their economic investment in the company
Confidential Voting FOR
Dual Class Stock AGAINST proposals to create a new class of common stock with superior voting rights.
Common Stock Authorization Reviewed on a case-by-case basis when a proposal seeks to increase the number of common stock shares authorized for issuance
Repurchase Programs FOR proposals to institute share repurchase plans

 

Appendix A  
 

C. General/Administrative Items

Subject Vote
Ratify Auditors

FOR, unless:

· The auditor is performing non-audit work for which it receives fees that are deemed excessive in relation to the fees paid for audit work; or

· The auditor otherwise has a significant professional or personal relationship with the company that compromises the audit firm’s independence

Social, Political and

Environmental Issues

Review on a case-by-case basis; however, typically vote with management with regard to social, political or environmental concerns that may have an effect upon the economic success of the company, as management is in the best position to assess the impact on the company and the value of its securities
Adjourn Meeting AGAINST, absent compelling reasons to support
Transact Other Business AGAINST proposals to approve such other business that may be raised during a meeting
Right to Call Meetings FOR proposals that permit shareholders to call special meetings of the board

 

D. Compensation Items

Subject Vote
Stock Plans in Lieu of Cash FOR plans that allow participants to take all or a portion of their cash compensation in the form of stock
Stock Ownership Requirements FOR proposals that require senior executives to hold a minimum amount of common stock of the company
Stock Options and Incentive Compensation

· FOR proposals that require stock acquired through an option exercise to be held for a certain period of time

· AGAINST the re-pricing or replacement of stock options without shareholder approval

· AGAINST proposals that provide for options priced at less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying security on the date of the grant

· AGAINST annual option grants in excess of 2% of shares outstanding

· AGAINST option plans that provide for potential dilution of shares that exceed 10% of shares outstanding

· AGAINST proposals that include automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) features

Executive Severance Agreements (“Golden Parachutes”) Reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but vote AGAINST proposals that provide for compensation exceeding three times annual compensation (salary and bonus)
Employee Stock Ownership Plans FOR where the plan provides for a minimum stock purchase price that is equal or greater than 85% of the stock’s fair market value

 

Appendix A  
 

E. Advisory Say-on-Pay Votes

Subject Vote
Say-on-Frequency · FOR proposals for annual advisory votes on executive compensation
Say-on-Pay

· FOR proposals that require stock acquired through an option exercise to be held for a certain period of time

· AGAINST the re-pricing or replacement of stock options without shareholder approval

· AGAINST proposals that provide for options priced at less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying security on the date of the grant

· AGAINST annual option grants in excess of 2% of shares outstanding

· AGAINST option plans that provide for potential dilution of shares that exceed 10% of shares outstanding

· AGAINST proposals that include automatic share replenishment (“evergreen”) features

· AGAINST re-pricing or re-placing out-of-the-money stock options or stock appreciation rights

· AGAINST new or extended agreements that provide for change in control payments exceeding three times annual compensation (salary and bonus)

· AGAINST change in control severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties, or change in control payments with excise tax gross-ups

Say-on-Golden-Parachutes in Mergers & Acquisitions Reviewed on a case-by-case basis, but vote AGAINST proposals that provide for compensation exceeding three times annual compensation (salary and bonus)

 

Appendix A  
 

 

Part C. Other Information

 

 

Item 28

Exhibits

 

(a.1) Articles of Incorporation (3)
   
(a.2) Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Nebraska Tax Free Fund (2)
   
(a.3) Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Small Cap Contrarian Fund, and to create a series known as the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund (4)
   
(a.4) Certificate of Correction to Articles Supplementary to correct the name of the Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund and to correct the provision regarding a small account fee (5)
   
(a.5) Articles Supplementary to add a provision regarding an early redemption fee (5)
   
(a.6) Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland U.S. Government Securities Fund series to the Heartland Government Fund (5)
   
(a.7) Articles of Amendment to change the name of the Heartland Large Cap Value Fund series to the Heartland Select Value Fund (5)
   
(a.8) Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Mid Cap Value Fund (5)
   
(a.9) Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, the series known as the Heartland Wisconsin Tax Free Fund (6)
   
(a.10) Form of Articles Supplementary to withdraw the designation of, and to discontinue, three of its series known as the Heartland Short Duration High-Yield Municipal Fund, Heartland High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund and Heartland Taxable Short Duration Municipal Fund (9)
   
(b) Amended and Restated Bylaws (7)
   
(c.1) Articles Sixth through Eighth and Article Tenth of the Articles of Incorporation (see Exhibit (a.1))
   
(c.2) Articles Supplementary (see Exhibits (a.2), (a.3), (a.8) and (a.9))
   
(c.3) Articles II, VI, IX and X of the Bylaws (see Exhibit (b))
   
(d.1) Investment Advisory Agreement for the Heartland Value Fund (3)
   
(d.2) Investment Advisory Agreement for Heartland Select Value and Value Plus Funds (1)
   
(d.3) Amended and Restated Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement for Heartland Select Value and Value Plus Funds (13)
   
(e.1) Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc. (10)
   
(e.2) Form of Broker Dealer Selling Agreement (11)
   
(e.3) Form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement (11)
1
 

 

   
(e.4) Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc., dated November 1, 2011 *
   
(e.5) Amendment to the Distribution Fee Letter Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc., Heartland Advisors, Inc., and ALPS Distributors, Inc., dated November 1, 2011 *
   
(f) Not applicable
   
(g) Custodian Agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (7)
   
(h.1) Heartland Group, Inc.’s Rule 10f-3 Plan (3)
   
(h.2) Power of Attorney, dated February 12, 2004 (7)
   
(h.3) Power of Attorney, dated April 19, 2006 (11)
   
(h.4) Power of Attorney, dated February 28, 2008 (11)
   
(h.5) Credit Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (8)
   
(h.6) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated August 13, 2008 (13)
   
(h. 7) Amendment No. 1 to Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated August 14, 2008 (13)
   
(h.8) Amendment No. 2 to Transfer Agency and Services Agreement, dated May 12, 2010 (14)
   
(h.9) Transfer Agency Interactive Client Services Agreement, dated August 13, 2008 (13)
   
(h.10) Amendment No.1 to Transfer Agency Interactive Client Services Agreement, dated October 2008 (13)
   
(h.11) Amendment No. 2 to Transfer Agency Interactive Client Services Agreement, dated December 2, 2010 (14)
   
(h.12) Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement, dated August 13, 2008 (13)
   
(h.13) Acknowledgement of Change of Control and Assignment of Service Agreements, dated November 1, 2011 *
   
(h.14) Interim Transfer Agent Fee Arrangement, dated November 1, 2011 *
   
(h.15) Securities Lending Agency Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., dated November 30, 2011 *
   
(i) Opinion of Counsel (12)
   
(j.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *
   
(j.2) Consent of Counsel *
   
(k) Not applicable
   
(l) Not applicable
   
(m) Form of Heartland Group Inc.’s Amended and Restated Rule 12b-1 Plan (effective as of May 1, 2008) (11)
   
(n) Heartland Group Inc.’s Rule 18f-3 Plan (11)
   
(o) Reserved
   
(p.1) Heartland Group, Inc.’s and Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics (Amended as of August 18, 2011) *
   
(p.2) ALPS Distributors, Inc.’s Code of Ethics *

 

2
 

 

 

* Filed herewith
(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 18, 1996.
(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about January 30, 1997.
(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 13, 1998.
(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 36 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 15, 1998.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about October 6, 1999.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about November 4, 2002.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 27, 2004.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 47 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant Filed on or about March 1, 2005.
(9) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April 25, 2006.
(10) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 50 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about July 20, 2007.
(11) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 52 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about February 28, 2008.
(12) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April 24, 2008.
(13) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April 29, 2009.
(14) Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April 29, 2011.

 

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund

 

Not Applicable. See “Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities” in Part B.

 

 

3
 

Item 30. Indemnification  

 

Reference is made to Article IX of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Bylaws filed as Exhibit (b) to this Post-Effective Amendment No. 46 to the Fund’s Registration Statement with respect to the indemnification of the Fund’s directors and officers, which is set forth below:

 

Section 9.1. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents . The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided that:

 

(a) whether or not there is an adjudication of liability in such Proceeding, the Corporation shall not indemnify any person for any liability arising by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or under any contract or agreement with the Corporation (“disabling conduct”); and

 

(b) the Corporation shall not indemnify any person unless:

 

(1) the court or other body before which the Proceeding was brought (i) dismisses the Proceeding for insufficiency of evidence of any disabling conduct, or (ii) reaches a final decision on the merits that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct; or

 

(2) absent such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, by (i) the vote of a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a majority of a quorum of Directors described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) above so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that such person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct.

 

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a Proceeding will be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition thereof upon an undertaking by such person to repay such expenses (unless it is ultimately determined that he is entitled to indemnification), if:

 

(1) such person shall provide adequate security for his undertaking;

 

(2) the Corporation shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such advance; or

 

(3) a majority of a quorum of the Directors of the Corporation who are neither interested persons of the Corporation as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940 nor parties to the Proceeding, or independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts, that there is reason to believe that such person will be found to be entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 9.2. Insurance of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in or arising out of his position. However, in no event will the Corporation purchase insurance to indemnify any such person for any act for which the Corporation itself is not permitted to indemnify him.

 

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc. acts as the investment advisor to three of the Heartland Funds (Select Value, Value Plus and Value Funds) as well as the investment advisor to the Heartland International Small Cap Fund, a series of the Trust for Professional Managers. William J. Nasgovitz, a Director and President of Heartland Group, Inc., is a controlling person of Heartland Advisors through his indirect ownership of a majority of its voting common stock. Mr. Nasgovitz has indicated he intends to retain control of Heartland Advisors, Inc. through continued indirect ownership of a majority of its outstanding voting stock.

 

4
 

 Set forth below is a list of the officers and directors of Heartland Advisors, Inc. as of May 1, 2012, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of those officers and directors during the past two years:

 

Name Position and Office(s) with Heartland Advisors, Inc. Other
     
William J. Nasgovitz President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director President and Director, Heartland Group, Inc., since December 1984
     
Paul T. Beste Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and Director Assistant Secretary Heartland Group, Inc., since May 2010; Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer, Heartland Group, Inc., December 2009 to May 2010; AML Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., since November 2002; Vice President, Heartland Group, Inc., since September 1997; Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., November 2005 to May 2010; Interim Treasurer, and Principal Accounting Officer, September 2008 to December 2008; Secretary and Treasurer, Heartland Value Manager, LLC, since August 2000
     
Vinita K. Paul Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., since August 2008; Associate, Quarles & Brady LLP, November 2007 to July 2008; Vice President and Interim General Counsel, The Ziegler Companies, Inc., July 2007 to October 2007; Assistant Secretary, North Track Funds, Inc., December 2006 to October 2007; Assistant Secretary, Ziegler Exchange Traded Trust, December 2006 to October 2007; Vice President and Assistant General Counsel, The Ziegler Companies, Inc., September 2006 to July 2007; Associate, Quarles & Brady LLP, September 2004 to August 2006
     
Nicole J. Best Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer, Heartland Group, Inc., since June 2011; Vice President and Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., May 2010 to June 2011; Senior Vice President, Investor Services and Markets, Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., September 2008 to May 2010; Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., November 2005 to August 2008; Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., June 2000 to November 2005.
     
Katherine M. Jaworski Vice President Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., since June 2011; Principal Accounting Officer and Treasurer, Heartland Group, Inc., May 2010 to June 2011; Assistant Secretary, Heartland Group, Inc., November 2008 to May 2010.
     
William R. (“Will”) Nasgovitz Senior Vice President and Director Chief Executive Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., since May 2012.
     
David C. Fondrie Senior Vice President and Director Chief Executive Officer, Heartland Group, Inc., January 2006 to May 2012.
     
5
 

 

Bradford A. Evans Senior Vice President and Director None
     
Hugh F. Denison Senior Vice President None
     
Kevin D. Clark Senior Vice President None
     
Michael T. Riggs Senior Vice President None
     
David Ribbens Senior Vice President None
     
Theodore D. Baszler Vice President None
     
Matthew J. Miner Vice President None
     
Jeffrey J. Kohl Vice President None
     
Michael H. DiStefano Vice President None
     
Jeanne Kolimaga Vice President None
     
Adam J. Peck Vice President None
     
Michael D. Kops Vice President None
     
Kevin A. Joy Vice President None
     
Catherine Mitchell Stephenson Vice President None

 

Item 32. Principal Underwriters

 

(a)  ALPS Distributors, Inc. acts as the distributor for the Registrant and the following investment companies: ALPS ETF Trust, Ameristock Mutual Fund, Inc., Arbitrage Funds, AQR Funds, BBH Trust, BLDRS Index Funds Trust, BPV Family of Funds, Brown Management Funds, Caldwell & Orkin Funds, Inc., Campbell Multi-Strategy Trust, Columbia ETF Trust, Cook & Bynum Funds Trust, CornerCap Group of Funds, The Cortina Funds, Inc., CRM Mutual Fund Trust, Cullen Funds, Drexel Hamilton Investment Partners LLC, EGA Global Shares Trust, Financial Investors Trust, Financial Investors Variable Insurance Trust, Firsthand Funds, Forward Funds, GLG Investment Series Trust, Henssler Funds, Inc., Holland Balanced Fund, IndexIQ Trust, Index IQ ETF Trust, James Advantage Funds, Laudus Trust, Laudus Institutional Trust, Milestone Funds, Oak Associates Funds, Pax World Series Trust I, Pax World Funds Trust II, PowerShares QQQ 100 Trust Series 1, RiverNorth Funds, Russell Exchange Traded Funds Trust, SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF Trust, SPDR S&P 500 ETF Trust, SPDR S&P MidCap 400 ETF Trust, Select Sector SPDR Trust, Stonebridge Funds, Inc., Stone Harbor Investment Funds, Tilson Investment Trust, Transparent Value Trust, db-X Exchange-Traded Funds Inc., Trust for Professional Managers, Wasatch Funds, WesMark Funds, Westcore Trust, Whitebox Mutual Funds, Williams Capital Liquid Assets Fund, Wilmington Funds and WisdomTree Trust.

 

6
 

 (b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the directors and executive officers of ALPS Distributors, Inc., as of April 1, 2012 are as follows:

 

Name and Address* Positions and Offices with Underwriter Positions and Offices with Registrant
Edmund J. Burke Director None
Thomas A. Carter President, Director None
Jeremy O. May Executive Vice President, Director None
Diana M. Adams Senior Vice President, Controller, Treasurer None
Kevin J. Ireland Senior Vice President, Director of Institutional Sales None
Mark R. Kiniry Senior Vice President, National Sales Director-Investments None
Bradley J. Swenson Senior Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer None
Robert J. Szydlowski Senior Vice President, Chief Technology Officer None
Tané T. Tyler Senior Vice President, Secretary, General Counsel None
Erin Douglas Vice President, Senior Associate Counsel None
JoEllen Legg Vice President, Senior Associate Counsel None
Paul F. Leone Vice President, Assistant General Counsel None
David T. Buhler Vice President, Associate Counsel None
Steven Price Vice President, Deputy Chief Compliance Officer None
James Stegall Vice President, Institutional Sales Manager None

__________________________________

 

* The principal business address for each of the above directors and executive officers is 1290 Broadway, Suite 1100, Denver, Colorado 80203.

 

(c) ALPS Distributors, Inc received a total of $275,691.95 in distribution fees from the Heartland Funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011. Of these distribution fees, ALPS Distributors received $48,065.07 from the Select Value Fund, $132,649.42 from the Value Plus Fund, and $94,977.46 from the Value Fund.

 

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

 

(a) Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

(b) ALPS Fund Services, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

1290 Broadway, Suite 1100

Denver, Colorado 80203

 

ALPS Distributors, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

7
 

 

(c) Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

40 Water Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

 

Item 34. Management Services

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 35. Undertakings

 

Not applicable.

 

8
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to the R egistration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, and State of Wisconsin on the 30th day of April, 2012.

 

 

  HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.
   
  By:  /s/ David C. Fondrie
    David C. Fondrie, Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below on this 30th day of April, 2012, by the following persons in the capacities indicated.

 

     
SIGNATURE   TITLE
     
     
/s/ David C. Fondrie    
David C. Fondrie   Chief Executive Officer
     
     
/s/ Nicole J. Best    
Nicole J. Best   Treasurer and Principal Accounting Officer (Chief Financial and Accounting Officer)
     
     
/s/ William J. Nasgovitz    
William J. Nasgovitz   Director and President
     
*/s/ Robert A. Rudell     
Robert A. Rudell   Director
     
*/s/ Dale J. Kent     
Dale J. Kent   Director
     
*/s/ Michael D. Dunham    
Michael D. Dunham    
    Director
*/s/ Ward D. Armstrong     
Ward D. Armstrong    
    Director
*/s/ Kenneth A. Kavajecz    
Kenneth A. Kavajecz    
    Director

 

*By:  

/s/ Paul T. Beste

 
    Paul T. Beste  
     
    Pursuant to Powers of Attorney  
9
 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No. Description
   
(e.4) Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc.
(e.5) Amendment to the Distribution Fee Letter Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc., Heartland Advisors, Inc., and ALPS Distributors, Inc.
(h.13) Acknowledgement of Change of Control and Assignment of Service Agreements
(h.14) Interim Transfer Agent Fee Arrangement
(h.15) Securities Lending Agency Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers Harriman, Co.
(j.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(j.2) Consent of Counsel
(p.1) Heartland Group, Inc.’s and Heartland Advisors, Inc’s Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics
(p.2) ALPS Distributors, Inc.’s Code of Ethics

 

10
 

 

 

Exhibit (e.4): Amendment to the Distribution Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc.

 

 

DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

Distribution Agreement (the “Agreement”) made this 1st day of November, 2011, by and between Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Distributor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is a registered open-end management investment company organized as a series trust offering a number of portfolios of securities (each a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”);

 

WHEREAS, the Fund and Distributor are party to a Distribution Agreement dated July 12, 2007, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “Distribution Agreement”), whereby the Fund retained the Distributor to promote and distribute the shares of the Portfolios.

 

WHEREAS, on July 19, 2011, ALPS Holdings, Inc., (“AHI”) the parent company of the Distributor, entered into a merger agreement pursuant to which AHI agreed to be acquired by DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”) (the “Transaction”); the acquisition also includes an indirect controlling interest in the Distributor;

 

WHEREAS, upon completion of the Transaction, the Transaction may result in an “assignment”, as such term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) of the Distribution Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, under the 1940 Act, an assignment includes any direct or indirect transfer of a controlling block of an entity’s voting securities and a result of the assignment, henceforth the Distribution Agreement may be deemed terminated; and

 

WHEREAS, in light of the proposed assignment and change in control of the Distributor in connection with the Transaction, the Distributor and Fund wish to enter into this Agreement effective upon close of the Transaction.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained, the Fund and the Distributor agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment. The Fund hereby appoints the Distributor to provide the distribution services set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

 

2. Entire Agreement . All terms, conditions, representations and warranties contained in the Distribution Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and both the Fund and Distributor hereby agree that unless specified elsewhere in this Agreement, all terms, conditions, representations and warranties contained in the this Agreement, including the Distribution Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference, constitute the entire understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede any prior understanding or agreements between the parties related to the services contemplated herein, including the Distribution Agreement.

 

3. Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall be effective on the date first set forth above, and unless terminated as provided herein, shall continue for two years from its effective date, and thereafter from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by the vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, and by the vote of those Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (the “Independent Directors”) and, if a plan under Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act is in effect, by the vote of those Directors who are not “interested persons” of the Fund and who are not parties to such plan or this Agreement and have no financial interest in the operation of such plan or in any agreements related to such plan, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the approval. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, as to each Portfolio (i) by vote of majority of the Independent Directors or (ii) by vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Distributor. In addition, this Agreement may be terminated at any time by the Distributor upon at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the Fund. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. In this paragraph, the terms “assignment” and “interested persons” shall have the respective meanings specified in the 1940 Act.
1
 

 

4. Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which an enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado, without giving effect to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Distribution Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first set forth above.

 

ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

 

By: /s/ Thomas A. Carter

Thomas A. Carter, President

 

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

 

By: /s/ Paul T. Beste

Name: Paul T. Beste

Title: V.P.

2

Exhibit (e.5): Amendment to the Distribution Fee Letter Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc., Heartland Advisors, Inc., and ALPS Distributors, Inc.

 

Nov. 1, 2011

 

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Ladies and Gentleman:

  

This Distribution Fee Letter Agreement (the “Agreement”) made this 1st day of Nov., 2011, by and among Heartland Group, Inc. (the “Fund”), a registered open-end management investment company organized as a Maryland Corporation offering a number of portfolios of securities (each a “Portfolio” and collectively, the “Portfolios”), Heartland Advisors, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Advisor”) and ALPS Distributors, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Distributor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund and Distributor are party to a Distribution Agreement dated July 12, 2007 (the “Distribution Agreement”) whereby the Fund retained the Distributor to promote and distribute the shares of the Portfolios.

 

WHEREAS, the Distributor, the Advisor, and the Fund are parties to a Distribution Fee Letter Agreement dated July 12, 2007, as amended May 1, 2008, 2010, attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference (the “Fee Letter Agreement”), whereby the Fund agreed to pay the Distributor a fee as set forth in the Fee Letter Agreement for certain distribution services the Distributor provides to the Funds in connection with the Distribution Agreement and the Advisor and the Distributor agreed on an allocation of certain duties and responsibilities with respect to the provision of these services.

 

WHEREAS, on July 19, 2011, ALPS Holdings, Inc., (“AHI”) the parent company of the Distributor, entered into a merger agreement pursuant to which AHI agreed to be acquired by DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”) (the “Transaction”); the acquisition also includes an indirect controlling interest in the Distributor;

 

WHEREAS, upon completion of the Transaction, the Transaction may result in an “assignment”, as such term is defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (the “1940 Act”) of the Distribution Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, under the 1940 Act, an assignment includes any direct or indirect transfer of a controlling block of an entity’s voting securities and a result of the assignment, henceforth the Distribution Agreement may be deemed terminated;

 

WHEREAS, in light of the proposed assignment and change in control of the Distributor in connection with the Transaction, the Fee Letter Agreement also may be deemed terminated; and

 

 
 

WHEREAS, the Distributor and the Fund have entered into a new distribution agreement effective upon close of the Transaction (the “New Distribution Agreement”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained, the Advisor, the Fund, and the Distributor agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment. The Advisor and the Fund hereby reappoint the Distributor to provide the distribution services set forth in the Fee Letter Agreement.

 

 

 

2. Entire Agreement. All terms, conditions, representations and warranties contained in the Fee Letter Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and the Advisor, the Fund, and the Distributor hereby agree that unless specified elsewhere in this Agreement, all terms, conditions, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, including the Fee Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference, constitute the entire understanding among the parties hereto, and supersede any prior understanding or agreements among the parties related to the services contemplated herein, including the Fee Letter Agreement.

 

3. Duration and Termination. This Agreement shall commence on the date first set forth above and shall remain in effect until termination of the New Distribution Agreement.

 

4. Amendment . No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which an enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

5. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado, without giving effect to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Fee Letter Agreement.

 

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first set forth above.

 

ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Thomas A. Carter

Name: Thomas A. Carter

Title: President

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Paul T. Beste

Name: Paul T. Beste

Title: COO

 

 

HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

By: /s/ Vinita Paul

Name: Vinita Paul

Title: VP, General Counsel & CCO

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

July 12, 2007

 

As amended on May 1, 2008

 

 

Heartland Group, Inc.

 

789 North Water Street, Suite 500
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

Heartland Advisers, Inc.

 

1290 Broadway Suite 1100

 

Denver, Colorado 80203

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Heartland Group, Inc. (“Heartland”) is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and organized as a Maryland corporation and currently consists of the investment portfolios (the “Portfolios”), set forth on Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. ALPS Distributors, Inc. (“ADI”) is the principal underwriter (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the offering of shares of Heartland and the exclusive agent for the continuous distribution of shares of Heartland pursuant to the terms of a Distribution Agreement, dated July 12, 2007, between ADI and Heartland (the “Distribution Agreement”). In consideration of the services provided by ADI pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, and pursuant to the terms set forth herein, Heartland desires to pay ADI a fee as set forth in this Letter Agreement and Heartland Advisers, Inc. (the “Adviser”) agrees to terms set forth herein.

 

1. All individuals employed by the Adviser and designated by ADI to perform, with respect to the Portfolio, in a capacity requiring licensing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (the “FINRA”) must register with the FINRA or transfer their registration from a previous employer to ADI. ADI shall sponsor such individuals for FINRA licensing.

 

2. As the FINRA member, ADI is responsible for reviewing and filing any sales literature or advertising material (including material disseminated through radio, television, Web site, Internet or other electronic media) concerning the Trust (“Marketing Material”) with the FINRA to the extent required by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and by the rules of the FINRA. The Adviser shall be responsible for submitting any Marketing Material to ADI for review and approval, which approval must be given in writing prior to first use of the Marketing Material. After approval of the Marketing Material by ADI, the Adviser shall submit final copies to ADI for filing with the FINRA. The Adviser is responsible for ensuring that all Marketing Material is submitted to ADI in a reasonable amount of time prior to the deadline for ADI to file such Marketing Material with the FINRA.

 

3. ADI shall receive a monthly fee based on an annual rate of $275,000 in the aggregate for all Portfolios, plus 1/10 basis point of each Portfolio’s annual net assets (“Fees”). ADI will provide an invoice to Heartland and the Adviser monthly. Such Fees shall be pro-rated for any partial month. In addition, Heartland shall be responsible for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by ADI including, but not limited to travel expenses to Board meetings, FINRA advertising/filing fees, FINRA registration and licensing fees, which include, but shall not be limited to, costs for study materials, classes, opening test taking windows, exams, state registration, fulfillment of the regulatory element, fulfillment of the firm element, the annual compliance meeting and on-site examinations of the offices of those individuals registered with the FINRA, and any customized programming/enhancements.

 

 
 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Heartland shall pay up to, and no more than, the amount payable pursuant to its Distribution Agreement for the services provided for the benefit of Heartland’s Investor Class Shares (the “Heartland Fees”). To the extent the Fees payable to ADI pursuant to this Letter Agreement exceed the Heartland Fees, the Adviser shall be responsible for all such amounts.

 

4. The term of this Letter Agreement shall commence on the date first set forth above and shall remain in effect until termination of the Distribution Agreement.

 

 

5. The Adviser agrees to indemnify and hold harmless ADI and each of its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls ADI within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), against any loss, liability, claim, damages or expenses (including the reasonable cost of investigating or defending any alleged loss, liability, claim, damages or expense and reasonable counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) arising by reason of ADI’s failure to file Marketing Material with the FINRA and/or ADI’s failure to file Marketing Material with the FINRA within the time period allowed under the FINRA rules and regulations, if such failure is a direct result of the Adviser’s negligence, bad faith, or of the Adviser’s disregard of its obligations and duties under this Letter Agreement.

 

 

6. No change, modification or waiver of any term of this Letter Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing and signed by ADI, Heartland and the Adviser.

 

 

7. This Letter Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

 

8. This Letter Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state of Colorado.

 

 
 

 

If the foregoing is acceptable to you, please have an authorized officer execute this Letter Agreement below where indicated and return the same to the undersigned.

 

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  ALPS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.
   
  By:  /s/ Jeremy O. May
  Name: Jeremy O. May
  Title: Managing Director

 

 

The undersigned agrees to the above terms and conditions.

 

 

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Paul T. Beste

 

Name: Paul T. Beste

 

Title: V.P. & Sec.

 

 

 

HEARTLAND ADVISERS, INC.
By: /s/ Nicole J. Best

 

Name: Nicole J. Best

 

Title: SVP - CCO

 

 
 

EXHIBIT A

List of Portfolio(s)

 

 

 

Fund Class
Heartland Select Value Fund Investor
  Institutional
Heartland Value Plus Fund Investor
  Institutional
Heartland Value Fund Investor
  Institutional

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (h.13): Acknowledgement of Change of Control and Assignment of Service Agreements

 

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CHANGE OF CONTROAL

AND ASSIGNMENT OF SERVICE AGREEMENTS

 

This Acknowledgement of Change of Control and Assignment of Service Agreements is made this 1st day of November, 2011, between Heartland Group, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and ALPS Fund Services, Inc., a Colorado corporation (“AFSI”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund and the AFSI are parties to a Administration, Bookkeeping and Pricing Services Agreement dated August 13, 2008 (“Administration Agreement”), a Transfer Agency and Services Agreement dated August 13, 2008, as amended August 14, 2008 and May 12, 2010 (“Transfer Agency Agreement”), and a Transfer Agency Interactive Client Services Agreement dated August 13, 2008, as amended October 12, 200 and December 2, 2010 (“TA ICS Agreement”) each incorporated herein by reference (collectively the “Service Agreements”) whereby the Fund retained AFSI to provide certain services associated with the operation of the Fund;

 

WHEREAS, on July 19, 2011, ALPS Holdings, Inc. (“ALPS Holdings”) entered into a merger agreement providing for the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of ALPS Holdings by DST Systems, Inc. (“DST”); if the merger contemplated by the Acquisition is completed, ALPS Holdings will become a wholly owned subsidiary of DST, a publicly traded company; AFSI is a wholly owned subsidiary of ALPS Holdings; and

 

WHEREAS, the closing of the Acquisition may result in an “assignment” of the Services Agreements pursuant to Section 17 of the Administration Agreement, Section 18 of the Transfer Agency Agreement, and Section 21 of the TA ICS Agreement, requiring the Fund’s prior written consent to such assignment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and undertakings herein contained:

 

1. The Fund hereby consents to the assignment of the Service Agreements effective as of the close of the Acquisition.

  

2. Except as specifically set forth herein, all other provisions of the Service Agreements shall remain in full force and effect. Any items not herein defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the respective Service Agreements.

 

 

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

1
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement to be executed by their officers designated below as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

ALPS FUND SERVICES, INC. HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Jeremy O. May

 

Name: Jeremy O. May

 

Title: President

 

By: /s/ Paul T. Beste

 

Name: Paul T. Beste

 

Title: V.P.

 

 

2

Exhibit (h.14): Interim Transfer Agent Fee Arrangement

 

Paul T. Beste

Chief Operating Officer

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

789 N. Water Street Ste 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

 

November 1, 2011

 

Dear Paul,

 

We are pleased to be entering our fourth year of Transfer Agency service to Heartland Group Inc., and the Heartland Funds. ALPS is committed to the partnership we have built with Heartland and we appreciate the opportunity to work with you to find a solution to the substantial increase in open accounts on the Transfer Agency system caused by the recent de-conversion of Prudential accounts. We understand that this increase in open accounts was unexpected and will result in an increase in Transfer Agency fees and Fund expenses. In an effort to lessen the impact to the Funds and their shareholders, we present to you the interim compensation schedule below.

 

Effective November 1, 2011 Heartland Group, Inc. and ALPS agree to apply the following Interim Compensation Schedule. During the upcoming months, we will work with you and the dealer to close these additional accounts and convert them back to an omnibus position. At such time, the contracted fee schedule (Appendix C) from the Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated August 13, 2008 will be reinstated. Finally, to further reduce the long term impact these accounts may have to the Funds, ALPS agrees to perform a special purge of these accounts at no cost to the Funds.

 

Interim Compensation Schedule

 

Annual Fee: $30,000 annual base fee per portfolio

 

Fees are billable on a monthly basis at the rate of 1112 of the annual fee. A charge is made for an account in the month that an account opens.

 

Annual Open Account Fee:

 

Open Accounts Fees Per Account
0-50,000 $12
50,001-70,400 $7
Greater than 70,000 $10

 

1
 

Annual Inactive Account Fee:

 

$5.50 per inactive account (an inactive account is an account with a zero balance that has had activity In the last eighteen months).

 

Annual Closed Account Fee:

 

$0.50 per closed account (a closed account is an account with a zero balance that has not had activity in the last eighteen months).

 

The remaining portions of the fee schedule with respect to Cut-of-Pocket expenses and all other portions of the Agreement remain in effect during this interim period.

 

Please contact me directly if you have any additional thoughts on how ALPS can assist you in this matter. I an available to address questions or concerns that you may have with respect to ALPS and the services we provide to Heartland. We appreciate your partnership.

 

Best Regards,

 

/s/ Jeremy O. May

 

Jeremy O. May

President

 

2

Exhibit (h.15): Securities Lending Agency Agreement between Heartland Group, Inc. and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.

 

 

SECURITIES LENDING AGENCY AGREEMENT dated as of November 30, 2011 among Heartland Group, Inc., a registered investment company organized under the laws of Maryland (“Heartland Group”), and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., a New York limited partnership with an office in Boston, Massachusetts ("BBH&Co."), as acknowledged and agreed by Heartland Advisors Inc., investment advisor to the Funds (defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund has appointed BBH&Co. as its custodian pursuant to a Custodian Agreement dated November 17, 2003 (the "Custodian Agreement"); and

 

WHEREAS, Heartland Group is an open-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) which offers its shares in separate series, with each such series representing a separate and distinct pool of cash, securities, and other assets (Heartland Group on behalf of each such series, the “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to lend securities to securities brokers and other borrowers which have been or will be approved by the Fund; and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund intends to appoint BBH&Co. as its lending agent to act as its agent in connection with the securities lending program and to lend in accordance with operational procedures established by BBH&Co. and which govern securities lending activity by the Fund, hereinafter referred to as "Operational Procedures";

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment. The Fund hereby appoints BBH&Co. as its lending agent for the purposes set forth herein. BBH&Co. hereby accepts such appointment. BBH&Co. is acting solely as a directed agent of the Fund hereunder and owes no fiduciary duties to any person with respect to this Agreement. BBH&Co. shall have no duties or responsibilities in respect to securities lending transactions except those expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

2. Authorizations. The Fund hereby authorizes BBH&Co. to act as its agent as set forth in this Section.

 

2.1 Lending of Available Securities. The Fund hereby authorizes the lending of those securities identified in Schedule 1 hereto ("Available Securities") which are held in accounts maintained with BBH&Co. or its subcustodians, or, in the case of third party lending, either the Fund's custodian or subcustodian (each a "Custody Account").

 

2.2 Lending to Approved Borrowers. The Fund hereby authorizes the lending of Available Securities to any one or more of the institutions prescribed by the Fund and listed on Schedule 2 hereto (each, an "Approved Borrower") pursuant to a securities loan agreement authorized under Section 3 hereof (“SLA”).

 

1
 
2.3 Authorizations by Fund. The Fund hereby authorizes and empowers BBH&Co., as agent, to execute all agreements and documents and take such action as may be necessary or appropriate in their judgment to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood and agreed that BBH&Co. is authorized to supply any information regarding the Fund and any loan of securities effected pursuant to an SLA that is required by this Agreement or under applicable law.

 

The Fund may, at the request of the BBH&Co., approve changes to the Available Securities or Approved Borrowers by executing an updated Schedule 1 or 2, respectively, and delivering it to BBH&Co.

 

3. Securities Loan Agreement. BBH&Co. is hereby authorized to execute an SLA as the Fund's agent on a disclosed basis with each Approved Borrower. The SLA will be in substantially the form of Schedule 3 annexed hereto. Subject to the preceding sentence, the terms of the SLA with each Approved Borrower may vary depending upon any separate negotiation between BBH&Co. and Borrower and other factors, but shall be consistent in all material respects with the requirements of this Agreement. The Fund agrees to be bound by the terms of SLA's entered into by BBH&Co. with Approved Borrowers with respect to the Fund's participation in the securities lending program as though the Fund were itself a party to all of such agreements. The Fund agrees, upon request, to promptly furnish or cause to be furnished to BBH&Co. the Fund's publicly available financial statements to enable BBH&Co. to comply with any request therefor by any Approved Borrower in connection with any SLA. Certain terms of individual loans, including the amounts or fees to be received or paid to the Approved Borrower, shall be negotiated at the time a loan is made. BBH&Co. may prepare a transactional confirmation in respect of each loan effected pursuant to an SLA, setting forth the securities borrowed and the material terms of the loan, and may transmit the same to the Approved Borrower in accordance with such SLA. The Fund understands and agrees that the identity of the Fund will be disclosed by BBH&Co. to the Approved Borrower in accordance with the SLA.

 

4. Loan of Securities. During the term of any securities loan, the Fund shall permit the loaned securities to be transferred, pursuant to an SLA, into the name of and voted (where applicable) by an Approved Borrower. BBH&Co. is authorized in its discretion to terminate any securities loan entered into with an Approved Borrower without prior notice to the Fund, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. The Fund may itself instruct BBH&Co. to terminate any loan on any date, subject to the conditions of the relevant SLA. BBH&Co. agrees to comply with any such instruction.

 

4.1 Limits on Return of Loaned Securities. The Fund acknowledges that, under the applicable SLA, Approved Borrowers will not be required to return loaned securities immediately upon receipt of notice from BBH&Co. terminating the applicable loan, but instead will be required to return such loaned securities within such period of time following such notice which is equal to the earlier of (i) the standard settlement period for trades of the loaned securities entered into on the date of such notice in the principal market therefor, or (ii) five business days (as defined in the SLA) from the giving of such notice.

 

4.2 Recall of Loaned Securities. Upon receiving a notice from the Fund that Available Securities which have been lent to an Approved Borrower should no longer be considered Available Securities (whether because of the sale of such securities or otherwise), BBH&Co. shall (a) notify promptly thereafter the Approved Borrower which has borrowed such securities that the loan of such securities is terminated and that such securities are to be returned within the time specified by the applicable SLA, or (b) otherwise cause to be delivered to the Fund, at BBH&Co.’s discretion, an equivalent amount of such security if and to the extent available as a result of a loan of equivalent securities on behalf of other clients participating in BBH&Co.'s securities lending program (i.e., reallocation).
2
 

 

4.3 Notification of Sales of Loaned Securities. The Fund hereby acknowledges its obligation to BBH&Co. to provide notification of any sale of securities which are out on loan by the close of business, in the principal market therefor, on trade date of such sale.

 

5. Loan Collateral. For each loan of securities, the Approved Borrower shall pledge as collateral the following items: (a) cash in U.S. dollars or foreign currency; (b) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by any agencies thereof; or (c) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by banks approved by the Fund on the attached Schedule 4 (which may from time to time be updated in writing) (collectively, "Collateral") having an initial market value (as determined by BBH&Co. pursuant to the applicable SLA) at least equal to 102% of the market value of the loaned securities (as determined pursuant to the applicable SLA).

 

5.1 Receipt of Collateral. In respect of the commencement of any loan, BBH&Co. shall instruct the Approved Borrower to transfer to BBH&Co. (or, in the case of third party lending, the Fund's custodian, as applicable) the required Collateral (except for letters of credit which shall be transferred to and received, held and administered by BBH&Co. as provided above). Collateral will be received from an Approved Borrower prior to or simultaneous with delivery of securities loaned. If the Approved Borrower does not provide Collateral to BBH&Co., as previously agreed, then BBH&Co. will cancel the corresponding loan instruction prior to delivery.

 

5.2 Holding and Administration of Collateral. All Collateral consisting of cash and securities shall be received (including, if applicable, upon transfer from the Fund’s custodian to BBH&Co. following a loan of US Securities delivered by the Fund’s custodian against receipt of cash Collateral from the Borrower), held and administered by BBH&Co. (as set forth in Operational Procedures) for the benefit of the Fund in the applicable Custody Account or other account established for the purpose of holding Collateral. Collateral consisting of cash shall be placed in an investment listed in the attached Schedule 5 ("Permitted Investments") in accordance with Section 7 hereof. Collateral consisting of letters of credit shall be received, held and administered by BBH&Co. for the benefit of the Fund in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and particularly of this Section 5.2.

 

5.2.1 Maintenance of Collateral Margin. In respect of loans of securities entered into on behalf of the Fund, BBH&Co. will value on a daily basis, in accordance with the applicable SLA, the loaned securities and all Collateral and, where applicable, BBH&Co. shall, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable SLA, request the Approved Borrower to deliver sufficient additional Collateral to the Fund to satisfy the applicable margin requirement. If, as a result of marking-to-market, Collateral is required to be returned to the Approved Borrower under the SLA, BBH&Co. will timely return such Collateral to the Approved Borrower. BBH&Co. is authorized in respect of any securities loan or loans to consent to any adjustment in the amount available to be drawn under any letter of credit in order to satisfy any requirement under an SLA to return excess Collateral to the Approved Borrower as a result of marking-to-market.
3
 

 

5.2.2 Substitution of Collateral. The Fund acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to any SLA, BBH&Co. may permit an Approved Borrower to substitute Collateral, which is of the type specified in Section 5 hereto, during the term of any loan so long as the required margin in respect of such loan continues to be satisfied at the time of such substitution.

 

5.2.3 Return of Collateral. Upon termination of the loan, BBH&Co. shall instruct the Approved Borrower to return the loaned securities to the applicable Custody Account. BBH&Co. will instruct any custodian or subcustodian, if applicable, to accept such return delivery of loaned securities. BBH&Co. shall monitor the return of loaned securities. Once BBH&Co. has confirmed settlement of the return of the loaned securities, BBH&Co. shall effect, on behalf of the Fund, the redemption of any Permitted Investment, if applicable, and effect the return of Collateral due the Approved Borrower in accordance with the Approved Borrower's transfer instructions with respect thereto.

 

6. Income, Corporate Actions and Substitute Payments. Income, corporate actions and Substitute Payments (as defined in Sections 6.1 and 6.2) shall be dealt with as provided in this Section 6.

 

6.1 Income and Related Payments to Borrower. Where Collateral consists of securities and the Approved Borrower, pursuant to an SLA, is due to receive an amount equal to the interest or distribution declared ("Collateral Substitute Payment") in respect of such Collateral during the term of the related securities loan, BBH&Co. shall promptly remit or cause to be remitted such Collateral Substitute Payment on behalf of the Fund to the Approved Borrower in accordance with such Approved Borrower's instructions. BBH&Co. shall likewise remit, or cause to be remitted, to any Approved Borrower the applicable Cash Collateral Fee (as defined in the SLA) when due in accordance with the Approved Borrower's instructions.

 

6.2 Income and Related Payments to Fund. BBH&Co. shall instruct each Approved Borrower which is a party to an SLA to remit any payment in-lieu-of the interest or distribution declared on loaned securities ("Loan Substitute Payment") which is (i) denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars and (ii) denominated in U.S. dollars when the Loan Substitute Payment is not automatically distributed to the BBH&Co. depository account on behalf of the Fund by the applicable depository, and BBH&Co. shall receive, hold and administer the same, for the account of the Fund. BBH&Co. shall also instruct each Approved Borrower which is a party to an SLA to remit any other fees payable on loaned securities to BBH&Co. for the account of the Fund, and BBH&Co. shall receive, hold and administer the same for the account of the Fund. To the extent the Fund instructs BBH&CO to deliver such payments to a third party, the provisions of the Funds Transfer Standing Instruction (Schedule 9) shall apply.

 

4
 
6.3 Corporate Actions and Proxy Rights. The Fund acknowledges that, with respect to securities which are out on loan over the applicable record date for such action, it will not be entitled to (i) participate in any dividend reinvestment program; (ii) receive stock in an optional cash/stock dividend plan; or (iii) vote any proxies. Corporate actions will otherwise be processed in accordance with the SLA and the Operational Procedures.

 

7. Investment of Cash Collateral. Pursuant to the SLA, the Fund shall have the right to invest cash Collateral received in respect of any loan, subject to an obligation, upon the termination of the loan, to return to the borrower the amount of cash initially pledged (as adjusted for any interim marks-to-market).

 

7.1 Collateral Investment Direction. The Fund hereby authorizes and directs BBH&Co. to cause to be invested, on the Fund's behalf and at the Fund's sole risk, all Collateral in the form of cash by effecting purchase and sales and/or subscriptions and redemptions of such Collateral in any Permitted Investment set forth on Schedule 5 hereto. Upon receipt of instructions (which may be in the form of a standing instruction) from the Fund, BBH&Co. shall, where applicable, send timely instructions to the transfer agent of a Permitted Investment with respect to any cash transfers required to be completed in conjunction with any subscription or redemption in one or more Permitted Investments.

 

7.2 Collateral Investment Risk. Any such investment shall be at the sole direction and risk of the Fund. Any income or gains and losses from investing and reinvesting any cash Collateral delivered by an Approved Borrower pursuant to an SLA shall be at the Fund's risk, and the Fund agrees that to the extent any such losses reduce the amount of cash below the amount required to be returned to the Approved Borrower upon the termination of any loan (including any Cash Collateral Fee), the Fund will, on demand of BBH&Co., immediately pay or cause to be paid to such Approved Borrower an equivalent amount in cash.

 

7.3 No Investment Advice. The Fund understands and agrees that (i) BBH&Co. shall not provide investment advice or exercise any decision-making authority or control with respect to the investment of cash Collateral, and (ii) any investment of cash Collateral in one or more Permitted Investments may only be effected upon the Fund’s instruction to BBH&Co. (which may be in the form of a standing instruction).

 

8. Borrower Default. In the event of default by an Approved Borrower with respect to any loan entered into pursuant to a SLA, BBH&Co. will take such actions within a commercially reasonable time as are set forth in the applicable SLA. In addition, the following provisions shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt, in the case of third party lending, BBH&Co. shall not be responsible for any shortfall in Collateral that results from any act or omission (including insolvency) of the Fund’s custodian.

 

8.1 Replacement of Loaned Securities. If a borrower fails, pursuant to the SLA with BBH&Co., to return loaned securities with respect to a loan when due ("Default Event"), then BBH&Co. shall be responsible to the Fund as follows: BBH&Co. shall use the Collateral or the proceeds of the liquidation of such Collateral to purchase for the affected Fund's account, for settlement in the normal course, replacement securities of the same issue, type, class and series as that of the loaned securities ("Buy-In"). If the value of the Collateral is less than the purchase cost of replacement securities (or liquidated damages calculated under Section 8.2), BBH&Co. shall be responsible for satisfying such shortfall but only to the extent that such shortfall is not due to any diminution in the Collateral Value (as defined in this Section) which is due to the reinvestment risk borne by the Fund pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, “Collateral Value” shall be calculated in accordance with the following terms:
5
 

 

8.1.1 Value of Cash Collateral. In the case of loans collateralized solely by cash Collateral, the greater of: (i) the amount of the cash Collateral pledged by a borrower with respect to a loan, or (ii) the market value of the investment of such cash Collateral.

 

8.1.2 Value of Securities Collateral. In the case of loans collateralized solely by securities Collateral, the market value of such Collateral.

 

8.1.3 Value of Letters of Credit. In the case of loans collateralized solely by letters of credit, the respective available undrawn amounts.

 

8.1.4 Valuation Date. Collateral Value shall be determined on the date of the Buy-In (or the payment made pursuant to Section 8.2 below).

 

8.1.5 Market Value. Market value shall be determined by BBH&Co., where applicable, based upon prices obtained from recognized pricing services or dealer price quotations.

 

8.1.6 Multiple Forms of Collateral. Where a loan is collateralized by more than one type of Collateral, the aggregate market value of Collateral securing such loan (for the purpose of computing the indemnity) shall be the sum of the market values for each relevant type of Collateral.

 

8.2 Impossibility of Replacement/Liquidated Damages. If BBH&Co. determines that a Buy-In is commercially impracticable, BBH&Co. shall, in lieu of effecting a Buy-In, pay to the affected Fund an amount equal to the market value of the loaned securities determined at the close of business on the date of the Default Event to be reduced by any shortfall in the Collateral Value that is due to the reinvestment risk borne by the Fund pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

8.3 Replacement of Distributions. In addition to making the purchases or payments required above, BBH&Co. shall pay to the Fund the value of all distributions on the loaned securities, the record dates for which occur before the date that BBH&Co. executes a Buy-In or makes the payments to the Fund required pursuant to Section 8.2 and that have not otherwise been credited to the Fund's Custody Account. For purposes of this Section, the value of such distributions shall be calculated net of taxes, expenses or other deductions that would normally accrue to such distributions. BBH&Co. shall use Collateral or the proceeds of such Collateral to the extent available to make such payments of distributions and BBH&Co. shall be responsible for satisfying any shortfall, but only to the extent that such shortfall in the Collateral Value is not due to the reinvestment risk borne by the Fund pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

6
 
8.4 Collateral not in Possession or Control of BBH&Co. If, on the date of the Default Event by reason of the Fund's request or actions, BBH&Co. is not in possession or control of the Collateral allocated to the defaulted Loan, the Fund shall cause such Collateral to be transferred to BBH&Co. by the close of business on the day BBH&Co. requests such a transfer. Upon BBH&Co.’s timely receipt such Collateral shall be applied by BBH&Co. against the cost of any Buy-In or replacement payment in accordance with Section 8.2. In the event that such Collateral is not timely transferred to BBH&Co., the Buy-In or replacement provisions of Section 8.2 shall not apply and the compensation to the Fund shall be limited to the shortfall, if any, between the Collateral Value and the market value of the loaned securities as determined at the close of business on (i) the date of the Default Event or (ii) the date such Collateral is so transferred, but only to the extent that any such shortfall in the Collateral Value is not due to the reinvestment risk borne by the Fund pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement. The date of the valuation of the loaned securities pursuant to (i) or (ii) of this Section 8.4 shall be determined by BBH&Co. in its sole discretion.

 

8.5 Subrogation and Assignment of Rights in Collateral. In the event that BBH&Co. is required to perform a Buy-In, make any payment of distributions, and/or make any payment of liquidated damages under this Section, the Fund agrees that, to the extent of such performance or payment, BBH&Co. shall be subrogated to, and the Fund shall assign, and be deemed to have assigned, to BBH&Co. all of such Fund's rights in, to and against the Borrower in respect of the related loan, any Collateral pledged by the Borrower in respect of such loan (including any letters of credit and the issuers thereof) and all proceeds of such Collateral. In the event that the Fund receives or is credited with any payment, benefit or value from or on behalf of the Borrower in respect of rights to which BBH&Co. is subrogated as provided herein, the Fund shall promptly remit or pay to BBH&Co. the same (or, where applicable, its United States dollar equivalent).

 

9. Statements. BBH&Co. will provide to the Fund (i) upon request, a daily statement of activity setting forth information relating to loaned securities, marks-to-market and termination and (ii) on or about the 7th (seventh) Business Day of each month, a statement indicating for the preceding calendar month the securities lent by the Fund, the value of such securities, the identity of the Approved Borrowers, the nature and amount of Collateral pledged or delivered as security for the loaned securities, the income received (or loss incurred) from the daily investment of cash Collateral, the amounts of any fees or payments paid with respect to each loan and such other information as the parties hereto may agree to from time to time. For purposes hereof, "Business Day" means any day on which BBH&Co. is open for business in Boston, Massachusetts. BBH&Co. (unless otherwise instructed by the Fund) shall instruct any Approved Borrower to remit directly to BBH&Co., as applicable, all amounts and fees due the Fund pursuant to any loan of securities, which BBH&Co. shall in turn pay to the Fund.

 

10. SIPC Coverage. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT THE FUND WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES LOAN TRANSACTION AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED BY AN APPROVED BORROWER TO THE FUND MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF THE OBLIGATION OF THE APPROVED BORROWER IN THE EVENT THE APPROVED BORROWER (OR ITS AGENT) FAILS TO RETURN THE SECURITIES.

 

7
 

11. Fund Information. The Fund covenants and agrees to promptly furnish to BBH&Co. any information regarding the Fund which is necessary to effect transactions on behalf of the Fund including, but not limited to, restrictions it wishes to impose with respect to the acceptance of forms of collateral or lending to any Approved Borrower(s) or any limitations imposed pursuant to any applicable law, regulation, authority, charter, by-law, statute or other instrument.

 

12. Tax Treatment. The Fund acknowledges that the tax treatment of Substitute Payments may differ from the tax treatment of the interest or dividend to which such payment relates and that the Fund has made its own determination as to the tax treatment of any securities loan transactions undertaken pursuant to this Agreement and of any dividends, distributions, remuneration or other funds received hereunder. The Fund also acknowledges that, to the extent that either the Fund or the Approved Borrower is a non-U.S. resident, BBH&Co. may be required to withhold tax on amounts payable to or by the Fund pursuant to a securities loan and may at any time claim from the Fund any shortfall in the amount BBH&Co. so withheld.

 

13. Responsibility of BBH&Co. Subject to the requirements of applicable law and except as expressly provided in Section 8 of this Agreement, BBH&Co. shall not be liable with respect to any losses incurred by the Fund in connection with this securities lending program, the investment of cash Collateral in a Permitted Investment(s), or under any provision hereof, except to the extent that such losses result from its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. BBH&Co. shall not be liable for losses, costs, expenses or liabilities caused by or resulting from the acts or omissions of the Fund or of any agent or third party custodian of the Fund. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, BBH&Co. shall not be responsible for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not BBH&Co. has been apprised of the likelihood of such damages.

 

14. Fund Indemnity. The Fund hereby indemnifies BBH&Co. (which, for purposes of this paragraph shall include their respective officers, directors, partners, managers, employees and agents) from and against any and all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel) incurred, suffered or sustained by BBH&Co., which directly or indirectly arise from performance of this Agreement or any transaction effected pursuant to an SLA (including, without limitation the reversal of earnings paid to the Fund with respect to a loan if the securities are sold by the Fund and any applicable corporate action entitlements are owed to the purchaser), except to the extent that such claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of BBH&Co.. This indemnity shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of BBH&Co. as agent.

 

15. Security Interest. The Fund hereby grants a lien and security interest (each a "Security Interest") to BBH&Co. in its interest in any and all property now or hereafter held on behalf of the Fund in any custody account or clearance or settlement account maintained with BBH&Co. (and, if third party lending, the Fund’s custodian) or to which this Agreement relates, said Security Interest to secure payment and performance of any indebtedness or other liability the Fund incurs to BBH&Co., including (without limitation) reimbursement of any payment made under this Agreement in advance of the receipt of good funds, and/or reversal of earnings paid to the Fund with respect to a loan if the securities are sold by the Fund and any applicable corporate action entitlements are owed to the purchaser, for account of the Fund, as the case may be, in respect of any securities lending transaction hereunder ("Securities Lending Obligations"); BBH&Co.'s Security Interest granted hereunder as security for Securities Lending Obligations of the Fund to BBH&Co. in respect of any securities lending transaction hereunder shall rank pari passu with any security interest granted by the Fund to BBH&Co. (or, if third party lending, the Fund’s custodian) under the Custodian Agreement. In the event that the custody account is held with a third party custodian, the Fund shall undertake to notify said custodian of the Security Interest and shall take all reasonable steps to secure the perfection of the same.

8
 

 

16. Representations and Warranties. Each party represents and warrants to each other that (i) it has due authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and any transactions contemplated thereby; (ii) the execution and performance of this Agreement and any transaction contemplated thereby has been duly authorized by all necessary action, corporate or otherwise, and does not and will not violate any law, regulation, charter, by-law or other instrument, restriction or provision applicable to it; and (iii) this Agreement constitutes such party's legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms. In addition, the Fund represents that: (a) any loan authorized hereunder and the performance of this Agreement in respect of such loan is authorized by the prospectus and other constitutive documents of the Fund (including any limits as to the aggregate amount of authorized lending under such documents); (b) as to any securities lent at any time and from time to time on behalf of the Fund, the Fund shall be the owner thereof with clear title thereto and no lien, charge or encumbrance upon such securities shall exist; (c) it is not a plan subject to the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and agrees to promptly notify the Agent if this representation shall cease to be true at any time during the term of this Agreement; and (d) the reinvestment of cash Collateral in each Permitted Investment is consistent with the Fund’s investment policy and guidelines. Each Fund duly authorizes BBH&Co. to execute and deliver the SLA on its behalf, and represents and warrants to BBH&Co. (and authorizes BBH&Co. to represent to each Borrower) that each Fund has the power and capacity to so authorize BBH&Co. and to enter into the Loans contemplated by the SLA and to perform the obligations of each Fund under such Loans, and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution and delivery by BBH&Co. and such performance by it.

 

17. Professional Investor Declaration . Each Fund acknowledges and agrees that in connection with this Agreement and any SLA, BBH&Co. and its affiliates will treat the Fund as a “professional investor” for purposes of applicable conduct of business rules (a “Professional Investor”). The Fund acknowledges that it may request a different classification in order to obtain a higher level of regulatory protection and that such request must be made to BBH&Co. in writing.

 

18. Non-Exclusivity of Agency Service and Similar Matters. The Fund acknowledges that BBH&Co., acting on behalf of other accounts, may effect transactions with or for the same institutions to which loans of securities may be made hereunder, which transactions may give rise to potential conflict of interest situations. The Fund further acknowledges that BBH&Co. may engage in securities lending transactions as agent for other lenders. Lending opportunities among borrowers shall be allocated at the discretion of BBH&Co. in an equitable manner.

 

19 . Disclosure of Information. The Fund acknowledges that BBH&Co. may share general information on its securities lending program including statistics at the Fund and/or aggregate level for consulting practices and benchmarking purposes. The Fund hereby authorizes BBH&Co. to disclose from time to time certain Fund information to non-affiliated companies for the above purposes, but in no event shall such information include the name of the Fund.

 

20. Force Majeure. BBH&Co. shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement arising out of, or caused directly or indirectly by, circumstances beyond its control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fires; floods; wars; civil or military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, transportation, computer (hardware or software) or communications service; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority; governmental actions; or inability to obtain labor, material, equipment or transportation. Without limiting the foregoing, BBH&Co. shall not be responsible for economic, political or investment risks incurred through the Fund's participation in this securities lending program.

9
 

 

21. Reliance on Fund Communications. BBH&Co. shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon any certification, notice or other communication (including by telephone (if promptly confirmed in writing), telex, facsimile, telegram or cable) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by or on behalf of an approved person ("Approved Person") of the party sending such certification, notice or other communication. Set forth in Schedule 6 hereto is a list of Approved Persons for each of the parties hereto, which list may be amended by any party from time to time upon notice to the other parties. No provision of this Agreement shall require BBH&Co. to expend or risk its own funds in the performance of its duties hereunder. BBH&Co. reserves the right to notify the Fund of any restrictions (self-imposed or otherwise) concerning its activities worldwide. BBH&Co. shall have the right to consult with counsel with respect to its rights and duties hereunder and shall not be liable for actions taken or not taken in reliance on such advice.

 

22. Compensation. The basis of BBH&Co.'s compensation for its activities hereunder and in respect of any loan is set forth in Schedule 7 hereto. BBH&Co. shall notify the Fund, on or about the 7th (seventh) Business Day of each month, of the amount of fees due BBH&Co. hereunder and, promptly upon receipt of such notice, the Fund shall effect the requisite payment to BBH&Co. in immediately available funds of U.S. dollars, or pursuant to such other means as provided for in the Operational Procedures.

 

23. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at the option of any of the parties and shall be effective upon delivery of written notice to the other parties hereto or on such date as the written notice shall provide; provided that the Fund's indemnification shall survive any such termination. The Fund may remove BBH&Co. as lending agent, with or without cause. Such removal shall be effective upon delivery of written notice to the party being removed.

 

24. Action on Termination. It is agreed that (a) upon receipt of notice of termination, no further loans shall be made hereunder by BBH&Co. and (b) BBH&Co. shall, within a reasonable time after termination of this Agreement, terminate any and all outstanding loans. The provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect in all other respects until all loans have been terminated and all obligations satisfied as herein provided.

 

25. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or transmitted (as the case may be) by registered mail, facsimile, telex, courier, or be effected by telephone promptly confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted as aforesaid, to the intended recipient in accordance with Schedule 8 hereto. Notices shall be effective upon receipt.

 

26. Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflict of law provisions thereof. The parties hereto hereby irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of (and waive dispute of venue in) the courts of the State of New York and the federal courts located in New York City in the Borough of Manhattan.

10
 

 

27. Amendment and Effect. This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties hereto concerning loans of securities owned by the Fund. This Agreement shall not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf as of the day and year first set forth above.

  

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

 

By: /s/ Vinita Paul

Name: Vinita Paul

Title: VP & CCO

 

BROWN BROTHERS HARRIMAN & CO.

 

By: /s/ Thomas Poppey

Name: Thomas Poppey

Title: Senior Vice President

     

 

Acknowledged and agreed :

Heartland Advisors Inc.

 

 

By: /s/ Paul T. Beste

Name: Paul T. Beste

Title: COO

   

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Account Available Securities
Heartland Value Fund All Securities held in custody at BBH&Co.
Heartland Value Plus Fund All Securities held in custody at BBH&Co.
Heartland Select Value Fund All Securities held in custody at BBH&Co.
   

 

11
 

SCHEDULE 2

 

 

Approved U.S. Borrowers

 

Barclays Capital Inc.

BNP Paribas Securities Corp.

BNP Paribas Prime Brokerage, Inc.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

ING Financial Markets LLC

JP Morgan Clearing Corp.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

MS Securities Services Inc.

National Financial Services LLC

SG Americas Securities, LLC

UBS Securities LLC

12
 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

FORM OF SECURITIES LOAN AGREEMENT

 

CONFIDENTIAL

SECURITIES LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of __________________ 20__

By and between:

_____________________________________, a ________________________________ with its principal place of business at _______________________________________ (“Borrower”) and Brown Brothers Harriman & Co., a New York limited partnership with a place of business at 40 Water Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 ("Agent") This Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions under which Agent, as agent for disclosed principals (each a "Principal" or collectively the "Principals") may, from time to time, lend to Borrower certain securities against a pledge of Collateral. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in Section 27.

 

The parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Loans of Securities

 

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower or Agent may,from time to time, orally seek to initiate a transaction in which Agent will lend securities to Borrower.

 

Borrower and Agent shall agree orally on the terms of each Loan, including the date of commencement of the Loan, the issuer of the securities, the description and amount of securities to be lent, the basis of compensation, delivery instructions and the amount of Collateral to be transferred by Borrower, which terms may be amended, as mutually agreed to by the parties, during the Loan.

 

1.2 The terms of each Loan shall, at the option of Agent, be set forth in a confirmation (a "Confirmation") prepared by Agent and delivered to Borrower (or its designee) at the commencement of the Loan. The Confirmation, which may be in written or electronic form, together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms of any Loan unless an objection is made immediately thereafter by Borrower.

 

1.3 The terms of Loans may also be set forth in records maintained by Agent. Such records shall, in the event that a Confirmation, as described in Section 1.2 above, is not delivered to Borrower (or its designee), represent conclusive evidence thereof except for manifest error or willful misconduct. Agent shall send monthly, in written or electronic form, directly or through an intermediary approved by Agent, to Borrower (or its designee), information on the terms of outstanding Loans and Borrower agrees to examine promptly and to advise Agent of any errors or exceptions within 20 calendar days of delivery of such information. Borrower’s failure to so advise shall be deemed to be an admission of the accuracy of the contents thereof and an agreement by Borrower to be fully bound thereby. Notwithstanding the above, the parties may agree to amend or correct such statements if there has been manifest error in the preparation of such statements.

 

1.4 Agent shall furnish to Borrower the identity of the Principals on whose behalf Agent is authorized to act as agent. The identity of a Principal acting as the Lender in a Loan shall be disclosed to Borrower upon request and shall be disclosed to Borrower immediately upon a Default by such Principal.

 

1.5 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement regarding when a Loan commences, a Loan hereunder shall not occur until the Loaned Securities and the Collateral therefor have been transferred in accordance with Section 16.

13
 

 

1.6 WITHOUT WAIVING ANY RIGHTS GIVEN TO AGENT HEREUNDER, IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES INVESTOR PROTECTION ACT OF 1970 MAY NOT PROTECT AGENT AND PRINCIPAL WITH RESPECT TO LOANED SECURITIES HEREUNDER AND THAT, THEREFORE, THE COLLATERAL DELIVERED TO AGENT MAY CONSTITUTE THE ONLY SOURCE OF SATISFACTION OF BORROWER'S OBLIGATIONS IN THE EVENT BORROWER FAILS TO RETURN THE LOANED SECURITIES.

 

2. Transfer of Loaned Securities

 

Unless otherwise agreed, Agent shall transfer Loaned Securities to Borrower hereunder on the date agreed to by Borrower and Agent for the commencement of the Loan in accordance with Section 16.

 

3. Collateral

 

3.1 Borrower shall, prior to or concurrently with the transfer of the Loaned Securities to Borrower, transfer to Principal the Collateral, by delivery to Agent to be held in Principal’s account with Agent, with a market value at least equal to a percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities agreed to by Borrower and Agent as reflected in Schedule A for each type of security loaned (the "Margin Percentage").

 

3.2 The Collateral transferred by Borrower to Principal, as adjusted pursuant to Section 8, shall be security for Borrower’s obligations in respect of such Loan and for any other obligations of Borrower to Principal and Agent. Borrower hereby pledges with, assigns to, and grants to the Principal a continuing first security interest in and a lien upon the Collateral in order to secure the obligations of the Borrower under each Loan. If the Borrower does not fulfill all or part of its obligations under the Loan and this Agreement, the Principal and Agent shall be released from any obligation to render to the Borrower such part of the Collateral as corresponds to the value of the obligations under the Loan and this Agreement which have not been fulfilled by the Borrower, as provided in Section 12. The Principal’s continuing first security interest in, and a lien upon the Collateral shall attach upon the delivery of the Collateral to the Agent by Borrower and which shall cease upon the transfer of the Collateral by Principal or Agent to Borrower (provided Borrower is not in Default hereunder). Principal shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York Uniform Commercial Code. It is understood that Principal may use or invest the Collateral (or cause the Agent to use or invest the Collateral to its account) if such consists of cash, at Principal’s own risk, and for its own benefit and shall be entitled to retain all income and profits thereon and shall bear all respective losses thereto. Agent may, on behalf of Principal, pledge, repledge, hypothecate, rehypothecate, lend, relend, sell or otherwise transfer the securities Collateral and commingle, among Principals, the Collateral. To the extent necessary, the parties expressly agree that Principal is authorized to do or perform any act or thing (including, without limitation, to cause the Agent to perform any such act on its behalf or to execute or cause to be executed any document) and to take all other steps as may be required to effect transfer thereof to a third party or to otherwise realize upon any Collateral which has been transferred to it pursuant to any Loan.

 

3.3 Except as otherwise provided herein, upon receipt by Agent of the Loaned Securities upon termination of a Loan, Principal shall be obligated to cause the Agent to transfer the Collateral (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8) to Borrower by close of the Business Day (which must be a day upon which Agent or its designee or agent holding the Collateral is open for business in the jurisdiction in which such Collateral is held) which next succeeds the Business Day of such receipt of the Loaned Securities. To the extent that Borrower instructs Agent to deliver returned Collateral to a third party, the provisions of the Funds Transfer Standing Instruction (Schedule C) shall apply.

 

3.4 If, on any Business Day corresponding to the commencement date for a Loan, Borrower transfers Collateral to Principal by delivery to Agent, as provided in Section 3.1, and Principal does not cause Agent to transfer the Loaned Securities to Borrower or Agent fails to act in connection with Principal’s instruction to transfer the Loaned Securities, Borrower shall have the absolute right to the return of the Collateral; and if, on any such Business Day, Agent transfers Loaned Securities to Borrower and Borrower does not transfer Collateral as provided in Section 3.1, Principal shall have the absolute right to the immediate return of the Loaned Securities.

14
 

 

3.5 Borrower may, upon reasonable notice to Agent and with Agent’s consent, substitute Collateral for Collateral securing any Loan or Loans, provided however, that such substituted Collateral shall (a) consist only of cash, securities or other property that Borrower and Agent agreed would be acceptable Collateral prior to the commencement of the Loan or Loans and (b) have a market value such that the aggregate market value of such substituted Collateral, shall equal or exceed the agreed upon Margin Percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities. At least five days prior to the scheduled expiration date of any letter of credit supporting Borrower’s obligations hereunder, Borrower shall obtain an extension of the expiration of such letter of credit or replace such letter of credit by providing Agent with a substitute letter of credit, the terms of which are approved by Agent, or other Collateral, in either case in an amount at least equal to the amount of the letter of credit for which such Collateral is substituted.

 

3.6 Agent acknowledges that, in connection with Loans of Government Securities and as otherwise permitted by applicable law, some securities provided by Borrower as Collateral under this Agreement may not be guaranteed by the United States.

 

3.7 In accordance with its agreements with its respective Principals, Agent shall hold such Collateral as a securities intermediary for the account of such Principals. Agent shall have the right, at its sole election, at any time a Loan is outstanding hereunder, to allocate and/or reallocate any Collateral held by it hereunder to or among any outstanding Loans by a Principal. All allocations of Collateral shall be marked in Agent’s books, which shall be conclusive evidence of such allocations. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that any allocation of Collateral to any Loan by a Principal shall in no way affect the ability of Agent to apply such Collateral to the satisfaction of any obligation of Borrower to a Principal hereunder upon a default by Borrower under this Agreement. All Collateral at any time given by a Borrower shall be considered Collateral for all the Borrower’s obligations to a Principal under this Agreement and Agent may allocate such Collateral to any such obligation or obligations as Agent, on behalf of Principal, may so elect.

 

4. Fees for Loan

 

4.1 Unless otherwise agreed, (a) Borrower agrees to pay Agent a loan fee (a "Loan Fee"), computed daily on each Loan to the extent such Loan is secured by Collateral other than cash, based on the aggregate par value (in the case of Loans of Government Securities) or the aggregate market value (in the case of all other Loans) of the Loaned Securities on the day for which such Loan Fee is being computed, and (b) Agent agrees to pay Borrower a fee or rebate (a "Cash Collateral Fee") on Collateral consisting of cash, computed daily based on the amount of cash held by Agent as Collateral, in the case of each of the Loan Fee and the Cash Collateral Fee at such rates as Borrower and Agent may agree. Except as Borrower and Agent may otherwise agree (in the event that cash Collateral is transferred by clearing house funds or otherwise), Loan Fees shall accrue from and including the date on which the Loaned Securities are transferred to Borrower to, but excluding, the date on which such Loaned Securities are returned to Agent, and Cash Collateral Fees shall accrue from and including the date on which the cash Collateral is transferred to Agent to, but excluding, the date on which such cash Collateral is returned to Borrower. To the extent Borrower instructs Agent to remit Cash Collateral Fees to a third party, the provisions of the Funds Transfer Standing Instructions (Schedule C) shall apply.

15
 

4.2 Unless otherwise agreed, any Loan Fee or Cash Collateral Fee payable hereunder shall be payable: (a) in the case of any Loan of securities other than Government Securities, upon the earlier of (i) the fifteenth day of the month following the calendar month in which such fee was incurred or (ii) the termination of all Loans hereunder (or, if a transfer of cash in accordance with Section 16 may not be effected on such fifteenth day or the day of such termination, as the case may be, the next day on which such a transfer may be effected); and (b) in the case of any Loan of Government Securities, upon the termination of such Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Loan Fees shall be payable by Borrower immediately in the event of a Default hereunder by Borrower and all Cash Collateral Fees, payable by a Principal, shall be payable immediately by Agent, on behalf of such Principal, in the event of a Default by such Principal.

 

5. Termination of the Loan

 

5.1 Borrower may terminate a Loan on any Business Day by giving notice to Agent prior to the close of business on such Business Day. The termination date specified in the notice may be no earlier than the third Business Day following the day on which Borrower gives notice. On the termination date, the Loaned Securities shall be delivered by Borrower to Agent by the Cutoff Time.

 

5.2 Agent may terminate a Loan at any time by giving notice to Borrower prior to the close of business on a Business Day. The termination date established by such notice shall be a Business Day no later than the earlier to occur of (i) the standard settlement date for trades of the Loaned Securities entered into on the date of such notice in the principal market therefor or (ii) five Business Days from the giving of such notice. On the termination date, the Loaned Securities shall be delivered by Borrower by the Cutoff Time and Borrower shall have submitted proper delivery instructions to the local market in accordance with applicable deadlines imposed by the local market and/or the subcustodian bank.

 

5.3 Upon a return of Loaned Securities by Borrower pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 above, Agent shall transfer to Borrower the Collateral (as adjusted pursuant to Section 8) by the close of the Business Day next succeeding the day of such receipt of the Loaned Securities.

 

5.4 For purposes of this Agreement, any required return by Borrower of Loaned Securities shall include securities identical in issuer, type, class and face amount to those actually transferred by Agent to Borrower at the commencement of the related Loan.

 

6. Rights of Borrower in Respect of the Loaned Securities

 

Except as set forth in Section 7 and as otherwise agreed to by Borrower and Agent, until Loaned Securities are required to be redelivered to Agent upon termination of a Loan hereunder, Borrower shall have all of the incidents of ownership of the Loaned Securities, including the right to transfer the Loaned Securities to others. Agent hereby waives the right to vote, or to provide any consent or to take any similar action with respect to, the Loaned Securities in the event that the record date or deadline for such vote, consent or other action falls during the term of the Loan.

 

7. Dividends, Distributions, Etc.

 

7.1 Agent, acting on behalf of Principal, shall be entitled to receive all distributions made on or in respect of the Loaned Securities the record dates for which occur during the term of the Loan (or which occur on a date following the return of Loaned Securities but prior to any reregistration into the name of Agent or its nominee) and which are not otherwise received by Agent, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Loaned Securities had not been lent to Borrower, including, but not limited to: (a) cash and all other property, (b) stock dividends or other distributions of stock, (c) securities received as a result of split-ups of the Loaned Securities and distributions in respect thereof, (d) interest payments, (e) all rights to purchase additional securities and (f) payments upon maturity or other redemption.

16
 

7.2 Any cash distributions made on or in respect of the Loaned Securities, which Agent is entitled to receive pursuant to Section 7.1, shall be paid by the transfer of cash to Agent by Borrower on the payment date for any such distribution, in an amount equal to such cash distribution (subject to Section 7.5) so long as Agent is not in Default at the time of such payment. Non-cash distributions received by Borrower shall be added to the Loaned Securities (unless otherwise agreed to by the parties) on the date of distribution and shall be considered such for all purposes, except that if the Loan has been terminated, Borrower shall forthwith transfer the same to Agent.

 

7.3 Borrower shall be entitled to receive all cash distributions made on or in respect of non-cash Collateral the record or payment dates for which occur during the term of the Loan and which are not otherwise received by Borrower, in the amount received by Agent. Any distributions of cash made on or in respect of such Collateral which Borrower is entitled to receive hereunder shall be paid by the transfer of cash to Borrower by Agent, upon the date of Agent’s receipt, in an amount equal to such cash distribution (subject to Section 7.5 hereof), so long as Borrower is not in Default at the time of such payment. To the extent Borrower instructs Agent to remit such cash distributions to a third party, the provisions of the Funds Transfer Standing Instructions (Schedule C) shall apply.

 

7.4 So long as Loaned Securities have not been returned to Agent and re-registered in the name of Agent or a nominee, the parties agree that all rights arising in respect of consolidations, redemptions, takeovers, conversions, subdivisions, preemptions, options or other rights shall be for the benefit of Agent and shall be deemed to have been exercised for the benefit of Agent in accordance with Agent’s instructions to Borrower, provided however that Borrower shall timely seek instructions from Agent with respect to each of the foregoing so as to be able to act in accordance therewith. Borrower’s obligation to remit any such distributions or the equivalent value of such rights shall be in accordance with the giving of full effect to such instructions, irrespective of whether or not Borrower has complied with such instructions.

 

7.5 (a) Unless otherwise agreed, if (i) Borrower is required to make a payment (a "Borrower Payment") with respect to cash distributions on Loaned Securities under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 ("Securities Distributions"), and (ii) there is a requirement under law for any withholding or other tax, duty, fee, levy or charge to be deducted or withheld from such Borrower Payment ("Tax"), then Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order that the net amount of Borrower Payment received by the Agent for benefit of the Principal, after payment of such Tax, equals the net amount of the Securities Distribution that would have been received if such Securities Distribution had been paid directly to it, provided however, that any Borrower Payment shall also take into account (and Borrower shall pay such additional amounts which reflect) the value to the Principal of any tax refund, reclaim or credit which such Principal would otherwise have been entitled to had it not lent the securities to Borrower. (b) If Agent is required to make a payment ("Agent Payment") with respect to distributions on non-cash Collateral under Section 7.3 ("Collateral Distributions"), Agent shall pay to Borrower the lesser of (i) the net amount of the Collateral Distribution that Borrower would have received had it not transferred such non-cash Collateral and such Collateral Distribution had been paid directly to Borrower by the issuer, or (ii) the amount received by Agent as provided in Section 7.3 above.

 

8. Mark to Market

 

8.1 Borrower shall daily mark to market any Loan hereunder and, in the event that at the close of trading on any Business Day the market value of the Collateral for any Loan to Borrower shall be less than 100% of the market value of all the outstanding Loaned Securities subject to such Loan, Borrower shall transfer additional Collateral no later than the close of the next Business Day so that the market value of such additional Collateral, when added to the market value of the other Collateral for such Loan, shall equal 100% of the market value of the Loaned Securities.

17
 

8.2 Notwithstanding the above, in the event that on any Business Day the market value of Collateral securing a Loan is less than the Margin Percentage of the market value of the outstanding Loaned Securities subject to such Loan (a "Margin Deficit"), Agent may, by notice (oral or written) to Borrower, demand that Borrower deliver to Agent additional Collateral with a market value equal to the Margin Deficit. Unless otherwise agreed, such transfer is to be made in accordance with Agent’s instructions (i) no later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time ("ET") on the day of such request if such request is made prior to 11:00 a.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of cash denominated in U.S. dollars, (ii) by one hour prior to the deadline of the applicable Clearing Organization for same day settlement of securities on the day of such request if such request is made prior to 10:30 a.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of securities which trade and settle outside the United States or 1:00 p.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of securities which trade and settle in the United States, and (iii) in the case of Collateral where demand is made subsequent to the above deadlines, such delivery of additional Collateral shall be completed on the next succeeding Business Day of Agent (or its designee) in accordance with the timeframes above. If the additional Collateral to be delivered is to be through adjustment of a letter of credit delivered to Agent as Collateral, Borrower agrees to cause the issuing bank to amend the original letter of credit by delivery of an amended letter of credit to Agent within the time period detailed above for cash Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

8.3 In the event that at the opening of any Business Day the market value of Collateral securing a Loan is greater than the Margin Percentage of the market value of the outstanding Loaned Securities subject to such loan (a "Margin Excess"), Borrower may, by notice to Agent, demand that Agent transfer to Borrower such amount of the Collateral selected by Borrower with a market value equal to the Margin Excess. Unless otherwise agreed, such transfer is to be made in accordance with Borrower’s instructions no later than the close of business of Agent on the day of such request if such request is made prior to 11:00 a.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of cash denominated in U.S. dollars, (ii) by close of business of the applicable Clearing Organization for same day settlement of securities on the day of such request if such request is made prior to 10:30 a.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of securities which trade and settle outside the United States or 1:00 p.m. ET for additional Collateral in the form of securities which trade and settle in the United States, and (iii) in the case of Collateral where demand is made subsequent to the above deadlines, such transfer of additional Collateral shall be completed on the next succeeding Business Day of Borrower (or its designee) in accordance with the timeframes above. Where Collateral is in the form of a letter of credit, Agent agrees to promptly consent to a reduction in the undrawn balance of the letter of credit within the time period detailed above for cash Collateral denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

8.4 Borrower and Agent may agree, with respect to one or more Loans hereunder, to mark the values to market pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3 by valuing the Loaned Securities lent on behalf of a particular Principal and the Collateral given in respect thereof on an aggregate basis.

 

8.5 Borrower and Agent may agree, with respect to any or all Loans hereunder, that the respective rights of Agent and Borrower under Sections 8.2 and 8.3 may be exercised only where a Margin Excess or Margin Deficit exceeds a specified dollar amount or a specified percentage of the market value of the Loaned Securities under such Loans (which amount or percentage shall be agreed to by Borrower and Agent prior to entering into any such Loans).

 

9. Representations

 

Each party to this Agreement hereby makes the following representations and warranties, which shall continue during the term of any Loan hereunder:

18
 

9.1 Each party hereto represents and warrants that (a) it has the power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to enter into the Loans contemplated hereby and to perform its obligations hereunder; (b) it has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance; and (c) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

9.2 Each party hereto represents and warrants that (a) due consideration for the performance of its obligations under this Agreement has or will be received; (b) there are no agreements between any parties hereto that would alter the agreements set forth in this Agreement; (c) the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement (i) will not contravene (A) any provision of any applicable law, rule or regulation of any applicable jurisdiction, (B) any judgment or order or decree of any applicable government authority or (C) its organic documents (including any charter, articles of association and by-laws), and (ii) will not conflict or be inconsistent with, or result in any breach of or constitute a default under the terms of, any indenture, mortgage, lease, agreement, or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound or subject.

 

9.3 Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each Loan hereunder will at all times comply with all applicable laws and regulations including those of applicable regulatory and self-regulatory organizations.

 

9.4 Each party hereto represents and warrants that it has not relied on the other for any tax or accounting advice concerning this Agreement and that it has made its own determination as to the tax and accounting treatment of any Loan and any dividends, remuneration or other funds received hereunder.

 

9.5 Borrower represents and warrants that (a) it is an entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) it has, or will have at the time of transfer of any Collateral (including Collateral consisting of letters of credit), full unencumbered title thereto and the right to grant a first security interest therein subject to the terms and conditions hereof and (c) it (or the person to whom it relends the Loaned Securities) is borrowing or will borrow the Loaned Securities (except for Loaned Securities that qualify as "exempted securities" under Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) for the purpose of making delivery of such securities in the case of short sales, failure to receive securities required to be delivered, or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Regulation T as in effect from time to time.

 

9.6 Borrower represents and warrants that it is acting for its own account.

 

9.7 Agent represents and warrants that it is acting exclusively as agent for the Principals.

 

9.8 Agent represents and warrants that the Principal acting as lender in any Loan has represented and warranted to it that the Loaned Securities transferred to Borrower shall be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance at the time of transfer, and Borrower represents and warrants that the return to Agent of Loaned Securities shall be free and clear of any lien or encumbrance at the time of such return.

 

9.9 Agent represents and warrants that as to each Principal, such Principal has represented and warranted to it that (i) such Principal has duly authorized Agent, as agent, to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf, and to enter into Loans on its behalf, (ii) such Principal has the requisite power to perform, and has been duly authorized to perform, the obligations imposed hereunder and under any Loan effected pursuant hereto, and (iii) the obligations of such Principal in respect of any Loan effected pursuant to this Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Principal, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

9.10 Each of the representations and warranties set out in Section 9, shall, notwithstanding any provision of Section 9 or any other provision of the Agreement, be deemed made and repeated for all purposes at and as of all times when any loan entered into hereunder is outstanding.

19
 

9.11 Borrower represents that the statements provided to Principal pursuant to Section 10.3 fairly represent its financial condition and the financial condition of any parent company as of the date of such statements, and that there has been no material adverse change in its financial condition or the financial condition of any parent company since that date that has not been disclosed in writing to Lender. Each request by Borrower for a Loan shall constitute a present representation that there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition or in the financial condition of any parent company that has not been disclosed in writing to the Lender, since the date of the most recent statements furnished to Agent pursuant to Section 10.3; and (a) if Borrower is a Broker, that, as of the date of such request for a Loan, Borrower is in compliance with Rule 15c3-1 of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

 

10. Covenants

 

10.1 Each party hereto agrees and acknowledges that (a) each Loan hereunder is a "securities contract," as such term is defined in Section 741 (7) of Title 11 of the United States Code (the"Bankruptcy Code"), (b) each and every transfer of funds, securities and other property under this Agreement and each Loan hereunder is a "settlement payment" or a "margin payment," as such terms are used in Sections 362 (b) (6) and 546 (e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and (c) the rights given to Borrower and Agent hereunder upon a Default by the other constitute the right to cause the liquidation of a securities contract and the right to set off mutual debts and claims in connection with a securities contract, as such terms are used in Sections 555 and 362 (b) (6) of the Bankruptcy Code. Each party hereto further agrees and acknowledges that if a party hereto is an "insured depository institution," as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended ("FDIA"), then each Loan hereunder is a "securities contract" and "qualified financial contract," as such terms are defined in the FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder.

 

10.2 Borrower shall be liable as principal with respect to its obligations hereunder.

 

10.3 Upon execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall furnish Agent with Borrower's and any parent company’s most recent financial statements available to the public, its shareholders, its customers, the SEC or any other applicable regulatory body, including any statements required by Rule 17a-5 under the Exchange Act, and any other financial statements mutually agreed upon by Borrower and Agent. As long as any Loan is outstanding under this Agreement, Borrower will promptly deliver to the Agent all such financial information that is subsequently available, and any other financial information or statements that Agent may reasonably request.

 

10.4 Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation or as otherwise agreed, Borrower and Agent agree that Loans hereunder shall in no event be "exchange contracts" for purposes of the rules of any securities exchange and that Loans hereunder shall not be governed by the buy-in or similar rules of any such exchange, registered national securities or other self-regulatory organization.

 

10.5 Borrower will, from time to time, do and perform any and all acts and execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by Agent to more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral hereunder.

 

10.6 Borrower agrees that the completion of delivery of Loaned Securities to it pursuant to a Loan shall constitute its acceptance and receipt thereof and each such acceptance and receipt shall be deemed to constitute, and shall constitute, a representation by Borrower that as of the date of such acceptance and receipt, (i) all representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of such date, (ii) no Default hereunder has occurred and is continuing, and (iii) except as otherwise disclosed to Agent in writing, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower or its parent company subsequent to the date of the latest financial statements or information required to be furnished in accordance herewith and that, where Borrower is a registered broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), it is compliance with Rule 15c-3-1 of the Exchange Act.

20
 

 

11. Events of Default

 

All Loans hereunder may, at the option of the non-defaulting party exercised by notice to the defaulting party (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised, even if no notice is given, immediately upon the occurrence of an event specified in subsection (f) below), be terminated immediately upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (individually, a "Default"): (a) if any Loaned Securities shall not be transferred to Agent on the termination date of the Loan as required by Section 5.2; (b) if any Collateral shall not be transferred to Borrower upon termination of the Loan as required by Section 5; (c) if either party shall fail to transfer Collateral as required by Section 8; (d) if Borrower shall fail to comply with its obligation under Section 3 to replace an expiring letter of credit and such default is not cured within one Business Day of Agent’s notice of such failure to Borrower; (e) if either party (i) shall fail to transfer to the other party amounts in respect of distributions required to be transferred by Section 7, (ii) shall have received notice of such failure from the non-defaulting party, and (iii) shall not have cured such default by the next day after such notice on which a transfer of cash may be effected in accordance with Section 16; (f) if (i) Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal shall commence as debtor any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law, or seek the appointment of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or any substantial part of its property, (ii) any such case or proceeding shall be commenced against Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal, or another shall seek such an appointment, or any application shall be filed against either party for a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, which (A) is consented to or not timely contested by such party, (B) results in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment, the issuance of such a protective decree or the entry of an order having a similar effect, or (C) is not dismissed within 15 days, (iii) Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; (g) if Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal shall have been suspended or expelled from membership or participation in any national securities exchange or registered national securities association of which it is member or other self-regulatory organization to whose rules it is subject or if it is suspended from dealing in securities by any federal or state government agency or regulatory body thereof; (h) if Borrower or any direct or indirect parent or the Principal shall have its license, charter, or other authorization necessary to conduct a material portion of its business withdrawn, suspended or revoked by any applicable federal or state government or agency or regulatory authority thereof; (i) if any representation made or deemed to be made by either party in respect of this Agreement or any Loan or Loans hereunder shall be incorrect or untrue in any material respect during the term of any Loan hereunder; (j) if either party (i) fails to provide to the other party reasonable assurances of its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under any Loan within 24 hours after request therefor is made in good faith by the requesting party; (ii) notifies the other, orally or in writing, of its inability to or its intention not to perform its obligations hereunder; or (iii) otherwise disaffirms, rejects or repudiates any of its obligations hereunder; (k) if either party (i) shall fail to perform any material obligation under this Agreement not specifically set forth in clauses (a) through (j) above, including but not limited to the payment of fees as required by Section 4, and the payment of transfer taxes as required by Section 14, (ii) shall have received notice of such failure from the non-defaulting party and (iii) shall not have cured such failure by the next day after such notice on which a transfer of cash may be effected; (l) any Affiliate of Borrower shall default under any other securities loan agreement with Brown Brothers Harriman and Co., acting as agent; (m) if a party ("X") consolidates or amalgamates with, or merges into, or transfers all or substantially all its assets to, another entity and (i) the resulting, surviving, or transferee entity has not assumed all the obligations of X under this Agreement pursuant to an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (ii) the financial condition of the resulting, surviving, or transferee entity is, in the judgment of the other party, materially weaker than that of X prior to such transaction; or (n) If Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower undergoes changes in its assets, liabilities, financial condition or business, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which could reasonably, in the aggregate, be considered materially adverse.

21
 

 

12. Agent’s Remedies

 

If any Default shall occur in respect of which Borrower is the defaulting party, Agent shall have the right (without further notice to Borrower), in addition to any other remedies provided herein or under applicable law, (i) to purchase, within a commercially reasonable time, a like amount of Loaned Securities in the principal market for such securities, or (ii) to treat the Loaned Securities as having been purchased by Borrower at a purchase price equal to the market value thereof on the day such election is made by Agent, and may apply the Collateral to the payment of such purchase (whether actual or deemed), after deducting therefrom all amounts, if any, due to Agent under Sections 4, 7, 14 and 17, or (iii) to apply the Collateral to, and/or claim Borrower for any actual benefit or gain foregone by an affected Principal as a result of Borrower’s inability for any reason whatsoever to timely redeliver Loaned Securities and/or any associated rights thereto to the affected Principal for redelivery to a subsequent purchaser. In the event that the purchase price or deemed purchase price (plus all other amounts, if any, due to Agent hereunder) exceeds the market value of the Collateral on the date of such purchase, Borrower shall be liable to Agent for the amount of such excess together with interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to (A) in the case of purchases of Foreign Securities, LIBOR plus 2%, (B) in the case of purchases of any other securities (or other amounts, if any, due to Agent hereunder), the Federal Funds Rate plus 2% in each case as such rate fluctuates from day to day, from the date of such purchase until the date of payment of such excess. Agent shall have, as security for Borrower's obligation to pay such excess, a security interest in or right of setoff against any property of Borrower then held by Agent and any other amount payable by Agent to Borrower. The purchase price of securities purchased or deemed to have been purchased under this Section 12 shall include broker's fees and commissions and all other reasonable costs, fees and expenses related to such purchase or exercise of remedies, including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and expenses. Upon the satisfaction of all obligations hereunder, any remaining Collateral shall be returned to Borrower.

 

13. Borrower's Remedies

 

Upon the occurrence of a Default under Section 11 entitling Borrower to terminate all Loans by a Principal hereunder, Borrower shall have the right (without further notice to Agent), in addition to any other remedies provided herein or under applicable law, to sell (or be deemed to have sold) a like amount of the Loaned Securities in the principal market for such securities in a commercially reasonable manner on the day of the Default and to retain (or be deemed to have realized) the proceeds of such sale. In such event, Borrower may treat the Loaned Securities as its own and Agent's obligation to return Collateral consisting of cash and securities shall terminate. In the event the sales price received (or deemed to have been received) from such securities is less than the market value of the Collateral consisting of cash or securities on the date of sale (or deemed sale) the Principal which defaulted on the Loan shall be liable to Borrower for the amount of any deficiency (and all other amounts, if any, due to Borrower hereunder), together with interest on such amounts at a per annum rate equal to (A) in the case of Collateral consisting of Foreign Securities, LIBOR plus 2%, (B) in the case of Collateral consisting of any other securities (or other amounts due, if any, to Borrower hereunder), the Federal Funds Rate plus 2%, in each case as such rate fluctuates from day to day, from the date of such sale until the date of payment of such deficiency. As security for the Principal’s obligation to pay such deficiency, Borrower shall have a security interest in any property of the Principal then held by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and a right of setoff with respect to such property and any other amount payable to Borrower by Agent in respect of such Principal arising hereunder. In calculating this deficiency, there shall be deducted from the proceeds of the securities sold under this Section 13 broker's fees and commissions and all other reasonable costs, fees and expenses related (or deemed related) to such sale (or exercise of remedies). Upon the satisfaction of all Agent's obligations hereunder, any remaining Loaned Securities (or remaining cash proceeds thereof) shall be returned to Agent. Where Collateral consists of a letter of credit, Agent, upon the exercise or deemed exercise by Borrower of its termination rights under Section 11, shall immediately return the letter of credit to Borrower and not seek to draw thereunder and Borrower shall return to Agent an amount equal to the net proceeds from the sale (or deemed sale) of the Loaned Securities as reduced by all other amounts due to Borrower. Notwithstanding any provision of the Agreement, Agent shall not be obligated to make any payment to Borrower under the Agreement or in respect of any Loan (including without limitation any return of Collateral) at any time after a Default has occurred unless and until Borrower has satisfied all of its obligations (contingent or otherwise) to Agent, whether or not such obligations have at the time matured.

22
 

 

14. Transfer Taxes

 

All costs, including, without limitation, transfer taxes, stamp duties and fees, with respect to any transfer hereunder of Loaned Securities or Collateral shall be paid by Borrower when due. Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall ensure that this Agreement and all instruments of transfer in respect of any Loaned Securities or Collateral shall have been stamped in accordance with all applicable laws.

 

15. Market Value

 

15.1 With respect to Loaned Securities and Collateral consisting of securities, market value as of any date shall be determined on the basis of the closing prices therefor as of the trading day (for the principal market in which the securities are traded) immediately preceding the day of valuation such determination to be made by the independent pricing source utilized by Agent. Market value shall include accrued interest in the case of debt securities. With respect to Collateral consisting of cash, market value as of any date shall be the face amount thereof held by Agent at the time of determination and, with respect to Collateral consisting of letters of credit, market value as of any date shall be the undrawn balance thereof thereunder except that if, in the judgment of Agent, the creditworthiness of the issuer of any letter of credit has been or may be impaired, then, upon notice to Borrower, the market value of such letter of credit shall be zero.

 

15.2 Unless otherwise agreed, the currency which shall be applicable for purposes of determining market value shall be U.S. dollars (the "Collateral Currency"), or any other currency specified by Agent, and any Loaned Security or Collateral not denominated in the Collateral Currency shall be converted into the Collateral Currency based on the most current spot rate of exchange quoted by the independent source of exchange rates utilized by Agent.

 

16. Transfers

 

16.1 All transfers of securities hereunder shall be by (a) in the case of certificated securities, physical delivery of certificates representing such securities together with duly executed stock and bond transfer powers, as the case may be, with signatures guaranteed by a bank or a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., (b) registration of an uncertificated security in the transferee’s name by the issuer of such uncertificated security, (c) the crediting by a securities intermediary of such financial assets to the transferee’s securities account maintained with such securities intermediary, or (d) such other means as Borrower and Agent may agree. The parties agree and acknowledge that the term "securities", as used herein, shall include any "security entitlements" with respect to such securities (within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code).

23
 

16.2 All transfers of cash Collateral hereunder shall be by (a) wire transfer in immediately available, freely transferable funds or (b) such other means as Borrower and Agent may agree. All other transfers of cash hereunder shall be made in accordance with the preceding sentence or by delivery of a certified or official bank check representing next day New York Clearing House Funds.

 

16.3 All transfers of the beneficial interest in a letter of credit from Borrower to Agent shall be made by physical delivery to Agent of an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a "bank" as defined in Section 3(a)(6)(A)(c) of the Exchange Act. Transfer of a letter of credit from Agent to

Borrower shall be made by causing such letter of credit to be returned or by causing the amount of such letter of credit to be reduced to the amount required after such transfer.

 

16.4 A transfer of securities, cash or beneficial interest in letters of credit may be affected under this Section 16 on any day except (a) a day on which the transferee is closed for business at its address set forth in Schedule A hereto or (b) a day on which a Clearing Organization or wire transfer system is closed, if the facilities of such Clearing Organization or wire transfer system are required to effect such transfer.

 

17. Contractual Currency

 

17.1 Borrower and Agent agree that: (a) any payment in respect of a distribution under Section 7 shall be made in the currency in which the underlying distribution of cash was made; (b) any return of cash shall be made in the currency in which the underlying transfer of cash was made; and (c) any other payment of cash in connection with a Loan under this Agreement shall be in the currency agreed upon by Borrower and Agent in connection with such Loan (the currency established under clause (a), (b) or (c) hereinafter referred to as the "Contractual Currency"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payee of any such payment may, at its option, accept tender thereof in any other currency; provided, however that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the obligation of the payor to make such payment will be discharged only to the extent of the amount of Contractual Currency that such payee may, consistent with normal banking procedures, purchase with such other currency (after deduction of any premium and costs of exchange) on the banking day next succeeding its receipt of such currency.

 

17.2 If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency received under Section 17.1, including amounts received after conversion of any recovery under any judgment or order expressed in a currency other than the Contractual Currency, falls short of the amount in the Contractual Currency due in respect of this Agreement, the party required to make the payment will (unless a Default has occurred and such party is the non-defaulting party) as a separate and independent obligation and to the extent permitted by applicable law, immediately pay such additional amount in the Contractual Currency as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall.

 

17.3 If for any reason the amount in the Contractual Currency received under Section 17.1 exceeds the amount in the Contractual Currency due in respect of this Agreement, then the party receiving the payment will (unless a Default has occurred and such party is the non-defaulting party) refund promptly the amount of such excess.

 

18. ERISA

 

Agent shall, if any of the securities transferred to Borrower hereunder for any Loan have been or shall be obtained, directly or indirectly, from or using the assets of any Plan, so notify Borrower in writing upon the execution of the Agreement or pursuant to Section 1. If Agent so notifies Borrower, then Borrower and Agent shall conduct the Loan in accordance with the terms and conditions of Department of Labor Prohibited Transaction Exemption 2006-16, 71 Fed. Reg. 63786), or any successor thereto (unless Borrower certifies that it is not a party-in-interest to the plan for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended). Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Loan is to be conducted in accordance with Prohibited Transaction Exemption 2006-16, then:

24
 

(a) Borrower represents and warrants to Agent that it is either (i) a bank as defined in Section 202(a)(2) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, (ii) a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act or (iii) exempt from registration under Section 15(a)(1) of the Exchange Act as a dealer in Government Securities.

 

(b) Borrower represents and warrants that, neither Borrower nor any affiliate of Borrower (as defined in Prohibited Transaction Exemption 2006-16) has or exercises any discretionary authority or control with respect to the investment of the assets of the Plan involved in the Loan or renders investment advice (within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-21 (c)) with respect to the assets of the Plan involved in the Loan.

 

19. Obligations by Principals

 

Each and every obligation, liability or undertaking of a Principal with respect to any Loan shall be solely an obligation, liability or undertaking of, and binding upon, the Principal by which such Loan is made ("Lending Principal") and shall be payable solely from the available assets of such Principal. No such obligation, liability or undertaking shall be binding upon or affect any other Principal. Neither Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (in its individual capacity) nor any Affiliate thereof shall have any liability to Borrower whatsoever in respect of any Loan, it being understood and agreed that Borrower shall have recourse solely to the Lending Principal in the event of the occurrence of a Default involving the Lending Principal.

 

20. Single Agreement

 

Borrower and Agent acknowledge that, and have entered into this Agreement in reliance on the fact that, all Loans hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been entered into in consideration of each other. Accordingly, Borrower and Agent hereby agree that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by either of them in respect of any Loan shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Loan hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted. In addition, Borrower and Agent acknowledge that, and have entered into this Agreement in reliance on the fact that, all Loans hereunder have been entered into in consideration of each other.

 

21. APPLICABLE LAW

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

22. Waiver

 

The failure of a party to this Agreement to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. All waivers in respect of a Default must be in writing.

 

23. Remedies

 

All remedies hereunder and all obligations with respect to any Loan shall survive the termination of the relevant Loan, return of Loaned Securities or Collateral and termination of this Agreement.

25
 

 

24. Notices and Other Communications

 

Unless another address is specified in writing by the respective party to whom any notice or other communication is to be given hereunder, all such notices or communications shall be in writing or confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted (as the case may be) by registered mail, facsimile, telex, or courier, or by telephone promptly confirmed in writing and delivered or transmitted as aforesaid at the respective addresses set forth hereto. All notices shall be effective upon actual receipt.

 

25. SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

25.1 EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY (A) SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY SUCH COURT, SOLELY FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO ENFORCE ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR RELATING IN ANY WAY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LOAN HEREUNDER AND (B) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY RIGHT OF JURISDICTION ON ACCOUNT OF ITS PLACE OF RESIDENCE OR DOMICILE.

 

25.2 EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

26. Miscellaneous

 

This Agreement supersedes any other agreement between the parties hereto concerning loans of securities between Borrower and Agent. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon written notice to the other, subject only to fulfillment of any obligations then outstanding. This Agreement shall not be modified, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

 

27. Definitions

 

For the purposes hereof:

 

27.1 "Affiliate" shall mean any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another entity.

 

27.2 "Agent" shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction.

 

27.3 "Agent Payment" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

27.4 "Bankruptcy Code" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

27.5 "Borrower" shall have the meaning set forth in the introduction.

 

27.6 "Borrower Payment" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

27.7 "Broker-Dealer" shall mean any person that is a broker (including a municipal securities broker), dealer, municipal securities dealer, government securities broker or government securities dealer as defined in the Exchange Act, regardless of whether the activities of such person are conducted in the United States or otherwise require such person to register with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory body.

26
 

27.8 "Business Day" shall mean, with respect to any Loan hereunder, a day on which regular trading occurs in the principal market for the Loaned Securities or for any securities Collateral subject to such Loan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Section 8, "Business Day" shall mean any day on which transfers of Collateral may be effected by Agent and Borrower (or any nominee or agent thereof) however, in no event shall a Saturday or Sunday be considered a Business Day.

 

27.9 "Cash Collateral Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

27.10 "Clearing Organization" shall mean The Depository Trust Company, Euroclear, or, if agreed to by Borrower and Agent, such other clearing agency at which Borrower (or Borrower's agent) and Agent (or Agent's agent) maintain accounts, or a book-entry system maintained by a Federal Reserve Bank.

 

27.11 "Collateral" shall mean, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) all cash in a currency acceptable to Agent which is transferred and delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 3 or 8, (b) all irrevocable letters of credit issued by issuers and in a form acceptable to Agent, which are transferred and delivered to Agent hereunder, (c) any property substituted therefor pursuant to Section 3.5, (d) all accounts in which such property is deposited and all securities and the like in which any cash Collateral is invested or reinvested (but not the income or distributions thereon or realized gains derived from Principal’s use or investment of such Collateral, all of which shall in any event be the property of Principal held on account with Agent), (e) any securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by United States agencies thereof or by a foreign sovereign and which, in all instances, is acceptable to Agent, which are transferred and delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 3 or 8, including the interest or distributions thereon or other income therefrom, and (f) any proceeds of any of the foregoing.

 

27.12 “Collateral Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.2.

 

27.13 "Collateral Distributions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

27.14 "Confirmation" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

27.15 "Contractual Currency" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 17.1.

 

27.16 "Customer" shall mean any person that is a customer of Borrower under Rule 15c3-3 under the Exchange Act or any comparable regulation of the Secretary of the Treasury under Section 15C of the Exchange Act (to the extent that Borrower is subject to such Rule or comparable regulation).

 

27.17 "Cutoff Time" shall mean a time on a Business Day by which a transfer of cash, securities or other property must be made by Borrower or Agent to the other, as shall be agreed by Borrower and Agent in Schedule B or otherwise orally or in writing or, in the absence of any such agreement, as shall be determined in accordance with market practice.

 

27.18 "Default" shall have the meaning assigned in Section 11.

 

27.19 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

27.20 "FDIA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

27.21 "Federal Funds Rate" shall mean the rate of interest (expressed as an annual rate), as published in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) or any publication substituted therefor, charged for federal funds (dollars in immediately available funds borrowed by banks on an overnight unsecured basis) on that day or, if that day is not a banking day in New York City, on the next preceding banking day.

 

27.22 "Foreign Securities" shall mean, unless otherwise agreed, securities that are principally cleared and settled outside the United States.

 

27.23 "Government Securities" shall mean government securities as defined in Section 3 (a) (42) (A) - (C) of the Exchange Act.

 

27.24 "LIBOR" shall mean for any date, the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period of three months which appears on the Reuters Screen LIBO page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date (or, if at least two such rates appear, the arithmetic mean of such rates).

 

27.25 "Loan" shall mean a loan of securities hereunder.

27
 

27.26 "Loaned Security" shall mean any security which is a security as defined in the Exchange Act (which includes, for the avoidance of doubt, Foreign Securities), transferred in a Loan hereunder until such security (or an identical security) is transferred back to Agent hereunder, except that, if any new or different security shall be exchanged for any Loaned Security by recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other corporate action, such new or different security shall, effective upon such exchange, be deemed to become a Loaned Security in substitution for the former Loaned Security for which such exchange is made and shall be deemed to include any securities into which any Loaned Securities may at any time be converted or for which they may be exchanged, any additional securities distributed with respect to Loaned Securities. For purposes of return of Loaned Securities by Borrower or purchase or sale of securities pursuant to Section 12 or 13, such term shall include securities of the same issuer, class and quantity as the Loaned Securities, as adjusted pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

27.27 "Loan Fee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

27.28 "Margin Deficit" and "Margin Excess" shall have the meanings set forth in Sections 8.2 and 8.3, respectively.

 

27.29 "Margin Percentage" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

27.30 "Plan" shall mean (a) any "employee benefit plan" as defined in Section 3 (3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 which is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of such Act; (b) any "plan" as defined in Section 4975 (e) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986; or (c) any entity the assets of which are deemed to be assets of any such "employee benefit plan" or "plan" by reason of the Department of Labor's plan asset regulation, 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101.

 

27.31 "Principal" and "Principals" shall have the meanings set forth in the introduction.

 

27.32 "Securities Distributions" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

27.33 "Tax" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

 

28. Indemnification

 

Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Agent, its officers, partners and employees and each Principal (including the sponsor and fiduciaries of any Principal which is a Plan) from any and all losses, liabilities, costs, damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which Agent or the Principal may incur or suffer arising in any way out of the use by Borrower of Loaned Securities or any failure by Borrower to deliver Loaned Securities in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or any failure by Borrower to otherwise comply with the terms of this Agreement.

 

29. Limitation of Liability

 

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Principal which is a Massachusetts business trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of each such Principal as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders of such Principal individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of each such Principal.

 

30. Authorized Affiliates

 

Borrower hereby authorizes and directs Agent to engage in transactions pursuant to this Agreement, including the delivery and receipt of Loaned Securities and Collateral, in accordance with instructions received from employees of Affiliates of Borrower, including non-United States Affiliates, as if such Affiliate were Borrower. Such Affiliates are hereby authorized by Borrower to initiate, negotiate and transact loan transactions on behalf of Borrower and to give settlement instructions on behalf of the Borrower all as provided in this Agreement. Borrower hereby agrees that all such transactions undertaken by its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement are (i) direct contractual obligations of the Borrower, and (ii) governed by and binding upon Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. in its Capacity as agent for Principals and not in its individual capacity

28
 

 

By: _________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for Notices:

Attention: ____________

Facsimile No.: ____________

Telephone No.: ____________

 

____________________________________

As Borrower

 

By: _________________________________

Name:

Title:

Address for Notices:

Attention: ____________

Facsimile No.: ____________

Telephone No.: ____________

 

Schedule A

 

Type of Loaned Security Margin Percentage

 

Foreign equity and corporate securities 105%

United States equity and corporate securities 102% (when (including American Depository Receipts) collateralized by cash)

United States equity and corporate securities 105% (when (including American Depository Receipts) collateralized by non-cash)

United States government and agency securities 102%

Foreign government and agency securities 102%

 

SCHEDULE 4

 

List of Approved Issuers of Letters of Credit

Not applicable.

 

 

SCHEDULE 5

 

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

FOR CASH COLLATERAL

 

Short-Term Investments Trust: Treasury Portfolio-Institutional Class

 

29
 

  SCHEDULE 6

 

LIST OF APPROVED PERSONS

 

For the Fund : For the Agent :
William J Nasgovitz Christine Donovan
David C Fondrie Keith Haberlin
Paul T Beste Neil Hiralall
Vinita K Paul Julie Hubbard
Nicole J Best Rebecca Nordhaus
Katherine M Jaworski Mark Payson
Kevin D Clark Thomas Poppey
  Elizabeth Seidel

 

SCHEDULE 7

 

FEES

 

For each cash collateralized loan effected hereunder, 25% of the difference between (i) the income earned on the investment of cash Collateral held with respect to such loan (after deduction of any custody, investment, management or related fees) and (ii) the Cash Collateral Fee (as defined in the applicable SLA) in respect of such loan.

 

For each non-cash collateralized loan effected hereunder, 25% of the Loan Fee (as defined in the applicable SLA) paid by the borrower with respect to such loan.

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

 

NOTICES

 

If to the Fund:

  Address: Heartland Group, Inc.
    789 North Water Street
    Milwaukee, WI 53202
     
    Attn: Nicole Best
  Telephone: 414-977-8748
  Facsimile: 414-347-0418

 

30
 

 

If to the Agent: Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
     
  Address: 50 Milk Street
    Boston, MA 02109
    Attn: Elizabeth Seidel
  Telephone: 617.772.6146
  Facsimile: 617.772.2404
31

Exhibit (j.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement on Form N1-A of our reports dated February 16, 2012, relating to the financial statements and financial highlights which appear in the December 31, 2011 Annual Reports to Shareholders of Select Value Fund, Value Plus Fund and Value Fund (three portfolios comprising Heartland Funds) which are also incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Financial Highlights", "Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Financial Statements" in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

 

April 27, 2012

 

 

 

1

Exhibit (j.2) Consent of Counsel

 

April 23, 2012

 

Heartland Group, Inc.

789 North Water Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference into Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Heartland Group, Inc. (the "Registration Statement") of our opinion as to the legality of the shares of the various mutual fund series of Heartland Group, Inc., which opinion was previously filed as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information constituting parts of the Registration Statement.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Quarles & Brady LLP

 

QUARLES & BRADY LLP

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (p.1): Heartland Group, Inc.’s and Heartland Advisors, Inc’s Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics

 

BUSINESS

CONDUCT RULES

 

FOR

 

HEARTLAND GROUP, INC.

 

AND

 

HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

 

(As Amended Through August 18, 2011)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Act in the best interest of our investors - earn their confidence with every action

 

 
 

Table of Contents

 

BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES 5
I.     Introduction 5
II.     Administration and Enforcement 6
  A.   Interpretation 6
  B.   Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions 6
  C.   Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee 7
    1. Authority 7
    2. Special Discretion 7
III.     Definitions 7
CODE OF ETHICS 8
I.     Introduction 8
II.     Board Reporting 8
III.     Record Retention 9
  A.   Retention of Code 9
  B.   Record of Violations and Exceptions 9
  C.   Forms and Reports 9
  D.   List of Heartland Persons 9
  E.   Director Reports 9
  F.   Approval of Limited Offerings 10
  G.   Transaction Records 10
IV.     Definitions 10
  A.   Access Person 10
  B.   Control 10
  C.   Covered Securities 10
  D.   Federal Securities Laws 11
  E.   Heartland Person 11
  F.   Investment Person 11
  G.   Limited Offering 11
  H.   Non-Interested Directors 11
  I.   Personal Transactions 11
V.     General Trading Guidelines 12
VI.     Restrictions On Personal Transactions 12
  A.   Investments In Small Companies Prohibited 12
  B.   Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited 13

 

- ii -
 

  C.   Pre-Clearance Requirement 13
  D.   Black-Out Periods 14
    1. Access Persons 14
    2. Investment Persons 14
    3. Exceptions to Black-Out Rules 14
  E.   Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits 15
  F.   Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships) 15
  G.   Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited 16
VII.     Exempt Transactions 16
  A.   Non-discretionary Transactions 16
  B.   Non-volitional Transactions 16
  C.   Automatic Investment Plans 16
  D.   Rights Issuances 16
VIII.     Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons 17
  A.   Initial Reports 17
    1. Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure 17
  B.   Access Person Quarterly Reports 17
    1. Transactions. 18
    2. Accounts. 18
  C.   Access Person Confirmations and Statements 18
  D.   Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests 18
  E.   Reporting by Non-Interested Directors 18
GIFT POLICY 20
I.     Introduction 20
II.     Policy 20
  A.   Making of Gifts 20
  B.   Acceptance of Gifts 20
  C.   Customary Business Amenities 21
III.     Gift Reporting 21

- iii -
 

 

 

F OREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT COMPLIANCE POLICY 22
OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY 22
I.     Outside Employment 23
II.     Service as a Director of a Public Company 23
III.     Relative in Securities Business 23
POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING 24
I.     Summary of Heartland Advisors’ Policy Against Insider Trading 24
  A.   General Prohibition 24
  B.   What is Material? 24
  C.   What is Nonpublic? 24
  D.   How Does a Heartland Person’s Duty not to use the Information Arise? 25
  E.   What to do if you Receive Insider Information 25
  F.   The Effect of the Restricted List 25
  G.   Violations 26
II.     Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading 26
  Section 1.1  
  A.   General Prohibition 26
  1. Materiality 27
  2. Nonpublic 27
  3. Information Obtained through Misappropriation 29
  B.   Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers 30
  C.   Advice as to Guidelines 30
  D.   Application 30
  Section 1.2  
  A.   Specific Procedures 30
    1. Nondisclosure 30
    2. Access to Files 31
    3. Segregated Files 31
    4. The Restricted List 31
  Section 1.3  
  A.   Violations 32
APPENDICES 33

 

- iv -
 

 

BUSINESS CONDUCT RULES


 

I. Introduction

 

These Business Conduct Rules (“Rules”) have been adopted by Heartland Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates, including Heartland Holdings, Inc. (collectively referred to herein as “Heartland Advisors”) and Heartland Group, Inc., a registered investment company (referred to herein as “Heartland Group” or the “Heartland Funds”) (Heartland Advisors, Heartland Group, any series of any other registered investment company advised or subadvised by Heartland Advisors (where Heartland Advisors serves as adviser or subadviser with respect to all investment decisions made on behalf of such series) and any investment portfolio of any series of any other registered investment company advised or subadvised by Heartland Advisors (where Heartland Advisors acts as the adviser or subadviser to such series with respect to some, but not all, investment decisions made on behalf of such series) (as appropriate) shall be collectively referred to herein as “Heartland”), and shall govern the conduct of all Heartland Persons (as hereafter defined) in furtherance of general business, fiduciary, and legal principles and to satisfy certain regulatory requirements discussed below.

 

Although Heartland believes that personal investment and other activities by Heartland Persons should not be prohibited or discouraged, the nature of Heartland Advisors’ fiduciary obligations to the Heartland Funds, to each series of any other registered investment company advised or subadvised by Heartland Advisors (where Heartland Advisors serves as adviser or subadviser with respect to all investment decisions made on behalf of such series) and to each investment portfolio containing a segregated portion of the assets of any series of any other registered investment company advised or subadvised by Heartland Advisors (where Heartland Advisors acts as the adviser or subadviser only with respect to the investment decisions involving the assets which comprise such segregated investment portfolio) (collectively referred to herein as “Mutual Funds”), Heartland Advisors’ separate account clients (“Clients”), and shareholders of the Mutual Funds necessarily requires certain disclosures with respect to, and results in some restrictions on, the activities of Heartland Persons. These Rules are designed to reflect the following principles that must guide the personal conduct of all Heartland Persons:

 

In conducting business activities on behalf of Heartland, Heartland Persons must, at all times, (1) act with integrity, competence and dignity, adhere to the highest ethical standards, and deal fairly with and act in the best interests of the Mutual Funds and Clients; (2) comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein); and (3) promptly disclose to the Compliance Officer any circumstances that create an actual or potential conflict with the interests of the Mutual Funds or Clients, including, but not limited to, violations of the Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein) or failures to comply with Heartland policies and procedures, and promptly disclose to the Compliance Officer any violation of these Rules and Code of Ethics;

 

All Personal Transactions of Access Persons in Covered Securities (as these terms are hereafter defined) must be conducted in a manner consistent with these Rules, so as to avoid any actual or potential conflicts of interest with the investment activities undertaken for clients with respect to which Heartland Advisors has investment discretion, including the Mutual Funds and Clients, and to avoid any abuse of position of trust and responsibility with respect thereto;

 

- 5 -
 

No Heartland Person shall take inappropriate advantage of his or her position with or on behalf of Heartland or as an investment industry professional;

 

At no time may any Heartland Person engage in any conduct or activity that operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Mutual Funds, Clients, or shareholders of the Mutual Funds or make any untrue statement or fail to make a statement, that in light of the circumstances could mislead the Mutual Funds, Clients, or shareholders of the Mutual Funds in a material way;

 

No Heartland Person shall recommend for purchase or sale, or otherwise discuss the appropriateness of trading, any Covered Security to any other person, except as permitted or required in the normal course of his duties on behalf of Heartland; and

 

No Heartland Person shall reveal to any other person (except as permitted or required in the normal course of his duties on behalf of Heartland) any information that is confidential or proprietary to Heartland, including, but not limited to, information regarding investment transactions made or being considered, or Covered Securities researched or traded, by or on behalf of any of the Mutual Funds or Clients.

 

Any violation of the Rules, or the principles described herein, may be cause for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Other disciplinary actions may include warnings, periods of “probation” during which personal investment activities are curtailed or prohibited, reversal of Personal Transactions, disgorgement of profits, and fines. Technical compliance with the Rules will not automatically insulate from scrutiny conduct that appears to indicate a pattern of abuse of an individual’s legal or fiduciary duties.

 

II. Administration and Enforcement

 

A. Interpretation

 

Questions regarding the interpretation of any provision of the Rules shall be directed to the Chief Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors (“Compliance Officer”), who shall be responsible for the enforcement of the Rules.

 

The Compliance Officer or any other person named in the Rules may appoint one or more designees to carry out his or her functions pursuant to the Rules.

 

B. Compliance as Condition of Employment and Disciplinary Sanctions

 

Compliance with these Rules is a condition of employment for each Heartland Person. All Heartland Persons are required to certify annually that they have read, understand and have complied with the Rules in the Form attached as APPENDIX A.

 

- 6 -
 

C. Compliance Monitoring and the Business Conduct Committee

 

The Compliance Officer shall review all reports provided by Heartland Persons as required under the Rules to ascertain compliance therewith. The Compliance Officer shall institute any procedures necessary to monitor the adequacy of such reports and to otherwise prevent violations of the Rules.

 

The Compliance Officer shall meet periodically with the Heartland Business Conduct Committee (“Committee”). The purpose of the Committee is to facilitate monitoring of compliance with the requirements and procedures contained in the Rules and to consider interpretive and remedial action in administration and enforcement of the Rules.

 

The Committee consists of not less than three members, including the Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors who shall serve as the Chairman of the Committee.

 

1. Authority

 

Subject to oversight by the Committee, the Compliance Officer shall administer, interpret, and enforce the Rules on an ongoing basis. In general, any interpretations or exceptions made and any remedial actions taken under the Rules by the Compliance Officer shall be reported to, but need not be approved by, the Committee. However, the Compliance Officer shall be required to have the Committee pre-approve any remedial actions proposed by the Compliance Officer involving fines, restrictions or bans on personal trading activities, or termination of employment. In addition, the Compliance Officer, in his or her sole discretion, may defer action and request the review and approval of the Committee for any proposed exception or interpretation to be made or remedial action to be taken under the Rules.

 

2. Special Discretion

 

In exercising their discretion to make exceptions to any provision of the Rules, the Compliance Officer and/or the Committee shall ensure that:

 

A determination is made that the application of the provision is not legally required;

 

The likelihood of any abuse of the Rules caused as a result of the exception is remote;

 

The terms or conditions upon which any exemption is granted is evidenced in a written instrument; and

 

A written record of the exception is made and retained by the Compliance Officer.

 

III. Definitions

 

For definitions of capitalized terms used in the Rules, please refer to the Definitions section of the Code of Ethics.

 

- 7 -
 

CODE OF ETHICS


I. Introduction

 

Rule 17j-1 (the “IC Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “IC Act”) requires that an investment company, as well as its investment adviser and principal underwriter, adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to prevent their Access Persons from engaging in any fraudulent or unlawful personal trading activity. The IC Rule further requires an investment company to disclose in its registration statement certain information about its code of ethics and to file a copy as an exhibit thereto.

 

Rule 204A-1 (the “IA Rule”) under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “IA Act”) requires each investment adviser registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission to adopt a written code of ethics containing provisions reasonably necessary to reflect an adviser’s fiduciary obligations to its clients and to ensure its Access Persons comply with applicable Federal Securities Laws (as defined herein). In addition, Rules 204A-1 and 204-2 under the IA Act require investment advisers to keep certain records, which must be available for inspection by representatives of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), regarding personal investment activities of advisory personnel.

 

In satisfaction of these regulatory requirements, this Code of Ethics (“Code”) includes the principal recommendations in the Report of the Investment Company Institute Advisory Group on Personal Investing dated May 9, 1994.

 

The Board of Directors of Heartland Group (“Heartland Group Directors”), including a majority of the Non-Interested Directors, must approve the Code on an annual basis, and approve any material change to the Code within six months after adoption of such material change. The Heartland Group Directors must base their approval of the Code, and any material changes to the Code, on a determination that the Code contains provisions reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from engaging in any conduct prohibited by the provisions of the IC Rule. Before approving the Code, the Heartland Group Directors must receive a certification from Heartland Advisors that it has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

II. Board Reporting

 

The Compliance Officer shall present the following reports to the Heartland Group Directors:

 

Not less frequently than quarterly , a written report identifying any material issues arising under the Code or related procedures, including, but not limited to, any material or recurring violations of the Code or Heartland’s related procedures detected since the last such report with a description of the nature of the violation, the person or persons involved, and the remedial action taken. Any violation of the Restrictions on Personal Transactions will be considered material;

 

- 8 -
 

Not less frequently than quarterly , a written report identifying any material changes to the Code adopted since the last such report. Any such changes must be approved by the Heartland Group Directors, including a majority of the Heartland Group Directors who are not interested persons; and

 

Not less frequently than annually , a written report summarizing existing procedures followed in administering the Code and a certification by the Chief Operating Officer, or other senior officer, of Heartland Advisors that the procedures are reasonably designed to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

The Heartland Group Directors shall consider any issues presented by the Business Conduct Committee and/or the Compliance Officer as well as the certification reports described above, examining them carefully and determining whether any action (including amendment of the Code) is necessary.

 

III. Record Retention

 

Heartland Advisors shall maintain at its principal place of business on its own behalf and on the behalf of Heartland Group, the following records. Each record shall be preserved for a period of not less than five years (six for Transaction Records) from the end of the calendar year in which the event requiring the record to be made occurred, the first two years in an easily accessible place, or as shall otherwise be required under applicable law and regulation:

 

A. Retention of Code

 

A copy of the Code.

 

B. Record of Violations and Exceptions

 

A record of any exception to the Code made by the Compliance Officer and/or the Business Conduct Committee as permitted by Section II.C and a record of any violation of this Code, and of any action taken as a result thereof.

 

C. Forms and Reports

 

A copy of each report made by an Access Person under this Code.

 

D. List of Heartland Persons

 

A list of all Heartland Persons who are, or have been, required to make reports under this Code.

 

E. Director Reports

 

A copy of each report presented to the Heartland Group Directors under Section II of the Code.

 

- 9 -
 

F. Approval of Limited Offerings

 

A copy of each pre-approval of a Limited Offering, including the reasons supporting the pre-approval.

 

G. Transaction Records

 

A written record of every transaction in a Covered Security required to be reported by an Access Person under the Code containing the title and amount of the Covered Security involved, the date and nature of the transaction, the price at which the transaction was effected, and the name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected. This record may be satisfied by a trade confirmation, account statement, or other written report received no later than thirty days after the calendar quarter in which the transaction occurred.

 

IV. Definitions

 

A. Access Person

 

“Access Person” shall mean (i) any director or officer of Heartland, (ii) any employee of Heartland (or of any company in a Control relationship with Heartland) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities on behalf of the Mutual Funds or Clients, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (iii) any natural person in a Control relationship to Heartland who obtains information concerning purchase and sale recommendations made to any of the Mutual Funds or Clients with regard to Covered Securities. Access Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

 

B. Control

 

“Control” shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the IC Act. In general, it means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management and policies of a company, unless such power is solely the result of an official position with such company.

 

C. Covered Securities

 

“Covered Security” shall mean any security within the meaning of Section 2(a)(36) of the IC Act, such as common stocks, preferred stocks, closed-end investment companies, stock options, debt securities and derivative instruments, including futures contracts, and options on futures contracts, relating to any stock, bond or index. Covered Securities shall also include Limited Offerings (i.e., limited partnership interests and private placement common or preferred stocks or debt instruments), shares of the Mutual Funds, shares of Exchange Traded Funds (ETFs) or other exchange traded vehicles, and municipal securities.

 

- 10 -
 

Covered Securities do not include (i) direct obligations of the U.S. Government; (ii) bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, repurchase agreements or other high quality short-term debt instruments; (iii) shares of money market funds, or shares of open-end investment companies for which Heartland Advisors does not serve as investment adviser or, where Heartland Advisors serves as an adviser or subadviser to a series (or any portion thereof) of any open-end investment company, all other series of such investment company for which Heartland Advisors does not so serve; (iv) options/futures based on broad based indices, interest rates, Standard & Poors Depository Receipts, Treasury instruments, commodities, or currencies.

 

D. Federal Securities Laws

 

“Federal Securities Laws” shall have the same meaning as in Rule 204A-1(e)(4) of the IA Act.

 

E. Heartland Person

 

“Heartland Person” shall mean any employee, officer, director, or general partner of Heartland.

 

F. Investment Person

 

“Investment Person” shall mean any employee, officer, or director of Heartland Advisors who in connection with his or her regular functions or duties makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities and any natural person who is a Control person of Heartland Advisors who obtains information concerning such recommendations. Investment Person also includes any other person designated by the Compliance Officer.

 

G. Limited Offering

 

A “Limited Offering” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, Rule 505, or Rule 506 under the Securities Act of 1933. These include, for example, private placements and private investment partnerships.

 

H. Non-Interested Directors

 

A “Non-Interested Director” shall mean a director of Heartland Group who is not an “interested person” of Heartland Group within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the IC Act. Non-Interested Directors are also Heartland Persons and Access Persons.

 

I. Personal Transactions

 

“Personal Transactions” shall mean transactions in Covered Securities in which a Heartland Person has direct or indirect “beneficial ownership” within the meaning of the term as used in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that the term applies to all debt and equity securities and commodity interests. Personal Transactions shall include transactions for: (i) a person’s own account; (ii) an account owned jointly with another person; (iii) an account in the person’s name as a guardian, executor or trustee; (iv) an account in which such person, his spouse, or his minor child residing in his household has a direct or indirect interest; (v) an account of any other relative ( e.g., parents, in-laws, adult children, brothers, sisters, etc.) whose investments the person directs or controls whether or not the relative resides with the person, and (vi) an account of any other person, partnership, corporation, trust, custodian, or other entity if, by reason of contract or formal or informal understanding or arrangement, the person has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in such account.

 

- 11 -
 

V. General Trading Guidelines

 

All Access Persons are prohibited from taking personal advantage of their knowledge of recent or impending securities activities for the Mutual Funds or Clients. In accordance with Heartland’s Policy Against Insider Trading, Access Persons are generally prohibited from purchasing or selling any security while in the possession of material nonpublic information about the issuer of the security, and from communicating to third parties any such material nonpublic information. Access Persons are further prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic information relating to the Mutual Funds or Clients, or any nonpublic information relating to the business or operations of Heartland, unless properly authorized to do so.

 

When purchasing, exchanging, or redeeming shares of an open-end investment company, including the Mutual Funds, Access Persons must comply in all respects with the policies and procedures set forth in the most current prospectus and statement of additional information for such open-end investment company.

 

Access Persons are discouraged from engaging in a pattern of securities transactions in any Covered Security that is excessively frequent so as to potentially (i) impact the ability to carry out his or her assigned duties or (ii) increase the possibility of an actual or apparent conflict of interest.

 

VI. Restrictions On Personal Transactions

 

The provisions of Section VI shall apply to the Personal Transactions of all Access Persons, except Access Persons who are Non-Interested Directors.

 

A. Investments In Small Companies Prohibited

 

Except for sales that qualify as “exempt” transactions under Section VII hereof and transactions in closed-end investment companies, the Mutual Funds, exchange traded funds or other exchange traded vehicles or Limited Offerings, no Investment Person or Access Person may effect a Personal Transaction in a Covered Security whose market capitalization is less than $2 billion.

 

Access Persons, including Investment Persons, subject to this restriction shall be permitted to sell any such investment if the investment was (i) owned and reported to the Compliance Officer at the time he or she became an Access Person, (ii) acquired other than by purchase ( e.g., inheritance, spin-off, etc.), or (iii) was not subject to the limit at the time of purchase. However, any such sales shall be subject to the pre-clearance and reporting provisions of the Code.

 

- 12 -
 

B. Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities Prohibited

 

All Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing equity securities in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Further, all Access Persons are prohibited from using the facilities of Heartland Advisors to secure an IPO, directly or indirectly, for any non-client or to indirectly (that is, in circumvention of any procedures established from time to time by Heartland Advisors for allocation of IPOs among the Mutual Funds and Clients) secure an IPO for any Clients or the Mutual Funds.

 

C. Pre-Clearance Requirement

 

Unless the transaction is exempt as provided in Section VII hereof, every Personal Transaction in a Covered Security, including transactions in private placement securities and other Limited Offerings , by an Access Person must be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer. Pre-approval and pre-clearance shall be obtained by using the Personal Trade Request Form as made available by the Compliance Officer from time to time, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX B.

 

Pre-approval and pre-clearance for a Transaction in a Covered Security other than shares of the Mutual Funds, private placement securities and other Limited Offerings shall be good for three business days (inclusive of the day on which approval is granted, if approval is granted prior to market close). Pre-approval and pre-clearance for a Transaction in shares of the Mutual Funds shall be good for ten business days or as otherwise determined by the Compliance Officer. Pre-approval and pre-clearance for a Transaction in a private placement security or other Limited Offering shall be valid for the time period determined by the Compliance Officer. An order that is not executed within these times must be re-submitted for pre-approval and pre-clearance.

 

After receiving a completed Personal Trade Request and Authorization Form from an Access Person, for a transaction in a Covered Security other than the Mutual Funds , the Compliance Officer shall obtain the following approvals before pre-clearing the transaction:

 

For all trades: One senior trader

 

For equity trades: All equity portfolio managers

 

For non-municipal debt: One equity portfolio manager and one fixed-income portfolio manager and the fixed-income analyst that follows corporate bonds at Heartland Advisors.

 

For municipal debt: All fixed-income portfolio managers

 

In approving, traders are asked to review to ensure there are no pending orders for the Covered Security on the trading desk and portfolio managers are asked to identify if they anticipate trading activity for the Mutual Funds or Clients in the Covered Security within the next 15 days. If one manager is unavailable, another manager may approve on his behalf if he is reasonably certain the security is not under consideration for investment for any of the Mutual Funds or Clients with respect to which the absent portfolio manager has investment discretion.

 

- 13 -
 

A portfolio manager may not pre-approve his own transaction.

 

For transactions in the Mutual Funds, other than transactions exempt under Section VII, the Access Person must submit a completed Fund Personal Trade Request Form for the Mutual Funds, a current copy of which is attached hereto as APPENDIX C, and obtain pre-approval and pre-clearance from the Compliance Officer.

 

D. Black-Out Periods

 

The black-out periods set forth below shall apply solely to the individual security in question and not to the issuer generally. Black-out periods shall be determined exclusive of the day on which transactions of the Mutual Funds or Clients are effected or being considered. In the event of a violation of these provisions, if the violation results from a transaction that can be reversed prior to settlement, such transaction shall be reversed with any costs being borne by the Access Person. If reversal is not practical or possible, then the security shall be sold and any profit realized from the transaction, net of commissions, shall be disgorged to a charity selected by the Business Conduct Committee.

 

1. Access Persons

 

Unless the transaction is exempt under this Code, no Access Person may (i) execute a Personal Transaction on a day during which any of the Mutual Funds or any Clients have a pending “buy” or “sell” order in that same security, until the “buy” or “sell” order for the Mutual Funds or Clients in that security is executed or withdrawn, or (ii) execute a Personal Transaction when the security is being considered for purchase or sale on behalf of any of the Mutual Funds or any Clients.

 

Note: A security is “being considered for purchase or sale” when a recommendation to purchase or sell such security has been made and communicated by an investment analyst, in the course of his normal business duties, to the Portfolio Manager responsible for making investment decisions on behalf of the Mutual Funds or Clients, and such recommendation is under active consideration by the Portfolio Manager.

 

2. Investment Persons

 

No Investment Person may effect a Personal Transaction within seven calendar days before or after a trade is executed on behalf of any of the Mutual Funds or Clients (the “7-Day Rule”) for which that person is either (i) the portfolio manager for any of the Mutual Funds or Clients’ account that traded the Covered Security or (ii) the investment analyst for the Covered Security traded.

 

For supervisors of equity portfolio managers, research analysts/associates, the chief operating officer, and the traders, the 7-Day Rule shall apply more broadly to any Covered Securities traded in any of the Mutual Funds or Client accounts.

 

3. Exceptions to Black-Out Rules

 

a. Highly Liquid Securities

 

Personal Transactions in stocks (and in convertible preferred stocks convertible into such common stocks) of companies with market capitalization’s of $5 billion or more at the time of purchase or sale shall not be subject to the black-out periods set forth above. These stocks are believed to be sufficiently liquid and actively traded such that investment transactions undertaken for Clients or the Mutual Funds are unlikely to have any significant impact on the market price of such stocks. However, because options and other derivatives may involve leverage that magnifies the effect of even small price changes in the underlying stock, Personal Transactions in options and other derivatives remain subject to such blackout periods.

 

- 14 -
 

b. The Mutual Funds

 

Personal Transactions in shares of the Mutual Funds shall not be subject to the blackout periods set forth above.

 

E. Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits

 

Access Persons are prohibited from profiting in the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent) securities within 60 calendar days (the 60 day ban applies irrespective of when an Access Person first purchased securities of the issuer). However, in the event that (i) the effect of a transaction is to substitute an equity derivative position in a security with a comparable number of shares of the underlying security, or vice versa, (ii) the substitution transactions occur within the same trading day, and (iii) the value of the substituted position increases and decreases relative to increases and decreases in the value of the original derivative or underlying security position, then, the transactions implementing the substitution shall be permitted. Exceptions to the 60-day ban may be granted for hardship on a case-by-case basis by the Compliance Officer.

 

F. Limited Offerings (Private Placements and Private Investment Partnerships)

 

Any purchase of a Limited Offering by an Access Person shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and in the case of a purchase by an Investment Person, the prior approval of the Non-Interested Directors or their designee. In approving the purchase of a Limited Offering, consideration shall be given to whether the investment should be reserved for the Mutual Funds or Clients, and whether such opportunity is being offered to such Access Person by virtue of his or her position with the Mutual Funds or Clients.

 

Furthermore, no Access Person may have a 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership. If an Access Person’s ownership interest becomes 5% or more because of a non-volitional act, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

 

If and after an authorization to acquire a Limited Offering has been obtained, the Access Person must disclose such personal investment whenever any subsequent consideration by the Mutual Funds or any other Clients for investment in that issuer arises.

 

If a Heartland Fund decides to purchase securities of an issuer, the shares of which have been previously obtained for personal investment by an Access Person in a Limited Offering, that decision shall be subject to an independent review by the Non-Interested Directors of Heartland Funds with no personal interest in the issuer.

 

- 15 -
 

G. Trading With Clients or Funds Prohibited

 

All Access Persons are prohibited from, directly or indirectly, purchasing any Covered Security from, or selling any Covered Security to, a Client or any of the Mutual Funds.

 

VII. Exempt Transactions

 

The following transactions shall be exempt from the pre-clearance requirements and other provisions of Section VI hereof, but the reporting and disclosure requirements of Section VIII hereof shall apply:

 

A. Non-discretionary Transactions

 

Purchases or sales effected in any account over which an Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control, or in any account of the Access Person which is managed on a discretionary basis by a person: (a)  unrelated to the Access Person; (b) whom the Access Person does not, in fact, influence or control; and (c) with whom the Access Person does not confer or otherwise participate in connection with the purchase and sale of securities in the account.

 

Note: Any registered investment adviser retained by an Access Person shall be pre-approved by the Compliance Officer before the Access Person may rely upon this exemption. For this purpose, transactions effected under a power of attorney or a brokerage account agreement are not eligible for this exemption unless they contain an express delegation of investment discretion.

 

B. Non-volitional Transactions

 

Purchases or sales that are non-volitional on the part of the Access Person, including mergers, recapitalizations or similar transactions. Non-volitional transactions also include gifts of a Covered Security to an Access Person over which the Access Person has no control of the timing.

 

C. Automatic Investment Plans

 

A program in which regular periodic purchases or sales are made automatically in or from investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined schedule and allocation, including an issuer’s automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

 

D. Rights Issuances

 

Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by the issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

 

- 16 -
 

VIII. Reporting and Disclosure Requirements of Heartland Persons

 

The initial and quarterly reporting requirements of this Section A through C shall not apply to Non-Interested Directors except as provided by Section VIII.E.

 

No Report made under this section shall be construed as an admission by the reporting person that he or she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the reportable items.

 

A. Initial and Annual Reports

 

No later than 10 calendar days after commencement of employment, and at least annually thereafter, the following reports must be completed, which contain information current as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date each such report is submitted:

 

1. Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

 

Each Access Person is required to complete and return to the Compliance Officer the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure acknowledging that he or she has read, understands and has complied with the Code. Each Access Person’s Annual Certification and Disclosure must be returned to the Compliance Officer by the end of each calendar year. A copy of the Certificate is attached as APPENDIX A.

 

Access Persons are required to disclose to the Compliance Officer (i) all securities and commodities accounts maintained by the Access Person in which any securities are held and (ii) all personal holdings in Covered Securities on the Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure attached as APPENDIX A.

 

B. Access Person Quarterly Reports

 

Every Access Person shall complete and submit a Quarterly Report to the Compliance Officer that discloses the information set forth below with respect to all Personal Transactions and all securities and commodities accounts that Personal Transactions are conducted in during the quarter. Every Quarterly Report shall be submitted not later than 30 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Access Persons need not make a Quarterly Report if the report would duplicate information contained in broker trade confirmations or account statements received by the Compliance Officer or information previously reported under the Code.

 

The Quarterly Report shall be in the form published by the Compliance Officer from time to time, the current form of which is attached as APPENDIX D.

 

- 17 -
 

1. Transactions.

 

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable transaction:

 

The date of the transaction, the title, and as applicable the exchange ticker symbol or CUSIP number, the interest rate and maturity date, the number of shares and the principal amount of the security involved;

 

The nature of the transaction ( i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

The price at which the transaction was effected;

 

The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected; and

 

The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

2. Accounts.

 

The Quarterly Report shall contain the following information for each reportable account:

 

The name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

The date the account was established; and

 

The date the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

C. Access Person Confirmations and Statements

 

All Access Persons maintaining securities or commodities accounts shall direct their brokers to furnish the Compliance Officer on a timely basis, duplicate copies of all confirmations and account statements.

 

D. Investment Person Disclosure of Material Interests

 

If an Investment Person wishes to invest or make a recommendation to invest in a security for any of the Mutual Funds or Clients, and such person currently owns greater than 5% of the outstanding shares of the security, such person must first confirm such interest to the Compliance Officer and the Chief Operating Officer of Heartland Advisors and obtain their consent. The Compliance Officer and the Chief Operating Officer may only grant consent if the Investment Person has no material interest in the security. A material interest includes, but is not limited to, offices, directorships, significant contracts, or interests or relationships that are likely to affect the Investment Person’s judgment.

 

E. Reporting by Non-Interested Directors

 

A Non-Interested Director shall report a non-exempt Personal Transaction in Covered Securities to the Compliance Officer within 30 calendar days of the end of the calendar quarter in which such transaction was effected if, at the time such transaction was effected, the Non-Interested Director knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a director of Heartland Group, should have known that, during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction by the Non-Interested Director, the security is or was purchased or sold by a Heartland Fund or was considered for purchase or sale.

 

- 18 -
 

In addition, Non-Interested Directors shall annually report in the Directors and Officers Questionnaire to the Compliance Officer any 5% or more ownership interest in a private investment partnership.

 

- 19 -
 

GIFT POLICY


 

I. Introduction

 

Gifts may only be given (or accepted) if they are in accordance with normally accepted business practices and do not raise any question of impropriety. A question of impropriety may be raised if a gift influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. The following outlines Heartland’s policy on giving and receiving gifts to help Heartland maintain those standards and is applicable to all Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors).

 

II. Policy

 

A. Making of Gifts

 

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not make any gift, series of gifts, or other thing of value, including cash, loans, personal services, or special discounts (“Gifts”) in excess of $100 per year, without advance approval from the Chief Compliance Officer or his/her designee, to any of the Mutual Funds or Clients, any one person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of Heartland or any of the Mutual Funds or Clients, or any company held by any of the Mutual Funds or Clients or their management (collectively referred to herein as “Business Relationships”).

 

B. Acceptance of Gifts

 

Heartland Persons and members of their immediate family may not accept any Gift of material value from any single Business Relationship. A Gift will be considered material in value if it influences or gives the appearance of influencing the recipient. In the event the aggregate fair market value of all Gifts received from any single Business Relationship is estimated to exceed $250 in any 12-month period, the Access Person must immediately notify the Compliance Officer.

 

If the Gift is from any person, entity or person affiliated with an entity that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) that does business with or on behalf of Heartland, or is made in connection with the sale or distribution of registered investment company or variable contract securities, the aggregate fair market value of all such Gifts received by you from any single Business Relationship may never exceed $100 in any 12-month period.

 

Occasionally, Heartland employees are invited to attend or participate in conferences, tour a company’s facilities, or meet with representatives of a company. Such invitations may involve traveling and may require overnight lodging. Generally, all travel and lodging expenses provided in connection with such activities must be paid for by Heartland. However, if appropriate, and with prior approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

 

The solicitation of a Gift is prohibited (i.e., you may not request a Gift, such as tickets to a sporting event, be given to you).

 

- 20 -
 

C. Customary Business Amenities

 

Customary business amenities are not considered Gifts so long as such amenities are business related (e.g., if you are accepting tickets to a sporting event, the offerer must go with you), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time and place, and neither so frequent nor so costly as to raise any question of impropriety. Customary business amenities which you and, if appropriate, your guests, may accept (or give) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, green fees, an invitation to a reception or cocktail party, or comparable entertainment.

 

III. Gift Reporting

 

All Gifts shall be reported to the Compliance Officer within fourteen calendar days of acceptance or making such Gifts on a Gift Disclosure Report attached as APPENDIX E.

 

- 21 -
 

FOREIGN CORRUPT PRACTICES ACT COMPLIANCE POLICY


 

 

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (FCPA), and other related regulations, prohibit Heartland Persons from making any payment (including giving a gift) to a foreign government official for purposes of obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA applies to Heartland everywhere in the world. The FCPA applies to every Heartland Person even if he or she is not a U.S. citizen.

 

A violation of the FCPA occurs when something of value is given to a foreign government official for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining an “unfair advantage” (for example, obtaining favorable tax treatment). A violation of the FCPA can also occur when something of value is given through an agent or intermediary, with knowledge that the thing of value will be used to obtain or retain business or direct business to someone else. Under the FCPA, “knowing” can include situations where the circumstances make it likely that an illegal payment will occur, even if the Heartland Person did not actually know the payment would be made.

 

No Heartland Person may make any payment to a foreign government official that is connected in any way, directly or indirectly, to the business of Heartland.

 

If a Heartland Person discovers that a payment was made by such individual or on such individual’s behalf, or if such individual has engaged in any activity in violation of this policy, such Heartland Person shall immediately provide written notice of such payment to the Chief Compliance Officer. Violations will be taken seriously and may result in disciplinary action, as well as regulatory action. Regulatory actions against FCPA violators may include:

 

Criminal actions, including large fines and possible imprisonment (for individuals)

 

Civil actions, including large fines

 

Other governmental action, including being barred from doing business with the US government

 

Private cause of action, including possible Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO) charges and damages

 

In addition, many foreign countries have rules and regulations restricting gifts to people who are employed by the government of that country. Heartland intends to fully comply with all of those rules and regulations.

 

The FCPA also requires Heartland to take reasonable steps to assure intermediaries retained or engaged by it to help Heartland obtain foreign business do not engage in conduct prohibited under the FCPA. Heartland presently has no intention of retaining or engaging any such intermediaries.

 

Bribery is unacceptable. It is imperative that each and every person who does business with Heartland understands that Heartland Persons will not, under any circumstances, give or accept bribes or kickbacks.

 

- 22 -
 

OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES POLICY


 

 

Any Heartland Person who proposes to engage in Outside Employment or Service as a Director of a Public Company may do so on the Outside Activities Request Form attached as APPENDIX F.

 

I. Outside Employment

 

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall accept employment or compensation as a result of any business activity (other than a passive investment), outside the scope of his or her employment with Heartland unless such person has provided prompt written notice of such employment or compensation to the Compliance Officer, and, in the case of securities-related employment or compensation, has received the prior written approval from the Compliance Officer.

 

II. Service as a Director of a Public Company

 

No Heartland Person (other than Non-Interested Directors) shall serve on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity without the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and the Chief Executive Officer of Heartland Advisors. In approving a request, a determination shall be made that the board service would not be inconsistent with the interests of the Mutual Funds or Clients. Any such approval shall be subject to any procedures the Compliance Officer deems appropriate to prevent the misuse of material non-public information that may be acquired through board service, and other procedures or investment restrictions that may be required to prevent actual or potential conflicts of interest. These procedures shall, at a minimum, require that such person is isolated from investment decisions with respect to securities issued by such company.

 

Any Non-Interested Director who serves on a board of directors of a public company or other for profit entity must provide written notification to the Compliance Officer of Heartland Advisors at the time such service begins.

  

III. Relative in Securities Business

 

Heartland Persons (other than Non-Interested Directors) are required to immediately disclose to the Compliance Officer any spouse, other family member, or anyone residing within such person’s household who is employed in the securities or commodity industry.

 

- 23 -
 

POLICY AGAINST INSIDER TRADING


 

 

I. Summary of Heartland Advisors’ Policy Against Insider Trading

 

A. General Prohibition

 

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information should not (without first discussing with Heartland’s Compliance Officer):

 

Trade for a personal or client’s account

 

Recommend transactions in the security, or

 

Disclose (tip) the information to others

 

B. What is Material?

 

Information is material if it has market significance – information a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision. Examples:

 

Earnings estimates, changes in dividends, stock splits and other financial projections

 

Major new discoveries or advances

 

Acquisitions, mergers and tender offers

 

Sales of substantial assets

 

Changes in debt ratings

 

Significant write-downs or additions to reserves

 

C. What is Nonpublic?

 

Information that is not widely available or disseminated. You should be able to point to a public source for public information – newspaper, press release, etc. Examples:

 

Information available to a select group of analysts or institutional investors

 

Undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors

 

Information given on a confidential basis until it is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond (historically that has been 72 hours)

 

- 24 -
 

D. How Does a Heartland Person’s Duty not to use the Information Arise?

 

Any Heartland Person who obtains material nonpublic information is subject to the prohibitions described in section I. A. above. The information must be reported to the Compliance Officer who will consider the source of the information and the complex legal duties surrounding the information. These decisions are only to be made in consultation with the Compliance Officer. Some of the considerations that result in a Heartland Person having a duty with respect to the information are:

 

Information obtained from a Heartland affiliate defined as any company where we hold 5% or more of the outstanding shares

 

Information obtained with the expectation that it will be kept on a confidential basis

 

Information obtained through breach of someone’s fiduciary duty – this is very often the case in our business where a corporate officer of an issuer, or an advisor to a company, has a duty not to disclose the information and they wind up disclosing it either selectively to a small group of analysts or institutional investors or they disclose it for a quid pro quo

 

Information obtained through misappropriation – obtained the information for a proper purpose but used it for a contrary purpose (how lawyers, investment bankers, printers, etc. get caught)

 

Any information relating to a tender offer or potential tender offer is subject to even stricter rules

 

E. What to do if you Receive Insider Information

 

Do not trade, recommend or tip based on the information.

 

Report the information to the Compliance Officer so the security can be placed on Heartland Advisors’ Restricted List, if appropriate.

 

Any materials or correspondence relating to the information are to be segregated from the files and held by the Compliance Officer as confidential.

 

F. The Effect of the Restricted List

 

No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family accounts or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence.

 

No Heartland Person may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any of the Mutual Funds or Client accounts.

 

- 25 -
 

G. Violations

 

Violations of this policy, or any other disclosure of material, nonpublic information, must be reported to the Compliance Officer immediately. Violations will be taken seriously and may result in disciplinary action, as well as the following regulatory action:

 

For individuals who trade on inside information (or tip others):

 

Ø Civil penalty of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided

 

Ø Criminal fine of up to $1 million (no matter how small the profit); and

 

Ø Jail term of up to 10 years

 

For a company (as well as any supervisory person) that fails to take appropriate steps to prevent illegal trading:

 

Ø Civil penalty of the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of the employee’s violation; and

 

Ø Criminal penalty of up to $2.5 million

 

Remember: Any alleged insider trading will be viewed with 20/20 hindsight,
which often makes information and timing difficult to explain away!

 

II. Procedures to Prevent Insider Trading

 

The Insider Trading Securities Fraud Enforcement Act of 1988 includes a variety of provisions to deter, detect and punish insider trading violations. The penalties for violations of the law are severe. The law imposes civil penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an unlawful purchase or sale or communication of inside information, plus disgorgement of the profit. The law also imposes a special responsibility on broker-dealers and investment advisers to establish written supervisory procedures that are reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of material, nonpublic information by the broker-dealer, investment adviser or any person associated with them.

 

The following sections describe the procedures that will be followed by Heartland Advisors to prevent and detect insider trading violations. Any questions regarding these procedures should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Officer.

 

Section 1.1

 

A. General Prohibition

 

A Heartland Person who becomes aware of material information that has not been disclosed to the marketplace generally should not, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer or legal counsel, trade in (purchase or sell) the securities of the company to which the information relates, either on behalf of a Heartland Advisors Client or for his or her own or related account, recommend transactions in such securities, or disclose that information (tip) to others. These restrictions apply if such information has been acquired improperly or, though acquired properly, has been obtained in circumstances in which there is a reasonable expectation that it will not be used for trading purposes, or where the information relates to a tender offer and came from a tender offer participant.

 

- 26 -
 

In particular, no employee should trade, tip or recommend the securities of any issuer having obtained material, nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through “misappropriation.” On the other hand, there is no prohibition against using information obtained legitimately through one’s own analyses or appropriate investigative efforts.

 

1. Materiality

 

Information is “material” if it has market significance; this is, if its public dissemination is likely to affect the market value of securities, or if it is otherwise information that a reasonable investor would want to know before making an investment decision.

 

a. While it is impossible to list all types of information which might be deemed material under particular circumstances, information dealing with the following subjects is often found to be material:

 

Earnings estimates and other financial projections

 

Dividends

 

Major new discoveries or advances in research

 

Acquisitions, including mergers and tender offers

 

Sales of substantial assets

 

Changes in debt ratings

 

Significant write-downs of assets or additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities

 

b. On the other hand, information is generally not material if its public dissemination would not have a market impact, or if the information would not likely influence a reasonable investor making an investment decision. Since such judgments may ultimately be challenged with the benefit of hindsight, and the consequences of a wrong decision are potentially severe, an employee should contact the Compliance Officer or legal counsel for advice as to whether particular information is material.

 

2. Nonpublic

 

Information that has not been disclosed to the public generally is “nonpublic.”

 

a. To demonstrate that certain information is public, a Heartland Person should be able to point to some fact showing that it is widely available. Information would generally be deemed widely available is it has been disclosed, for example, in the broad tape, Wall Street Journal , or widely circulated public disclosure documents, such as prospectuses, annual reports or proxy statements. Nonpublic information may include (i) information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors, (ii) undisclosed facts which are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated, and (iii) information that has been imparted on a confidential basis, unless and until the information is made public and enough time has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information.

 

- 27 -
 

b. Information from Affiliates . Use of “insider” information obtained from an affiliate of Heartland Advisors could subject both Heartland Advisors and the affiliate to penalties for insider trading.

 

c. Information Obtained on a Confidential Basis . When a Heartland Person obtains information from a source with the expectation that he or she will keep such information confidential, the Heartland Person is prohibited from using that information to trade, tip or recommend securities and such confidential information may not be given to affiliates of Heartland. The expectation of confidentiality may be either explicitly set forth or implied by the nature of the Heartland Person’s relationship with the source of the information.

 

Heartland Persons who are directors and/or officers of a publicly traded company must not trade in their own account based upon nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity. Further, no such person may order, direct or influence any trade in such a security for a Heartland Advisors Client account or for a Mutual Fund. All such decisions for Client accounts or managed funds must be made solely by a Heartland Person who is not an officer or director of the subject company. The employee making the investment decision may not discuss the subject company with the officer or director or otherwise communicate with such person regarding the investment decision. In addition, prior to making a trade in such a security, the employee should consult the Compliance Officer, who will confirm with the director or officer that he or she is not is possession of material, nonpublic information obtained in a director and/or officer capacity which would require the subject company to be placed on Heartland Advisor’s Restricted List. Alternatively, with respect to Client accounts, Heartland Advisors may return discretionary control over a client’s holdings in the publicly traded company to the client.

 

d. Information Obtained through a Breach of Fiduciary Duty . Even in the absence of an expectation of confidentiality, Heartland Persons are prohibited from trading, tipping or recommending securities on the basis of material, nonpublic information disclosed by an insider in breach of fiduciary or similar duty.

 

i. The “Personal Benefit” Test . Whether an insider breaches his or her fiduciary duty by disclosing information is not always an easy determination to make and depends in large part on the purpose of the disclosure. If the insider may benefit personally from the disclosure, it is improper to use that information to recommend or trade securities. A “personal benefit” test will be present if:

 

Ø The insider receives a pecuniary or reputational benefit by disclosing the information,

 

Ø He or she makes a “gift” by disclosing the information to a friend or relative, or

 

Ø There is an expected payment, exchange or other quid pro quo on the part of the insider.

 

- 28 -
 

ii. Controlling Person Liability . Even though an insider may not benefit personally from use of insider information, if a controlling person of the insider benefits from the insider’s action, substantial penalties can be imposed upon the controlling person. Depending upon the circumstances, the term “controlling person” could apply to Heartland Advisors itself, its officers and directors, managers and affiliates.

 

iii. Selective Disclosure. Employees should be particularly sensitive to the possibility of a breach by an insider if highly material information is selectively disclosed to one person rather than to a large group of industry analysts or by a press release. In such cases, it is important to consider carefully the motivation of a source in disclosing the information and, in particular, consider whether there is any personal benefit to the source from the disclosure. Again, any questions should be referred to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel. Improper disclosures should be distinguished from the usual situation in which company officers routinely answer questions about previously issued press releases, earnings reports or regulatory filings, or otherwise help fill in gaps of investment analysis.

 

iv. Temporary Insiders . Employees should be aware that for purposes of finding a breach by an “insider,” the term “insider” is broadly defined to include not only typical insiders, such as officers and directors, but also “temporary insiders.” “Temporary insiders” include, for example, investment bankers, accountants, lawyers, consultants or investment managers who have entered into a relationship with entity that gives them access to information solely for the entity’s purposes. As with the “personal benefit” standard, the “temporary insider” standard is difficult to apply in some situations, and advice of counsel should be sought.

 

3. Information Obtained through Misappropriation

 

“Misappropriated” information is information that has been improperly obtained or, though obtained properly, is being used improperly for a purpose contrary to the purpose for which it was given. For example, if a printer, a commercial banker or a lawyer passes along to others material, nonpublic information entrusted to him or her by a client, misappropriation may have occurred. Thus, if such a person divulges the information to a person who knows of that relationship, and the person trades, tips or recommends the client’s securities, liability as a “tippee” with respect to the misappropriated information may be found. No employee may trade, tip or recommend affected securities where he or she has reason to believe the information has been misappropriated.

 

- 29 -
 

B. Insider Trading Prohibitions Specifically Related to Tender Offers

 

Under SEC Rule 14e-3, no person may trade, tip or recommend securities of a company that is a target of a tender offer if such person possesses material, nonpublic information regarding the tender offer, and that information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from certain sources.

 

This special prohibition dealing with tender offers applies regardless of the manner in which the information was obtained, whether by “misappropriation,” breach of duty or otherwise. Such trading is unlawful where the trader has reason to believe that the information was obtained, directly or indirectly, from the bidder, the target or a person acting on behalf of the bidder or target.

 

The rule applies to trading, tipping and recommendations even before a tender offer is made. It is enough that a “substantial step” to begin a tender offer has been taken. A substantial step includes, for example: (1) the formulation of a plan to make a tender offer, (2) arranging the financing for a tender offer, (3) preparation of tender offer materials, or (4) commencement of negotiations with dealers to participate in a tender offer.

 

C. Advice as to Guidelines

 

Any question as to the applicability or interpretation of these guidelines or the propriety of any desired action must be discussed with the Compliance Officer, or legal counsel, prior to trading or disclosure of the information.

 

D. Application

 

The restrictions on trading securities imposed by this Section 1.1 apply to anyone receiving material nonpublic information.

 

Section 1.2

 

A. Specific Procedures

 

The procedures in the following section are designed to prevent material nonpublic information that may have been obtained in confidence from being improperly disclosed or used. These procedures do not restrict the flow of public information.

 

1. Nondisclosure

 

Any Heartland Person who becomes aware of material nonpublic information may not trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation of such securities, or disclose the information to others, without first discussing the matter with the Compliance Officer. Further, any Heartland Person who acquires material nonpublic information on a confidential basis, from an insider in breach of his or her duty, or through “misappropriation,” may not, as long as he or she possesses such material nonpublic information, trade the securities of the company to which the information relates, make any comment which could be viewed as a recommendation, or disclose the information to others, other than to report such fact to the Compliance Officer and to request that the issuer of the securities be placed on the Restricted List.

 

- 30 -
 

2. Access to Files

 

Personnel from outside the firm, including employees of affiliates who are not also employees of Heartland Advisors, should not be allowed access to any Heartland Advisors corporate or client file without, in each case, specific permission from the Compliance Officer.

 

3. Segregated Files

 

The Compliance Officer, or his or her designee, shall establish separate files to store correspondence and documents that are or may be considered confidential. No person shall be offered access to files unless that person has supplied the documents kept in the files.

 

4. The Restricted List

 

A Restricted List of securities shall be prepared by the Compliance Officer and distributed, as necessary, to all Heartland Advisors employees. The list shall restrict trading activities with respect to the securities of issuers placed on the list. The list itself shall be confidential. When any Heartland Person obtains information believed to be material and nonpublic, he or she should report the particulars to the Compliance Officer in order that the issuer of the securities may be placed on the Restricted List. Once the information becomes public or immaterial, the issuer may be removed from the Restricted List. As long as an issuer is on the Restricted List:

 

a. No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for his or her own account, family account, or other personal accounts over which he or she exercises discretion or influence, and

 

b. No employee may trade the securities, including options and warrants, for any Client’s account (other than on an unsolicited basis).

 

5. Portfolio Holdings

 

Disclosure of a Mutual Fund’s portfolio holdings shall only be made in accordance with that Mutual Fund’s policies and procedures and as described in that Mutual Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information. Disclosure of a Heartland Advisors’ composite portfolio holdings or sample account portfolio holdings shall only be made in accordance with Heartland Advisors’ policies and procedures and as authorized by the Compliance Officer.

 

- 31 -
 

Section 1.3

 

A. Violations

 

Any violation of these procedures or any other disclosure or use of material nonpublic information should be reported to the Compliance Officer or legal counsel immediately. Violations may result in disciplinary action up to and including fines and/or termination.

 

- 32 -
 

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure
APPENDIX B Personal Trade Request Form
APPENDIX C Fund Personal Trade Request Form
APPENDIX D Quarterly Security Transaction Report
APPENDIX E Gift Disclosure Report
APPENDIX F Outside Activities Request Form

 

- 33 -
 

 

 

Appendix A

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure

 

 

 

        ¨     Annual   ¨     Initial
Access Person (Print)   Date        

 

1. Certification . The undersigned hereby certifies that:

 

a. I have received, read, and understand the terms and conditions set forth in the Business Conduct Rules and Code of Ethics adopted by Heartland (collectively, the “Code”);

 

b. During my employment/association with Heartland over the past year, I have complied with all requirements of the Code applicable to me as an Access Person of Heartland, including disclosing and/or reporting all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed/reported by the Code;

 

c. During my employment/association with Heartland, I agree to abide by all requirements set forth in the Code to which I am subject;

 

d. I will direct or have directed each broker, dealer, and/or bank with whom I have an account, or accounts, to send to Heartland duplicate copies of all statements and confirmations relating to Covered Securities held in my account(s); and

 

e. I authorize Heartland to obtain any information reasonably necessary to verify my compliance with the Code.

 

2. Report of Personal Investments. Section VIII.A. of the Code requires Access Persons to disclose within ten (10) days of hire and annually thereafter their personal investments to the Compliance Officer. For purposes of these requirements, you should report (i) all holdings in securities and commodities accounts in which Personal Transactions are conducted and (ii) all other personal holdings in Covered Securities.

 

¨ I have no personal investments to report under the Code.

 

¨ All personal investments have been previously reported to Compliance and no new accounts required to be reported under the Code have been opened during the past year.

 

¨ The following personal investments have not been previously reported as required under the Code:

 

Account Registration Account Number

Approx. Date

Acquired/Opened

Where is it held?
       
       
       

 

1 of 3
 

 

Appendix A

 

3. Private Investment Partnerships/Limited Offerings. Do you currently own any private investment partnership(s) or other Limited Offering(s)? ¨     No       ¨     Yes, please list below unless previously disclosed (please confirm with Compliance):

  

Security Name/Description

Approx. Date

Acquired/Opened

Ownership Percentage
     
     

 

4. Outside Activities. Access Persons are required to disclose outside employment, service as a director of a public company or other “for profit” entity, and certain relatives who work in the securities or commodities business. Note, approval is required from Compliance prior to accepting an offer of outside employment or service as a director by completing an Outside Activities Request Form.

 

a. I have Outside Employment. ¨     No ¨     Yes (if yes, please complete table below)

 

Firm

“X” if firm is

securities

related

Title/Position

Start

Date

Responsibilities

       

 

b. I serve as a director of a public company or a “for profit” entity. ¨     No ¨     Yes (if yes, please complete table below)

 

Firm

“X” if firm is

securities

related

Title/Position

Start

Date

Responsibilities

       

 

c. I have a spouse, other family member, or someone else residing in my household who is employed in the securities or commodities industry. ¨     No ¨      Yes (if yes, please complete table below)

 

Relative’s Name Relationship Firm Title/Position Responsibilities

       

 

2 of 3
 

 

Appendix A

 

5. Gift Disclosure . Access Persons are required to disclose any gifts made or accepted (other than items of de minimus value made available to the general public at industry conferences or similar events). If you accept a gift, make it available to all employees, and it is consumed on the premises, the gift need not be reported (example: fruit basket). Certain gifts may not be accepted or made if they are valued at $100 or more. Please refer to the Gift Policy included in the Business Conduct Rules or speak to Compliance for further clarification.

 

¨ I have not made/accepted any gifts during the past year that is required to be reported.

¨ All gifts made/accepted during the past year have been previously reported to Compliance.

¨ I have made/accepted a gift(s) during the past year to/from a Business Relationship required to be reported but have not previously done so. I will obtain and complete a Gift Disclosure Report as soon as I am able.

 

Terms not defined in this Annual/Initial Certification and Disclosure have the meaning given to them in the Code. I hereby certify that the preceding information is accurate and complete:

 

       
Signature   Date  
       
       
Compliance Acknowledgement (Initials)   Date  

 

3 of 3
 

 

Appendix B

 

Heartland Personal Trade and Authorization Form

 

Instructions : Please complete this form and submit to Compliance Department to obtain pre-clearance approval prior to any trade. Pre-approval and pre-clearance are good for three business days inclusive of the day on which approval is granted.

 

1. Name: ________________________________________________

 

Investment Person?     ¨ No             ¨ Yes

 

If you are an Investment Person, are you the analyst covering this industry and/or this particular stock?

¨      No            ¨ Yes

 

2. Date of proposed transaction: ______________________________

 

3.         OR  
  (Issuer) (Ticker)   (# shares)   ($ amt)

 

4. Indicate whether the transaction will be a purchase, sale or equivalent thereof: 1

¨   purchase       ¨   sale

Purchase equivalent:  ¨   writing a put ¨   buying a call ¨   selling a long put
Sale equivalent: ¨   buying a put ¨   writing a call ¨   selling a long call

 

5. a. If buying (or equivalent):
  i. Have you sold (or equivalent) the same security within the last 60 days calendar days?
    ¨      No        ¨  Yes
  ii. Is this investment a private placement? ¨   No   ¨   Yes
  iii. Is this investment a private investment partnership? ¨   No  ¨   Yes
  iv. Is this an initial public offering? ¨   No   ¨   Yes
  v. Will you own >2% of this issue? ¨   No   ¨   Yes

 

b. If selling (or equivalent):
i. Have you purchased (or equivalent) the same security within the last 60 days calendar days? ¨ No    ¨ Yes

 

c. Is this a limit order?

¨ No           ¨ Yes

 

i. Please confirm the limit price and note that upon preapproval, the limit order must be entered with an expiration date which is consistent with the period approved by Compliance and not a GTC order.

 

Limit Price: __________________

 

 

  1 If other than a market order, please provide any proposed limits.

 

 
 

 

6. Are you or is a member of your immediate family an officer or director of the issuer of the securities or any affiliate 2 of the issuer? ¨ No ¨ Yes

If yes, please explain: _________________________________________________________________

 

7. Do you have any direct or indirect professional or business relationship with the issuer? 3

¨ No            ¨ Yes    If yes, please explain: _______________________________________________

 

8. Do you have any material nonpublic information 4 concerning the issuer?

¨ No             ¨ Yes     If yes, please explain: ______________________________________________

 

9. Are you aware of any facts regarding the proposed transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship, between the proposed transaction and any securities held or to be acquired by any of Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s advisory clients (including Funds) that may be relevant to a determination as to the existence of a potential conflict of interest? 5

¨ No                   ¨ Yes        If yes, please explain: __________________________________________

 

10. Does the issuer of the above security have a market capitalization of at least $2 billion?

¨ No                   ¨ Yes (Attach documentation evidencing market cap)

 

11. Are you directly or indirectly, purchasing this investment from, or selling this investment to, a Heartland Fund or Client? ¨ No          ¨ Yes

 

12. Certification

To the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that the answers that I have provided above are true and correct.

 

       
(Signature)   (Date)  

 

 

2 For purposes of this question, “affiliate” includes (i) any entity that directly or indirectly owns, controls, or holds the power to vote 5% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer and (ii) any entity under common control with the issuer. For purposes of this question, do not include Heartland Advisors within the meaning of affiliate.

3 “Professional relationship” includes, for example, the provision of legal counsel or accounting services. A “business relationship” includes, for example, the provision of consulting services or insurance coverage.

4 For a definition of “material nonpublic information,” please refer to Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s Policy Against Insider Trading.

5 Facts that would be responsive to this question include, for example, the ownership by an advisory client of securities of the issuer, the receipt of “special favors” from a stock promoter, such as participation in a private placement or initial public offering, as an inducement to purchase other securities on behalf of advisory clients. Another example would be investment in securities of a limited partnership that in turn owned warrants of a company formed for the purpose of effecting a leveraged buy-out in circumstances where advisory clients might invest in securities related to the leveraged buy-out. The foregoing are only examples of pertinent facts and in no way limit the types of facts that may be responsive to this question.

 

 
 

 

COMPLIANCE APPROVAL

 

A. Compliance Administrator (or her designee):

The above proposed transaction appears to be consistent with the policies described in Heartland’s Code of Ethics and I believe that the conditions necessary for approval of the proposed transaction have been satisfied.     ¨ No            ¨ Yes

 

         
Kelly Belken   (Date)   (Time)

 

B. Chief Compliance Officer(or her designee):

 

         
Vinita Paul   (Date)   (Time)

 

 
 

   

Appendix C

 

Received d by:____________________

Date & Time:_________________

 

Personal Trade Request Form

for the Mutual Funds

 

 

 

1. Name of Access Person: ____________________________________________
     
2. Are you an Investment Person? ¨ Yes   ¨ No
     
3. Account Registration: ____________________________________________
     
4. Where is Account Held? ____________________________________________
     
5. Account Number: ____________________________________________
     
6. Which Fund(s)? ____________________________________________
     
7. Type of Transaction ¨   Sale     ¨    Purchase     ¨   Exchange
     
8. Amount of Transaction $_______________   OR # _______________shares
     
9. Date of Proposed Transaction ____________________________________________

 

10. a. If selling , have you purchased this Fund in the past 90 days?    ¨ Yes ¨ No

b. If purchasing , have you sold this Fund in the past 90 days?      ¨ Yes ¨ No

Ø If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief explanation:

 

 

 

 

 

11. Do you have any material nonpublic information 1 concerning the Mutual Funds?

 

¨   No               ¨   Yes                   If yes, please explain:     _______________________________

 

12. Certification

To the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that (a) the answers provided above are true and correct and (b) this trade fully complies with the requirements of HAI’s Code of Ethics .

 

__________________________________   ___________   ___________
Signature   Date   Time

 

COMPLIANCE APPROVAL

 

A. Compliance Administrator (or her designee)

The above proposed transaction appears to be consistent with the policies described in HAI’s Code of Ethics and I believe that the conditions necessary for approval of the proposed transaction have been satisfied.   ¨ Yes   ¨ No

 

__________________________________   ____________   ___________
Kelly Belken   Date   Time

 

B. Chief Compliance Officer (or her designee)

 

__________________________________   ____________   ___________
Vinita Paul   Date   Time

 


1 For a definition of “material nonpublic information,” please refer to Heartland Advisors, Inc.’s Policy Against Insider Trading.

 

 
 

 

Appendix D

 

HEARTLAND ADVISORS, INC.

Quarterly Securities Transaction Report

For Quarter Ended ___________

 

This report must be completed and returned to Compliance not later than 10 days after the end of each quarter.

 


 

1. The attached list of accounts (if applicable) indicates the statements currently being received and reviewed by HAI’s Compliance Department. Please review this list carefully and update it with any changes including status changes or new accounts subject to Compliance review 1 .

 

2. During the last calendar quarter, did you complete any transaction in a Covered Security 2 not previously reported to Compliance through the preclearance process or included on those statements currently received by Compliance (refer to #1 above)?

 

¨   Yes      ¨ No If yes , please refer to back of form.

 

3. Do you currently have any ownership in a Limited Offering 3 , including private placements or private investment partnerships?

 

¨   Yes      ¨ No If yes , please attach an up-to-date list of such holdings including
  the name and percentage owned.

 


 

To the best of my knowledge and belief, the answers set forth in this report are true and complete.

 

«First  Name» «Last  Name»

 

       
Signature   Date  

 

1 If you have any questions about whether a statement should be reviewed by Compliance, please ask any member of the department. In general, if a Covered Security can be held in an account (even if no Covered Securities are currently held), Compliance should review the statement.

2 For a definition of “Covered Security,” please refer to Section IV.C. of HAI’s Code of Ethics.

3 For a definition of “Limited Offering,” please refer to Section IV.F. of HAI’s Code of Ethics.

 

 
 

 

1. If you answered Yes to question 1, please fill in table below.

 

Date of

Transaction

Title and Description of Securities

# of Shares or Face

Value

Buy or

Sell?

Account # and Registration (inc. Broker/Dealer)
         

 

 
 

 

Appendix E

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

 

Gift Disclosure Report

 

The Gift Policy of Heartland requires each Access Person to disclose any gifts made or accepted (other than items of de minimis value made available to the public at large at industry conferences or similar events). If you accept a gift, make it available to all employees, and it is consumed on the premises, the gift need not be reported (example: fruit basket). Certain gifts may not be accepted or made if they are valued at $100 or more. Please refer to the Gift Policy included in the Business Conduct Rules or speak to Compliance for further clarification.

 

To report a gift, please complete this form and return it to Compliance within 14 calendar days of the making or receipt of the gift. If possible, please attach documentation of the gift’s value.

 

Item, Payment, or

Service Rendered

Circle

One

Date of

Gift

Estimated

Value

Name of Business

Relationship

  Accepted / Made      
  Accepted / Made      
  Accepted / Made      
  Accepted / Made      

 

Employee:             
         
Signature:     Date:     
       
Compliance Acknowledgment:      
         
Signature:     Date:  

  

 
 

 

Appendix F

 

Heartland Advisors, Inc.

 

Outside Activities Request Form

 

The Outside Activities Policy of Heartland requires each employee/associated person to provide prompt written notice to Compliance of employment or compensation as a result of any business activity (other than a passive investment) outside the scope of his or her employment with Heartland. Furthermore, employees are required to obtain prior approval from Compliance for outside employment and service as a director. Please refer to the Outside Activities Policy included in the Business Conduct Rules or speak to Compliance for further clarification.

 

To obtain prior approval, please complete this form and return it to Compliance.

 

I propose to begin:

 

¨ Outside Employment

 

¨ Service as a Director of a public company or for profit entity

 

Please complete the following:

 

Firm

(include Address and

Phone Number)

Is the Firm

securities

related? If

so, please

explain. 

Type of Business

(Corporation,

Partnership, Sole

Proprietorship etc.) 

Nature of

Business

Title/Position

And 

Start Date

How are you

Compensated?  Do

you have a

Financial Interest

in the Firm? (If so,

please explain) 

Responsibilities (including time

spent on such activities during

trading hours and otherwise

(hours/month))

             

 

       
Access Person (Print)      
       
       
Signature   Date  
       
       
Compliance Approval   Date  

 

 

Exhibit (p.2): ALPS Distributors, Inc.’s Code of Ethics

 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALPS

Code of Ethics

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: May 1, 2010

Amended: July 1, 2010, November 30, 2010, September 13, 2011

 

1
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

 

Table of Contents

 

   
Introduction 3
Applicability 4
General Standards of Business Conduct 8
Conflicts of Interest 8
Protecting Confidential Information 8
Insider Trading and Tipping 9
Excess Trading 9
Front Running 9
Gifts and Entertainment 9
Service on a Board of Directors/Outside Business Activities 10
Political Contributions 10
Personal Securities Transactions – Restrictions & Reporting Requirements 12
Access Persons 12
Investment Persons 15
Sanctions 19
Reporting Forms 23
Appendix A– Gift Disclosure Form 24
Appendix B – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds 25
Appendix C – Broker/Dealer Duplicate Statement/Confirmation Request Letter 26

2
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

Introduction

 

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) has been adopted by ALPS Holdings, Inc. and applies to its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively referred to herein as “ALPS”) . The Code is designed to comply with Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”) and Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). By adopting and adhering to a code that meets the applicable requirements under the Advisers Act and 1940 Act, it is intended that ALPS employees who are deemed to be Access Persons and/or Investment Persons, will not also be subject to duplicative reporting requirements under various other codes for Fund Companies for which they may serve as an officer or are otherwise deemed to be an Access Person. However, all such persons should check with each company’s Compliance or Legal representatives to confirm their status.

 

ALPS and its employees are subject to certain laws and regulations governing personal securities trading. This Code also sets forth procedures and limitations which govern personal securities transactions. Employees who are also registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) as a Registered Representative may have additional requirements and/or restrictions in addition to those described herein. Those Registered Representatives should consult their Written Supervisory Procedures for additional requirements.

 

ALPS and its employees are prohibited from engaging in fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative conduct.  The Code is designed to reinforce ALPS’ reputation for integrity by avoiding even the appearance of impropriety in the conduct of our business. This Code was developed to promote the highest standards of behavior and ensure compliance with applicable laws.

 

Employees are required to report any known violations of the Code to the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”). This includes violations that come to your attention that may have been inadvertent and/or violations that other employees may have committed. There may be additional provisions for reporting violations that are covered under the firm’s Whistle Blower Policy and employees should make themselves familiar with this policy or consult with the firm’s CCO.

 

Employees should be aware that they may be held personally liable for any improper or illegal acts committed during their course of employment, and that "ignorance of the law" is not a defense. All ALPS employees are expected to read the Code carefully and observe and adhere to its guidance at all times. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Code may result in serious sanctions including, but not limited to: disgorgement of profits, dismissal, substantial personal liability and referral to law enforcement agencies or other regulatory agencies. Employees should also understand that a material breach of the provisions of the Code may constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including termination of employment with ALPS.

 

The provisions of the Code are not all-inclusive.  Rather, they are intended as a guide for employees of ALPS in their conduct.  In those situations where an employee may be uncertain as to the intent or purpose of the Code, he/she is advised to consult with the CCO.  The CCO may grant exceptions to certain provisions contained in the Code, only in those situations when it is clear beyond dispute that the interests of our Clients will not be adversely affected or compromised.  All questions arising in connection with personal securities trading should be resolved in favor of the Client, even at the expense of the interests of employees.

 

The CCO will periodically report to senior management/board of directors of ALPS and the respective fund boards where ALPS serves in the capacity of investment adviser and/or distributor to document compliance or non-compliance with this Code. Each employee is responsible for knowing their responsibilities under the Code. Employees should retain a copy of the Code in their records for future reference. Any questions regarding the Code should be directed to the CCO.

 

3
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

Applicability

 

ALPS Employees

 

This Code is applicable to all ALPS employees. This includes full-time, part-time, benefited and non-benefited, officers, directors, exempt and non-exempt personnel. Additionally, each new employee’s offer letter will include a copy of the Code of Ethics and a statement advising the individual that he/she will be subject to the Code of Ethics if he/she accepts the offer of employment. Employees with access to certain information (as determined by their job position or as so designated by the CCO) may also be deemed to be “Access Persons” or “Investment Persons.” Each such distinction has specific restrictions, limitations, reporting requirements and other policies and procedures that apply to persons defined as such. All ALPS employees have an obligation to promptly notify the Compliance Department if there is a change to their duties, responsibilities or title which affects their reporting status under the code.

 

Family Members and Related Parties

 

The Code applies to the accounts of applicable employees, his/her spouse or domestic partner, his/her minor children, his/her adult children living at home, and any relative, person or entity for whom the employee directs the investments. Joint account holders will also be included if an ALPS employee is one of the joint account holders (Please refer to the definition of an “account”).

 

Contractors and Consultants

 

ALPS contractor/consultant/temporary employee contracts may include the Code as an addendum, and each contractor/consultant/temporary employee may be required to sign an acknowledgement that he/she has read the Code and will abide by it. Certain sections, such as those pertaining to the pre-clearance and reporting provisions, may be excepted.

 

 

4
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

Definitions

 

Access Person - Access Person” shall mean any Director, Trustee, Officer, Partner, Investment Person, or Employee of ALPS Holdings Inc. or its affiliates, who:

 

· has access to non-public information regarding any Clients’ Securities Transactions, or non-public information regarding the portfolio holdings of any fund(s) of a Client or any ALPS fund(s) or fund(s) of an affiliate;
· is involved in making Securities Transactions recommendations to Clients, or has access to such recommendations that are non-public;
· in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in or obtains information regarding a Fund’s Securities Transactions or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to a Fund Securities Transactions;
· obtains information regarding a Fund’s Securities Transactions or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to a Fund’s Securities Transactions;
· any other person designated by the CCO or the Ethics Committee has having access to non-public information.

 

Account - “Account” shall mean any accounts of any employee which includes accounts of the employee’s immediate family members (any relative by blood or marriage living in the employee’s household), and any account in which he or she has a direct or indirect beneficial interest, such as trusts and custodial accounts or other accounts in which the employee has a beneficial interest or exercises investment discretion.

 

Automatic Investment Plan - “Automatic Investment Plan” means a program in which regular periodic purchases (or withdrawals) are made automatically in (or from) investment accounts in accordance with a predetermined scheduled and allocation. An Automatic Investment Plan includes a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

Beneficial Ownership - For purposes of the Code, "Beneficial Ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Exchange Act") in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section 16 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations there under. Generally speaking, beneficial ownership encompasses those situations where the beneficial owner has the right to enjoy some economic benefits which are substantially equivalent to ownership regardless of who is the registered owner. This would include, but is not limited to:

 

· securities which a person holds for his or her own benefit either in bearer form, registered in his or her own name or otherwise, regardless of whether the securities are owned individually or jointly;
· securities held in the name of a member of his or her immediate family sharing the same household;
· securities held by a trustee, executor, administrator, custodian or broker;
· securities owned by a general partnership of which the person is a member or a limited partnership of which such person is a general partner;
· securities held by a corporation which can be regarded as a personal holding company of a person; and
· securities recently purchased by a person and awaiting transfer into his or her name.

 

Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) - The CCO shall be a person so designated by ALPS. Currently, the CCO is Bradley Swenson .

 

Client – The term “Client” shall include all closed-end mutual funds, open-end mutual funds, exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) and unit investment trusts (“UITs”) of any investment company who has a business relationship with ALPS and/or for whom ALPS performs a business service. Please refer to the Compliance Department Intranet Web Page for a current listing of Clients.

 

5
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

 

Client Mutual Funds – The term “Client Mutual Funds” as used within this Code, refers to any funds (open-end, closed-end, ETFs, UITs) that ALPS has a business relationship with and/or for whom ALPS performs a business service. Please refer to the Compliance Department Intranet Web Page for a current listing of Client Mutual Funds.

 

Covered Associate – “Covered Associate” shall mean any employee that is required to comply with the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act as well as the Political Contributions Policy within ALPS Advisors, Inc.’s Compliance Program. A person is generally considered to be a covered associate for these purposes:

 

· if he or she is a President, managing director, VP in charge of a business unit and any other employee who performs a policy-making function of ALPS Advisors, Inc. (“AAI”);
· if he or she is an employee who solicits a government entity for AAI and such employee’s direct or indirect supervisor;
· a political action committee controlled by AAI or by any of AAI’s covered associates; or
· any other AAI employee so designated by the CCO.

 

Covered Securities – For purposes of the Code, “Covered Securities” will include all Securities (as defined below). In addition, “Covered Securities” will also include all Client Mutual Funds (as defined above) or any equivalents in local non-US jurisdictions, single stock futures and both the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), and Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") regulated futures.

 

For the purposes of the Code, non-Client open-end mutual funds will not be considered as “Covered Securities.”

 

Employee “Employee” shall include all employees of ALPS Holdings, Inc. and its affiliates, including directors, officers, partners of AAI (or other persons occupying similar status), any temporary worker, contractor, or independent contractor if so designated by the CCO or the Ethics Committee.

 

Fund Transactions – For purposes of the Code, “Fund Transactions” refers to any transactions of the Fund itself. It does not include “Securities Transactions” of the Fund (Securities Transactions are defined below).

 

Investment Persons – “Investment Person” shall mean any Access Person (within ALPS) who makes investment decisions for AAI or Clients, who provides investment related information or advice to portfolio managers, or helps to execute and/or implement a portfolio manager’s decisions. This typically includes for example, portfolio managers, portfolio assistants, traders, and securities analysts.

 

Registered Representative – The term “Registered Representative” as used within this Code, refers to a person who holds a securities license, and is actively registered, with FINRA.

 

Securities – For purposes of the Code, “Security” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the 1940 Act. This definition of “Security” includes, but is not limited to: any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any Security or on any group or index of Securities, or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency. Further, for the purpose of the Code, “Security” shall include any commodity contracts as defined in Section 2(a)(1)(A) of the Commodity Exchange Act. This definition includes but is not limited to futures contracts on equity indices.

 

6
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

“Security” shall not include direct obligations of the government of the United States or any other sovereign country or supra-national agency, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements, variable and fixed insurance products.

 

Securities Transactions – The term “Securities Transactions” as used within this Code typically refers to the purchase and/or sale of Securities, (as defined herein), by the Fund(s).

7
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

 

General Standards of Business Conduct

 

All employees are subject to, and expected to abide by the General Standards of Business Conduct. The following activities are prohibited. Persons who violate any prohibition may be required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation to a charitable organization selected by the Ethics Committee and may be subject to other sanctions imposed by the Ethics Committee, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

 

No employee may cause ALPS or a Client to take action, or to fail to take action, for personal benefit, rather than to benefit ALPS or such Client. For example, a person would violate this Code by causing a Client to purchase securities owned by the Access Person for the purpose of supporting or increasing the price of that security or by causing a Client to refrain from selling securities in an attempt to protect a personal investment, such as an option on that security.

 

Employees may not use knowledge of Fund Transactions or Securities Transactions made or contemplated by ALPS or Clients to profit, or cause others to profit, by the market effect of such transactions.

 

Employees have an obligation to safeguard material non-public information regarding ALPS and its Clients. Accordingly, employees may not disclose current Fund Transactions or Securities Transactions made or contemplated or any other non-public information to anyone outside of ALPS, without approval from the CCO or the Ethics Committee.

 

Employees may not engage in fraudulent conduct in connection with the purchase or sale of securities, including without limitation:

 

· Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;
· Making any untrue statement of material fact or omitting to state to a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, misleading;
· Engaging in any act, practice or course of business which operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit;
· Engaging in any manipulative practice; and
· Investing in derivatives to evade the restrictions of this Code. Accordingly, individuals may not use derivatives to take positions in securities that would be otherwise prohibited by the Code if the positions were taken directly.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Employees may not act on behalf of ALPS in any transaction involving other persons or organizations with whom they may have any financial or any other connection without prior approval from the CCO. It is the responsibility of each employee to avoid participation in such situations or, if avoidance is not possible, to deal with any conflicts in a fair and ethical manner. If personal interest might affect an employee’s ability to represent ALPS as they would in an unbiased “arms length” transaction, the employee should remove them self from the transaction.

 

Protecting Confidential Information

 

Employees may receive information about ALPS, its Clients and other parties that, for various reasons, should be treated as confidential. All employees are expected to strictly comply with measures necessary to preserve the confidentiality of the information. Refer to ALPS Corporate Security Policy, Technology Resources Acceptable Use Policy, and Identity Theft Prevention Program for additional information.

 

8
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

 

Insider Trading and Tipping

 

The misuse of material nonpublic information, or inside information, constitutes a fraud under the securities laws of the United States and many other countries. Fraudulent misuse of inside information includes buying or selling securities while in possession of material nonpublic information for an employee or employee-related account, a proprietary account or for the account of any Client. Fraudulent misuse of inside information also includes disclosing or tipping such information to someone else who then trades on it, or using such information as a basis for recommending the purchase or sale of a security. Information is material when it has market significance and there is a likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider the information important in deciding whether to buy or sell the securities of the company involved. It is nonpublic if it has not been broadly disseminated.

 

In no event, may any employee who receives inside information use that information to trade or recommend securities affected by such information for personal benefit, the benefit of ALPS or any affiliate or the benefit of a third party. More specifically:

 

· No employee may, while in possession of inside information affecting a security, purchase or sell such security for the account of such employee, a Client or any other person or entity;
· No employee may disclose inside information to any person outside of ALPS. However, discussions with legal counsel and disclosures authorized by ALPS or the Client in furtherance of a related project or transaction are permitted; and
· No employee may recommend or direct the purchase from or sale of a security to anyone while in the possession of inside information, however obtained.

 

Excess Trading

 

While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by the Compliance Department to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.

 

Front Running

 

Employees may not engage in "front running," that is, the purchase or sale of securities for their own accounts on the basis of their knowledge of a Fund’s trading positions or plans. Trading activity will be monitored by Compliance Department to the extent appropriate for the category of person.

 

Gifts and Entertainment

 

All employees are required to follow the standards below regarding the receipt of or the giving of gifts and entertainment with respect to Clients:

 

· Employees should avoid any excessive or disreputable entertainment that would reflect unfavorably on ALPS or its Clients;

 

 

 

9
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  


· Employees may not offer or accept cash or its equivalent as a gift;
· Employees may recognize that promotional gifts such as those that bear the logo of a company's name or that routinely are made available to the general public are generally acceptable business gifts (and are not required to be reported unless the estimated value exceeds $250);
· Employees must fully, fairly and accurately account on the books and records of ALPS for any expense associated with a gift or entertainment;
· Employees may not accept any gift or bequest under a will or trust from a Client of ALPS; and
· Employees who are also registered with FINRA as a Registered Representative may have additional requirements and/or restrictions that are different than these policies. These polices do not override any requirements of FINRA.

 

For purposes of the Code, the gifts and entertainment limit will be $250.00 or the local equivalent. In order for an employee to accept a gift or entertainment above the limit, he/she must obtain written approval from the CCO. A copy of the Gift Disclosure Form may be found under Appendix A of this Code.

 

Service on a Board of Directors/Outside Business Activities

 

All employees are required to comply with the following provisions:

 

· Employees are to avoid any business activity, outside employment or professional service that competes with ALPS or conflicts with the interests of ALPS or its Clients.
· An employee is required to obtain the approval from the CCO before becoming a director, officer, partner or sole proprietor of a "for profit" organization. The request for approval should disclose the name of the organization, the nature of the business, whether any conflicts of interest could reasonably result from the association, whether fees, income or other compensation will be earned and whether there are any relationships between the organization and ALPS.
· Employees may not accept any personal fiduciary appointments such as administrator, executor or trustee other than those arising from family or other close personal relationships.
· Employees may not use ALPS resources, including computers, software, proprietary information, letterhead and other property in connection with any employment or other activity outside ALPS.
· Employees must disclose to the Compliance Department a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict with ALPS or Clients and discuss how to control the risk.

 

When completing the Annual Certification acknowledging receipt and understanding of the Code of Ethics, employees may be asked to disclose all outside affiliations. Any director/trustee positions with public companies or companies likely to become public are prohibited without prior written approval of the CCO.

 

Political Contributions

 

All political activities of employees must be kept separate from employment and expenses may not be charged to ALPS. Employees may not use ALPS facilities for political campaign purposes.

 

All employees who are deemed Covered Associates are required to comply with the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5 of the Advisers Act as well as the Political Contributions Policy within AAI’s Compliance Program. A person is generally considered to be a Covered Associate for these purposes:

 

 

10
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

· if he or she is a President, managing director, VP in charge of a business unit and any other employee who performs a policy-making function of AAI;
· if he or she is an employee who solicits a government entity for AAI and such employee’s direct or indirect supervisor;
· a political action committee controlled by AAI or by any of AAI’s Covered Associates; or
· any other AAI employee so designated by the CCO.

 

Spouses and household family members of each Covered Associate are also subject to the provisions under Rule 206(4)-5.

 

Covered Associates are prohibited from making political contributions on behalf of AAI or individually in their capacity as a covered associate unless their contribution is within the de minimis exception. The de minimis exception permits contributions according to the following guidelines:

 

· Up to $350 per candidate per election cycle, to incumbents or candidates for whom they are eligible to vote, without prior approval
· Up to $150 per candidate per election cycle, to other incumbents or candidates, without prior approval

 

On a quarterly basis, the CCO or designee will request a reporting of political contributions during the previous quarter by all Covered Associates. The reporting should include contributions by spouses, household family members and all contributions by other parties (lawyers, affiliated companies, acquaintances, etc…) directed by the Covered Associate. The report should include the individual or election committee receiving the contribution, the office for which the individual is running, the current elected office held, if any, the dollar amount of the contribution or value of the donated item and whether or not the Covered Associate is eligible to vote for the candidate. The Covered Associate report must be completed within 30 days of each quarter end so that if an inadvertent political contribution (of $350.00 or less) has been made to an official for whom the Covered Associate is not entitled to vote, the contributor may be required to request the return of the contribution in order to avoid the two year compensation ban against AAI.

 

 

 

11
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Personal Securities Transactions – Restrictions & Reporting Requirements

 

Access Persons

 

Trading Restrictions

 

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) - Access Persons are prohibited from acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering ("IPO"). There may be certain exceptions for a situation with prior written disclosure to and written approval from the CCO, could acquire shares in an IPO of his/her employer.

 

Limited or Private Offerings - Access Persons are prohibited from purchasing securities in a private offering unless the purchase is approved in writing by the CCO. Private placements include certain co-operative investments in real estate, commingled investment vehicles such as hedge funds, and investments in family owned businesses. Time-shares and cooperative investments in real estate used as a primary or secondary residence are not considered to be private placements.

 

Investment Clubs - Access Persons are prohibited from participating in investment clubs unless such membership is approved in writing by the CCO.

 

Client Mutual Funds - Access Persons investing in any “Client Mutual Funds” are subject to a sixty (60) calendar day holding period. The current list of Client Mutual Funds is maintained on the Compliance Department’s Intranet Web Page. Money market or short-term income funds are exempt from these requirements.

 

Excess Trading - While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by the Compliance Department to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.

 

Front Running - Access Persons may not engage in "front running," that is, the purchase or sale of securities for their own accounts on the basis of their knowledge of a Fund’s trading positions or plans.

 

Material Nonpublic Information - Access Persons possessing material nonpublic information regarding any issuer of securities must refrain from purchasing or selling securities of that issuer until the information becomes public or is no longer considered material.

 

Reporting Requirements

 

Access Persons are subject to the following Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reporting requirements unless specifically exempted by Rule 204A-1 or 17j-1.

 

12
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

All Covered Securities are subject to the reporting requirements of the Code. The following securities are exempt from the reporting requirements:

 

· Direct Obligations of any sovereign government or supra-national agency;
· Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
· Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;
· Variable and fixed insurance products; and
· Non-Client open-end mutual funds.

 

IRC 401(k) plans are also exempt from the reporting requirements except if held in self-directed brokerage accounts. Access Persons must report holdings of or transactions in Employee Stock Ownership Programs (“ESOPs”) or pension or retirement plans if they have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest in any Covered Securities held by the plan.

 

a. Initial Holdings Reports for Access Persons

 

Within ten (10) calendar days of being designated as, or determined to be, an Access Person (which may be upon hire), each such person must provide the Compliance Department with a statement of all Covered Securities holdings and brokerage accounts. More specifically, each such person must provide the following information:

 

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an employee;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the person became an employee; and
· The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

b. Duplicate Statements

 

Upon employment and for any accounts opened during employment, an Access Person must instruct his/her broker-dealer, trust account manager or other entity through which he/she has a securities trading account to send transaction activity information directly to the ALPS Compliance Department. If an account is held with an entity that does not supply electronic feeds to ALPS, the Access Person must instruct the entity to supply periodic statements (no less frequent then quarterly). Please refer to Appendix B for a list of firms that are currently set up to supply information electronically to ALPS.

 

This applies to all accounts in which an Access Persons has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A sample letter with the Compliance address is located under Appendix C of this Code.

 

c. Quarterly Transaction Reports

 

Each Access Person is required to submit quarterly his/her Quarterly Securities Report within thirty (30) calendar days of each calendar quarter end to the Compliance Department. If no transactions were executed or if transactions were exempt from reporting, this should be noted on the quarterly report.

 

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

1. With respect to any transaction* during the quarter in a Covered Security in which any employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

 

13
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

· The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Security involved;
· The nature of the transaction, (i.e., purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);
· The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;
· The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which transaction was effected; and
· The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

* Transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan need not be reported in the Quarterly Securities Report but holdings in Covered Securities are subject to the annual holdings reporting requirement discussed below.

 

2. With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

 

· The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the employee established the account;
· The date the account was established; and
· The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

d. Annual Holdings Reports

 

Each Access Person is required to submit annually (i.e., once each and every calendar year) a list of applicable holdings, which is current as of a date no more than forty five (45) calendar days before the report is submitted. In addition, each employee is required to certify annually that he/she has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Code.

 

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee; and
· The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

14
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

Investment Persons

 

Trading Restrictions

 

Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) - Investment Persons are prohibited from acquiring securities through an allocation by the underwriter of an initial public offering ("IPO"). There may be certain exceptions for a situation with prior written disclosure to and written approval from the CCO, could acquire shares in an IPO of his/her employer.

 

Limited or Private Offerings - Investment Persons are prohibited from purchasing securities in a private offering unless the purchase is approved in writing by the CCO. Private placements include certain co-operative investments in real estate, commingled investment vehicles such as hedge funds, and investments in family owned businesses. Time-shares and cooperative investments in real estate used as a primary or secondary residence are not considered to be private placements.

 

Investment Clubs - Investment Persons are prohibited from participating in investment clubs unless such membership is approved in writing by the CCO.

 

Options - Investment Persons are prohibited from buying or selling options on Covered Securities. There is an exception for persons who have received options from a prior employer. In those instances, the exercising or selling of options received from the prior employer is subject to the pre-clearance and reporting requirements of this Code.

 

Client Mutual Funds - Investment Persons investing in “Client Mutual Funds” are subject to a sixty (60) calendar day holding period. The current list of Client Mutual Funds is maintained on the Compliance Department’s Intranet Web Page. These funds are also subject to reporting requirements and pre-clearance requirements of this Code. Pre-clearance requirements may be waived for purchases through an automated and systematic account such as a company 401k plan. Mo ney market and short-term income funds are exempt from these requirements.

 

Short-Term Trading - Investment Persons are prohibited from the purchase and sale or sale and purchase of the same securities within thirty (30) calendar days. Client Mutual Funds are subject to a sixty (60) calendar day holding period.

 

Blackout Period Blackout periods may be determined and established by the CCO. Any such periods will be communicated to all affected persons as necessary.

 

Excess Trading - While active personal trading may not in and of itself raise issues under applicable laws and regulations, we believe that a very high volume of personal trading can be time consuming and can increase the possibility of actual or apparent conflicts with portfolio transactions. Accordingly, an unusually high level of personal trading activity is strongly discouraged and may be monitored by the Compliance Department to the extent appropriate for the category of person, and a pattern of excessive trading may lead to the taking of appropriate action under the Code.

 

Front Running - Investment Persons may not engage in "front running," that is, the purchase or sale of securities for their own accounts on the basis of their knowledge of a Fund’s trading positions or plans.

 

Material Nonpublic Information – Investment Persons possessing material nonpublic information regarding any issuer of securities must refrain from purchasing or selling securities of that issuer until the information becomes public or is no longer considered material.

 

Shorting of Securities - Investment Persons may not engage in the practice of short selling securities.

 

15
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

Pre-Clearance

 

Unless the investment transaction is exempted from pre-clearance requirements all Investment Persons must request and receive pre-clearance prior to engaging in the purchase or sale of a Covered Security.

 

Pre-clearance approval is only good until midnight local time of the day after approval is obtained. "Good-till-Cancelled" orders are not permitted. "Limit" orders must receive pre-clearance every day the order is open.

 

As there could be many reasons for pre-clearance being granted or denied, Investment Persons should not infer from the pre-clearance response anything regarding the security for which pre-clearance was requested.

 

Exempted Securities/Transactions

 

Pre-clearance by Investment Persons is not required for the following transactions:

 

· Transactions that meet the de minimis exception (defined below);
· Transactions made in an account where the employee, pursuant to a valid legal instrument, has given full investment discretion to an unaffiliated/unrelated third party;
· Purchases or sales of direct obligations of the government of the United States or other sovereign government or supra-national agency, high quality short-term debt instruments, bankers acceptances, certificates of deposit ("CDs"), commercial paper, repurchase agreements.
· Automatic investments in programs where the investment decisions are non-discretionary after the initial selections by the account owner (although the initial selection requires pre-clearance);
· Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;
· Exercised rights, warrants or tender offers;
· General obligation municipal bonds, transactions in Employee Stock Ownership Programs (“ESOPs), and Share Builder and similar services;
· Securities received via a gift or inheritance ; and
· Non-Client open-end mutual funds.

 

De Minimis Exception

 

A “de minimis transaction” is a personal trade that meets the following conditions: (a) less than 1,000 shares and (b) is made with no knowledge that a Client Mutual Fund have purchased or sold the Covered Security, or the Client Mutual Fund or its investment adviser considered purchasing or selling the Covered Security. Transactions effected pursuant to the de minimis exception remain subject to reporting requirements of the Code.

 

Serving on a Board of Directors

 

Investment Personnel may not serve on the board of directors of a publicly traded company without prior written authorization from the Ethics Committee. No such service shall be approved without a finding by the Ethics Committee that the board service would be consistent with the interests of Clients. If board service is authorized by the Ethics Committee, in some instances, it may be required that the Investment Personnel serving as a Director may be isolated from making investment decisions with respect to the company involved through the use of “Chinese Walls” or other procedures.

 

 

16
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

Reporting Requirements

 

Investment Persons are subject to the following Initial, Quarterly and Annual Reporting requirements unless specifically exempted by Rule 204A-1 or 17j-1.

 

All Covered Securities are subject to the reporting requirements of the Code. The following securities are exempt from the reporting requirements:

 

· Direct Obligations of any sovereign government or supra-national agency;
· Bankers' acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements;
· Investments in dividend reinvestment plans;
· Variable and fixed insurance products; and
· Non-Client open-end mutual funds.

 

IRC 401(k) plans are also exempt from the reporting requirements except if held in self-directed brokerage accounts. Investment Persons must report holdings of or transactions in ESOPs or pension or retirement plans if they have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest in any Covered Securities held by the plan.

 

Additionally, securities received via a gift or inheritance are required to be reported, but are not subject to the pre-clearance requirements of the Code.

 

a. Initial Holdings Reports for Investment

 

Within ten (10) calendar days of being designated as, or determined to be, an Investment Person (which may be upon hire), each such person must provide the Compliance Department with a statement of all Covered Securities holdings and brokerage accounts. More specifically, each such person must provide the following information:

 

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership when the person became an employee;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee as of the date the person became an employee; and
· The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

 

b. Duplicate Statements

 

Upon ALPS employment and for any accounts opened during employment, an Investment Person must instruct his/her broker-dealer, trust account manager or other entity through which he/she has a securities trading account to send transaction activity information directly to our Compliance Department. If an account is held with an entity that does not supply electronic feeds to ALPS, the Access Person must instruct the entity to supply periodic statements (no less frequent then quarterly) to the Compliance Department. Please refer to Appendix B for a list of firms that are currently set up to supply information electronically to ALPS.

 

This applies to all accounts in which an employee has direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership. A sample letter with the Compliance address is located under Appendix C of this Code.

 

17
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

c. Quarterly Transaction Reports

 

Each Investment Person is required to submit quarterly his/her Quarterly Securities Report within thirty (30) calendar days of each calendar quarter end to the Compliance Department. If no transactions were executed or if transactions were exempt from reporting, this should be noted on the quarterly report.

 

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

1. With respect to any transaction* during the quarter in a Covered Security in which any employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership:

· The date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Security involved;
· The nature of the transaction, (i.e., purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);
· The price of the Security at which the transaction was effected;
· The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which transaction was effected; and
· The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

*Transactions effected pursuant to an Automatic Investment Plan need not be reported in the Quarterly Securities Report but holdings in Covered Securities are subject to the annual holdings reporting requirement discussed below.

 

2. With respect to any account established by the employee in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee:

 

· The name of the broker, dealer, or bank with whom the employee established the account;
· The date the account was established; and
· The date the report is submitted by the employee.

 

d. Annual Holdings Reports

 

Each Investment Person is required to submit annually (i.e., once each and every calendar year) a list of applicable holdings, which is current as of a date no more than forty five (45) calendar days before the report is submitted. In addition, each employee is required to certify annually that he/she has reviewed and understands the provisions of the Code.

 

Specific information to be provided includes:

 

· The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the employee had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;
· The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the employee maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the employee; and
· The date that the report is submitted by the employee.

 

18
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Sanctions

 

Upon discovering a violation of this Code by an employee or his/her family member or related party, the CCO may impose such sanctions as he/she deems appropriate, including, among other things, the following:

 

· A letter of censure to the violator;
· A monetary fine levied on the violator;
· Suspension of the employment of the violator;
· Termination of the employment of the violator;
· Civil referral to the SEC or other civil regulatory authorities determined by ALPS; or
· Criminal referral – determined by ALPS.

 

Examples of possible sanctions include, but are not limited to:

 

· A verbal warning, warning letter, with a copy to the employee’s direct report, for a first time pre-clearance or reporting violation;
· Monetary fines and disgorgement of profits when an employee profits on the purchase of a security he/she should not have purchased or redeemed; and
· Recommendation for suspension or termination if an employee is a serial violator of the Code.

 

Appeals Process

 

If an employee decides to appeal a sanction, he/she should contact the CCO who will refer the issue to the Ethics Committee for their review and consideration.

 

19
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Compliance and Supervisory Procedures

 

The CCO or his designee is responsible for implementing supervisory and compliance review procedures. Supervisory procedures can be divided into two classifications: prevention of violations and detection of violations. Compliance review procedures include preparation of special and annual reports, record maintenance and review and confidentiality preservation.

 

Prevention of Violations

 

To prevent violations of the Rules, the CCO or his/her designee should, in addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

 

1. Review and update the procedures as necessary, at least once annually, including but not limited to a review of the Code by the CCO, the Ethics Committee and/or counsel;
2. Answer questions regarding the Code;
3. Request from all persons upon commencement of services, and annually thereafter, any applicable forms and reports as required by the procedures;
4. Identify all Access Persons and Investment Persons, and notify them of their responsibilities and reporting requirements;
5. With such assistance from the Human Resources Department as may be appropriate, maintain a continuing education program consisting of the following:

 

· Orienting employees who are new to ALPS and the Rules; and
· Further educating employees by distributing memos or other materials that maybe issued by outside organizations such as the Investment Company Institute which discuss the issue of insider trading and other issues raised by the Rules.

 

Detection of Violations

 

To detect violations of these procedures, the CCO, or designee, should, in addition to enforcing the policies, implement procedures to review holding and transaction reports, forms and statements relative to applicable restrictions, as provided under the Code.

 

Compliance Procedures

 

Reports of Potential Deviations or Violations

 

Upon learning of a potential deviation from or violation of the policies, the CCO shall either present the information at the next regular meeting of the Ethics Committee or conduct a special meeting. The Ethics Committee shall thereafter take such action as it deems appropriate (see Penalty Guidelines).

 

Annual Reports

 

The CCO shall prepare a written report to the Ethics Committee and Senior Management at least annually. The written report shall include any certification required by Rule 17j-1. This report shall set forth the following information:

 

20
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

· Copies of the Code, as revised, including a summary of any changes made since the last report;
· Identification of any material issues including material violations requiring significant remedial action since the last report;
· Identification of any material conflicts arising since the last report; and
· Recommendations, if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under these Rules, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

 

Records

 

Compliance Department shall maintain the following records:

 

· A copy of this Code and any amendment thereof which is or at any time within the past five years has been in effect;
· A record of any violation of this Code, or any amendment thereof, and any action taken as a result of such violation;
· Files for personal securities account statements, all reports and other forms submitted by employees pursuant to these Rules and any other pertinent information;
· A list of all persons who are, or have been, required to submit reports pursuant to this Code;
· A list of persons who are, or within the last five years have been responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports; and
· A copy of each report produced pursuant to this Code.

 

Inspection

 

The records and reports maintained by the Compliance Department pursuant to the Rules shall at all times be available for inspection, without prior notice, by any member of the Ethics Committee.

 

Confidentiality

 

All procedures, reports and records monitored, prepared or maintained pursuant to this Code shall be considered confidential and proprietary to ALPS and shall be maintained and protected accordingly. Except as otherwise required by law or this Code, such matters shall not be disclosed to anyone other than to members of the Ethics Committee or the Compliance Department, as requested.

 

The Ethics Committee

 

The purpose of this section is to describe the Ethics Committee. The Ethics Committee was created to provide an effective mechanism for monitoring compliance with the standards and procedures contained in the Rules and to take appropriate action at such times as violations or potential violations are discovered.

 

Membership of the Ethics Committee

 

The Committee consists of Bradley Swenson, Chief Compliance Officer, Anna Smith, Human Resources Manager, Jeremy May, President ALPS Fund Services, Inc. and Tom Carter, President ALPS Advisors, Inc. and ALPS Distributors, Inc.

 

21
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

The Chief Compliance Officer currently serves as the Chairman of the Committee. The composition of the Committee may be changed from time-to-time and the Committee may seek input of other employees concerning matters related to this Code as they deem appropriate.

 

Committee Meetings

 

The Committee shall meet approximately every six months, or as often as necessary, to review operation of this Code and to consider technical deviations from operational procedures, inadvertent oversights or any other potential violation of the Rules. Deviations alternatively may be addressed by including them in the employee’s personnel records maintained by ALPS. Committee meetings are primarily intended for consideration of the general operation of the compliance procedures as well as for substantive or serious departures from the standards and procedures in the Rules.

 

Other persons may attend a Committee meeting, at the discretion of the Committee, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. Any individual whose conduct has given rise to the meeting may also be called upon, but shall not have the right, to appear before the Committee. It is not required that minutes of Committee meetings be maintained; in lieu of minutes the Committee may issue a report describing any action taken. The report shall be included in the confidential file maintained by the CCO with respect to the particular employee whose conduct has been the subject of the meeting.

 

If a Committee member has committed, or is the subject of, a violation, he or she shall not be considered a voting member of the Committee or be involved in the review or decisions of the Committtee with respect to his or her activities, or sanctions.

 

Special Discretion

 

The Committee shall have the authority by unanimous action to exempt any person or class of persons or transaction or class of transactions from all or a portion of the Rules, provided that:

 

· The Committee determines, on advice of counsel, that the particular application of all or a portion of the Code is not legally required;
· The Committee determines that the likelihood of any abuse of the Code by such exempted person(s) or as a result of such exempted transaction is remote;
· The terms or conditions upon which any such exemption is granted is evidenced in writing; and
· The exempted person(s) agrees to execute and deliver to the CCO, at least annually, a signed Acknowledgment Form, which Acknowledgment shall, by operation of this provision, describe such exemptions and the terms and conditions upon which it was granted.

 

The Committee shall also have the authority by unanimous action to impose such additional requirements or restrictions as it, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate or necessary, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

 

Any exemption, and any additional requirement or restriction, may be withdrawn by the Committee at any time (such withdrawal action is not required to be unanimous).

 

22
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Reporting Forms

 

23
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Appendix A– Gift Disclosure Form

 

 

ALPS Gift Disclosure Form
Name of ALPS Employee
 
Gift Description  
Received or Given  
From or To Whom  
Estimated Value of Gift  

 

24
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

 

Appendix B – Broker/Dealers with Electronic Feeds

 

 

 

· Charles Schwab

 

· Scottrade

 

· TD Ameritrade

 

· E- Trade

 

· Merrill Lynch

 

· Morgan Stanley

 

· Firm G - TBD

 

· Firm H - TBD

 

 

25
 

ALPS Code of Ethics  

  

Appendix C – Broker/Dealer Duplicate Statement/Confirmation Request Letter

 

 

Date:

 

Your Broker

Street Address

City, State Zip Code:

 

Re: Your Name

Your account number or S.S. number

 

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Please be advised that I’m an employee of ALPS Holdings, Inc. (“ALPS”). Pursuant to ALPS Code of Ethics, I am requesting that a duplicate copy of my account statement(s) be sent to the attention of:

 

ALPS Holdings, Inc.

Attn: Compliance Department

P.O. Box 328

Denver, Colorado 80201

 

Thank you for your cooperation.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Your Name

 

26